WO2007148702A1 - Movement detector, position relation detector, physical activity load detector, and portable monitor - Google Patents

Movement detector, position relation detector, physical activity load detector, and portable monitor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007148702A1
WO2007148702A1 PCT/JP2007/062347 JP2007062347W WO2007148702A1 WO 2007148702 A1 WO2007148702 A1 WO 2007148702A1 JP 2007062347 W JP2007062347 W JP 2007062347W WO 2007148702 A1 WO2007148702 A1 WO 2007148702A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
determination
detection
threshold
temperature
monitoring
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2007/062347
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Toshiharu Enmei
Original Assignee
Adc Technology Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Adc Technology Inc. filed Critical Adc Technology Inc.
Publication of WO2007148702A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007148702A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08BSIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
    • G08B21/00Alarms responsive to a single specified undesired or abnormal condition and not otherwise provided for
    • G08B21/02Alarms for ensuring the safety of persons
    • G08B21/04Alarms for ensuring the safety of persons responsive to non-activity, e.g. of elderly persons
    • G08B21/0438Sensor means for detecting
    • G08B21/0446Sensor means for detecting worn on the body to detect changes of posture, e.g. a fall, inclination, acceleration, gait

Definitions

  • Motion detection device positional relationship detection device, exercise load detection device, and portable monitoring device
  • the present invention relates to a motion detection device that detects a motion performed by a monitoring subject, a positional relationship detection device that detects a positional relationship with the monitoring subject, and an exercise load detection that detects a load of exercise performed by the monitoring subject.
  • the present invention relates to a device and a portable monitoring device for monitoring the health condition of a monitoring target person.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent No. 3736640
  • a motion detection device that detects a specific action performed by the monitoring subject in order to detect an abnormality in the behavior or physical condition of the monitoring subject, and the positional relationship with the monitoring subject
  • Positional relationship detection device that detects movement
  • exercise load detection device that detects the amount of exercise load performed by the person being monitored
  • portable monitoring device that monitors health conditions such as abnormal behavior or physical condition of the person being monitored
  • the first aspect of the present invention is:
  • a motion detection device that detects a specific motion performed by a monitoring subject who acts in the possession of the device
  • a three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in any three directions orthogonal to each other applied to the motion detection device and outputting the detection result;
  • the three-dimensional acceleration detecting means force repeatedly receives the detection result, and detects a plurality of acceleration peaks (maximum value or minimum value) in each direction based on the detection result, and detects the peak in each direction.
  • An inter-peak time detecting means for detecting an inter-peak time; a peak period calculating means for calculating a peak period representing an average value of inter-peak times detected by the inter-peak time detecting means for each direction;
  • Walking determination means for determining that the monitoring target is walking and determining that the monitoring target is not necessarily walking if the peak period in the two directions is outside the first setting range;
  • the monitoring subject wears the motion detection device, the monitoring subject can periodically change the acceleration applied to the motion detection device when walking. Can be detected. Therefore, it is possible to detect that the person being monitored is walking. wear.
  • the motion detection device according to the second aspect of the present invention provides:
  • a three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in any three directions orthogonal to each other applied to the motion detection device and outputting the detection result;
  • the force of the three-dimensional acceleration detection means repeatedly receives the detection result, and based on the detection result, detects a peak of acceleration in each direction, and a peak value detected by the peak value detection means Are all equal to or lower than a preset first stop determination threshold, it is determined that the person to be monitored is stopped, and all peak values are equal to or higher than the first stop determination threshold. Stop determination means for determining that the monitoring target is not necessarily stopped;
  • the motion detection device according to the third aspect of the present invention provides:
  • a three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in the vertical direction and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction and outputting the detection result
  • the three-dimensional acceleration detection means force The detection result is repeatedly received, and based on the detection result, a peak value detection means for detecting an acceleration peak in each direction, and a vertical direction detected by the peak value detection means If the peak value in the downward direction is equal to or greater than the preset sitting motion determination value and both the peak values in any two directions perpendicular to the vertical direction are less than the preset second stop determination threshold value, It is determined that the person being monitored is sitting, and the peak value in the downward vertical direction is less than the preset sitting motion determination value, or the peak in any two directions perpendicular to the vertical direction. If any of the values is greater than or equal to a preset second stop determination threshold, the sitting motion determining means determines that the monitoring subject is not necessarily sitting; It has.
  • a motion detection device that detects a specific motion performed by a monitoring subject who acts in the possession of the device
  • a three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in the vertical direction and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction and outputting the detection result
  • the three-dimensional acceleration detection means force The detection result is repeatedly received, and based on the detection result, a peak value detection means for detecting an acceleration peak in each direction, and a vertical direction detected by the peak value detection means If the peak value in the upward direction is greater than or equal to a preset rising motion determination threshold value, and both peak values in any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction are less than a preset third stop determination threshold value, It is determined that the person being monitored is in a rising motion, and the peak value in the vertical upward direction is less than a preset rising motion determination threshold value, or in any two directions perpendicular to the lead straight direction. If any of the peak values is equal to or greater than the preset third stop determination threshold, it is determined that the person to be monitored is not necessarily standing up. And rising operation determination means Chi,
  • the motion detection device according to the fifth aspect of the present invention provides:
  • the vertical direction is orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • 3D angular acceleration detection means that detects angular acceleration in any two directions and outputs the detection result;
  • the detection result is repeatedly received from the three-dimensional angular acceleration detection means, and based on the detection result, a positive rotation angle with the vertical direction as the rotation axis within a preset angle determination time is detected, If the rotation angle exceeds a preset angle setting threshold, it is determined that the person to be monitored is performing a forward turn operation, and the positive rotation angle in the vertical direction exceeds the angle setting threshold. If not, forward turn motion determining means for determining that the person to be monitored is not necessarily in the forward turn motion is provided.
  • a three-dimensional angular acceleration detecting means for detecting angular acceleration in the vertical direction and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction and outputting the detection result
  • the detection result is repeatedly received from the three-dimensional angular acceleration detection means, and based on the detection result, a negative rotation angle with the vertical direction as a rotation axis within a preset angle determination time is detected, If the detected angle exceeds a preset angle setting threshold, it is determined that the monitoring subject is performing a reverse turn operation, and the negative rotation angle in the vertical direction exceeds the angle setting threshold. If not, there is provided reverse turn motion determining means for determining that the person to be monitored is not necessarily performing the reverse turn motion.
  • the motion detection device According to such a motion detection device, if the monitoring subject wears the motion detection device, when the monitoring subject turns (rotates) in the reverse direction, the motion detection device is provided with the motion detection device. Therefore, it is possible to detect that the monitoring subject has turned in the opposite direction.
  • the seventh aspect of the present invention is
  • a positional relationship detection device that detects a positional relationship between the device and a monitoring target person who acts with the device.
  • a housing that houses the components of the positional relationship detection device
  • a first temperature sensor disposed at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing
  • a first humidity sensor disposed proximate to the first temperature sensor
  • a second temperature sensor disposed on a surface of a portion of the housing opposite to the portion where the first temperature sensor is disposed;
  • a second humidity sensor disposed proximate to the second temperature sensor
  • a background temperature range determining means for inputting a detection signal from each of the temperature sensors and determining whether the temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors is within a preset background determination range;
  • a background temperature difference determination means for determining whether or not the background temperature determination threshold value is greater than or equal to,
  • the temperature difference between the two temperatures is determined to be equal to or greater than the background temperature determination threshold, and the humidity difference between the humidity detected by each humidity sensor by the background humidity difference determination means is the background humidity determination.
  • the positional relationship detection device When it is determined that the threshold value is greater than or equal to the threshold value, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background, and any of the temperature sets is determined by the background temperature range determination means. When it is determined that the temperature detected by the sensor is outside the background determination range, and the humidity difference between the humidity detected by each humidity sensor by the background humidity difference determination means is less than the background humidity determination threshold value. Is determined, the positional relationship detection device And a ground contact state judging means for judging that the device is not necessarily in contact with the user's skin.
  • one of the temperature sensor and the humidity sensor is applied to the background of the person to be monitored.
  • the temperature sensor and the humidity sensor force output are affected by body temperature and sweating. Should occur.
  • a temperature difference and a humidity difference above a threshold value are detected based on the difference between detection results of each temperature sensor and humidity sensor.
  • proximity indicates a position that is the same environment as the environment where the first temperature sensor is arranged. Therefore, for example, when the casing is a polyhedron, it may be arranged on the same plane.
  • the background contact state determination means determines that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background. Then, the at least one humidity sensor force detection signal is repeatedly input, and the detection signal detects a change in humidity that is equal to or greater than a preset first humidity change judgment threshold within a preset first humidity change judgment time. In other words, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is outside the clothes in contact with the user's background, and the detection signal is within the first humidity change determination time set in advance, the first humidity change determination threshold value. If there is only a change in the humidity below, it is provided with a ground contact out-of-clothes state judging means for judging that the positional relationship detecting device is not necessarily outside the clothes!
  • the change in humidity is larger than when the positional relationship detection device is inside the clothing. Based on whether the detection result by the humidity sensor shows a change greater than or equal to the threshold value, the positional relationship detection device must be located outside the clothing of the person being monitored. Is detected.
  • the background contact state determining means determines that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background. If the at least one humidity sensor force detection signal is repeatedly input, and the detection signal indicates a change in humidity below a preset second humidity change determination threshold within a preset second humidity change determination time. The positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background and is determined to be inside the garment, and the detection signal is equal to or greater than the second humidity change determination threshold within a preset second humidity change determination time. If the change in humidity is indicated, the apparatus is provided with a ground contact clothing state judging means for judging that the positional relationship detecting device is not necessarily inside the clothing.
  • the positional relationship detection device it is detected that the positional relationship detection device is located inside the clothing of the monitoring subject based on whether or not the detection result of the humidity sensor indicates a change less than the threshold value. is doing.
  • a housing that houses the components of the positional relationship detection device
  • a first temperature sensor disposed at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing, and a second temperature disposed on the surface of the housing on a side opposite to the portion where the first temperature sensor is disposed.
  • a detection signal from each of the temperature sensors is input, and a first non-background temperature range determination for determining whether the temperature detected by any of the temperature sensors is within a preset first non-background determination range Means,
  • the temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors by the first non-background temperature range determination means Is determined to be within the non-background determination range, it is determined whether the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors is equal to or greater than a preset first non-background temperature determination threshold.
  • Non-skin temperature difference determining means
  • Second non-background temperature range determination means for determining whether or not the temperature detected by the sensor is within a preset second non-background determination range
  • the first non-background temperature range determination means When it is determined by the first non-background temperature range determination means that the temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors is outside the non-background determination range, and by the second non-background temperature range determination means, When it is determined that the temperature detected by a temperature sensor different from the temperature sensor is outside the non-background determination range, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the user's background, and the non-background When it is determined by the temperature difference determination means that the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by each of the temperature sensors is greater than or equal to the first background temperature determination threshold, and any one of the above by the second non-background temperature range determination means When it is determined that the temperature detected by a temperature sensor different from the temperature sensor is within the non-background determination range, the positional relationship detection device is not necessarily in contact with the user's background. And scalp non-contact state determining means for determining that,
  • a temperature that is not detected when the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the background of the person to be monitored based on detection results by a plurality of temperature sensors that are respectively arranged. Is detected, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the subject's background, so that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background. Can do.
  • an eleventh aspect of the present invention is the positional relationship detection device according to the tenth aspect
  • An illuminance sensor that is arranged at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing and measures the illuminance on the surface of the housing;
  • the background non-contact state determination means determines that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the user's background, the detection signal is repeatedly input from the illuminance sensor, and the detection is performed. If the output signal indicates a change in illuminance that is greater than or equal to the preset first illuminance change determination threshold within the preset first illuminance change determination time, the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the user's background. If the detection signal indicates only a change in illuminance that is less than the illuminance determination threshold within the first illuminance change determination time, the position relationship detection device is outside the garment. Means for determining the state of non-contact clothes outside the skin,
  • the positional relationship detection device when the positional relationship detection device is outside the clothing, the change in illuminance is larger than when the positional relationship detection device is inside the clothing. Based on whether or not the detection result by the illuminance sensor shows a change greater than or equal to the threshold value, the positional relationship detection device detects that the position relationship detection device is located outside the clothing of the monitoring subject.
  • a twelfth aspect of the present invention is the positional relationship detection device of the tenth aspect
  • An illuminance sensor that is arranged at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing and measures the illuminance on the surface of the housing;
  • the detection signal is repeatedly input from the illuminance sensor, and the detection signal is set to a second illuminance that is set in advance. If only a change in illuminance less than the preset second illuminance change determination threshold is shown within the change determination time, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is inside the clothing in contact with the user's background. If the detection signal indicates a change in illuminance that is equal to or greater than the second illuminance change determination threshold within the second illuminance change determination time, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is not necessarily inside the clothing.
  • Means for judging the condition of non-contact clothing are only a change in illuminance less than the preset second illuminance change determination threshold is shown within the change determination time, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is inside the clothing in contact with the user's background.
  • the positional relationship detection device is positioned inside the clothing of the monitoring subject based on whether or not the detection result of the illuminance sensor indicates a change less than the threshold value. Detecting that.
  • the positional relationship detection device according to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention provides:
  • a sensor that detects the temperature or humidity around the positional relationship detection device, and a determination that determines whether the positional relationship detection device and the person to be monitored have a specific positional relationship based on a detection result by the sensor Position determination means;
  • the positional relationship specifying means for specifying the positional relation between the positional relationship detection device and the monitoring subject
  • the sensor comprising a first temperature sensor of a seventh aspect, a first humidity sensor, a second temperature sensor, and a second humidity sensor,
  • the positional relationship detection device since it has all the functions as the positional relationship detection device of the seventh to twelfth aspects, the positional relationship between the positional relationship detection device and the monitoring subject can be accurately determined. Can be detected.
  • the fourteenth aspect of the present invention is An exercise load detection device for detecting an exercise load performed by a monitoring subject who owns the device,
  • In-walking determination means for determining whether or not the monitoring target person is walking
  • In-stop determination means for determining whether or not the monitoring target person is stopped
  • the monitoring target person is standing up
  • Rising motion determination means for determining whether or not the force is
  • the monitoring target person is determined to be walking, stopping, or rising motion by the during-walking determination unit, the during-stop determination unit, and the rising motion determination unit within a preset load determination time If the number-of-determination storage means for storing the number of times and the number of standing-up motion determinations stored in the determination number storage means are equal to or greater than a preset heavy load determination threshold, A heavy load judgment means to judge,
  • the monitoring subject performs medium load exercise.
  • Medium load judging means for judging that
  • a light load determination means for determining that the monitoring subject has performed a light load exercise if the number of determinations during walking stored in the determination number storage means is equal to or greater than a predetermined walking determination threshold
  • the monitoring subject performs a load exercise and determines that there is no load! Judgment means
  • the exercise load specifying means for specifying the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject
  • the type of movement performed by the monitoring subject is detected by each determination unit, and the magnitude of the load is classified according to the number of determinations by each determination unit. Therefore, the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject can be specified.
  • each load determination means may be set arbitrarily! ,.
  • the fifteenth aspect of the present invention is the exercise load detection device of the fourteenth aspect
  • the walking determination means is configured as a motion detection device of the first aspect
  • the stopping determination means is configured as a motion detection device of the second aspect
  • the rising motion determination means is configured as a motion detection device according to a fourth aspect.
  • each determination means can be realized as a more specific form.
  • a portable monitoring device that monitors the health status of a monitoring subject who possesses the device and acts
  • a third temperature sensor arranged at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing; a third humidity sensor arranged close to the third temperature sensor;
  • Positional relationship detection means for detecting a positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject
  • Exercise load detection means for detecting exercise load of exercise performed by the monitoring target person
  • An uncomfortable index is calculated based on detection results from the third temperature sensor and the third humidity sensor, and the discomfort index is set according to the detection result from the positional relationship detection means and the detection result from the exercise load detection means, respectively.
  • Discomfort threshold determination means for determining whether or not the discomfort threshold is greater than or equal to,
  • the overheat determination means determines that the environment around the monitoring subject is too hot for the monitoring subject
  • the discomfort index is calculated, and the discomfort index sets the discomfort threshold value according to the detection result by the positional relationship detection means and the detection result by the exercise load detection means.
  • the ability to determine whether it is too hot for the subject can be determined.
  • the positional relationship detection means is configured so that the portable monitoring device is the positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject. It may be configured to be able to detect the state inside the clothes while in contact with the background of the person being monitored.
  • the portable monitoring device in contact with the background of the person being monitored by the positional relationship detection means.
  • the mobile monitoring device is the mobile monitoring device according to any of the sixteenth to eighteenth aspects,
  • the positional relationship detection means is configured to detect a state where the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothing of the monitoring subject as the positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject.
  • the exercise load detection means is based on a detection result by the operation detection means for detecting a specific action performed by the monitoring subject who acts while holding the apparatus, and the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject. Is configured to detect
  • the uncomfortable threshold value determining unit is configured to detect the position of the portable monitoring device by the positional relationship detecting unit. If it is determined that the person to be monitored is not performing a load exercise by the exercise load detection means, the plurality of discomfort threshold values are compared as a comparison of the calculated discomfort index. Select the first discomfort threshold from the list.
  • the mobile monitoring device is the mobile monitoring device according to the nineteenth aspect, wherein the discomfort threshold value determining means is configured so that the mobile monitoring device is located inside or outside the clothes by the positional relationship detecting means.
  • the exercise load detecting means determines that the person to be monitored has performed a light load exercise
  • a second discomfort smaller than the first discomfort threshold is used as a comparison control of the calculated discomfort index. Select a threshold.
  • the exercise load detecting means determines that the monitoring target person has performed a light load exercise. Because the monitored person selects a second discomfort threshold value that is smaller than the threshold value (first discomfort threshold value) when the person being monitored is performing a load exercise! / ⁇ Judge as too hot with a lower discomfort index than if not. Therefore, it is possible to make a judgment according to the sense of the person being monitored.
  • the portable monitoring device is the portable monitoring device according to the twentieth aspect, wherein the discomfort threshold determining means is located inside or outside of the clothes by the positional relationship detecting means. And the exercise load detection means determines that the monitoring subject has performed a medium load exercise with a load greater than that of the light load exercise, from the second threshold value as a comparison control of the calculated discomfort index. Choose a small third discomfort threshold.
  • the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothes. If the monitored person is determined to have performed medium load exercise by the exercise load detection means, the value is smaller than the threshold value (second discomfort threshold) when the monitored person performs light load exercise. Since the third discomfort threshold is selected, it is determined that the person being monitored is too hot with a lower discomfort index than when the subject exercises lightly. Therefore, it is possible to make a judgment according to the sense of the person being monitored.
  • the threshold value second discomfort threshold
  • the portable monitoring device is the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-first aspect, wherein the discomfort threshold value determining unit is configured so that the portable monitoring device is positioned inside or outside the clothes by the positional relationship detecting unit.
  • the exercise load detecting means determines that the person to be monitored has performed medium load exercise
  • a third discomfort threshold smaller than the second threshold is used as a comparison control of the calculated discomfort index. Select.
  • the exercise load detecting means determines that the person to be monitored has performed a medium load exercise
  • the fourth discomfort threshold is selected, which is smaller than the threshold when the monitored person performs medium load exercise (third discomfort threshold), so the discomfort index is lower than when the monitored person performs light load exercise. Judge that it is too hot. Therefore, it is possible to make a judgment according to the sense of the person being monitored.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 23rd aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to any of the 19th to 22nd aspects,
  • the discomfort threshold determination means determines that the discomfort index is less than the discomfort threshold.
  • the overheat determination means determines that the detection result by the third temperature sensor is the hyperthermia threshold when the discomfort index is determined to be greater than or equal to the discomfort threshold by the discomfort threshold determination means and when the hyperthermia determination means When it is determined as above, it is determined that the environment around the monitoring target is too hot for the monitoring target.
  • the body temperature or the monitoring subject's body temperature (or The ambient temperature that has become high due to body temperature is detected, and if this temperature exceeds the high body temperature threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too hot. be able to.
  • the portable monitoring device in the twenty-fourth aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device in the twenty-third aspect
  • Wetting detection means for detecting wetting of the surface of the casing by detecting a resistance value between a plurality of electrodes provided on the surface of the casing;
  • the hyperthermia determination means determines whether or not the wetness of the surface of the housing is detected by the wetness detection means. If it is determined by the hyperthermia determination means that the detection result by the third temperature sensor is less than a preset hyperthermia threshold, whether or not the wetness of the surface of the housing is detected by the wetness detection means.
  • the overheat determination means has a detection result by the third temperature sensor equal to or higher than the hyperthermia threshold when the hyperthermia determination means determines that the discomfort index is greater than or equal to the discomfort threshold by the discomfort threshold determination means.
  • the discomfort index is less than the discomfort threshold, and the detection by the third temperature sensor. Even if the result is less than the hyperthermia threshold, it can be determined that the subject is too hot if perspiration of the monitoring subject is detected.
  • the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-fifth aspect of the present invention provides:
  • a fourth temperature sensor disposed on the surface of the housing at a position not in contact with the person to be monitored;
  • Wind speed detecting means for detecting a flow velocity of air colliding with the housing
  • Positional relationship detection means for detecting a positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject
  • Exercise load detecting means for detecting an exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject; When it is determined by the positional relationship detection means that the portable monitoring device is outside the clothes, a detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is set to a first low temperature threshold value set according to the detection result by the exercise load detection means, respectively.
  • a first low temperature threshold determination means for determining whether or not the temperature is less than
  • the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is greater than or equal to the first low temperature threshold.
  • a second low temperature threshold judging means for judging whether or not the force is less than a second low temperature threshold set according to the detection result by the exercise load detecting means; and the fourth temperature sensor by the second low temperature threshold judging means.
  • a wind speed determining means for determining whether the detection result by the wind speed detecting means is equal to or higher than a preset wind speed threshold when it is determined that the detection result is equal to or higher than the second low temperature threshold;
  • the first low temperature threshold determination means determines that the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is less than the first low temperature threshold, and the detection result by the wind speed detection means is determined to be greater than or equal to the wind speed threshold
  • the temperature detected by the fourth temperature sensor is set according to the detection result by the exercise load detecting means, respectively. If the temperature is below the low temperature threshold, it is determined that the subject is too cold. Also, even if the temperature detected by the fourth temperature sensor is higher than the first low temperature threshold, it is determined that it is too cold for the monitoring subject if the wind speed determining means detects a wind speed that is equal to or higher than the wind speed threshold.
  • the person to be monitored is too cold when the perceived temperature is low (when the temperature is low and the wind is strong even if the temperature is not so low). Can be detected.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the twenty-sixth aspect of the present invention provides:
  • a fourth temperature arranged at a position on the surface of the housing that does not contact the monitoring subject.
  • a fifth temperature sensor disposed at a position in contact with the person to be monitored on the surface of the housing;
  • Wind speed detecting means for detecting a flow velocity of air colliding with the housing
  • Positional relationship detection means for detecting a positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject
  • An exercise load detecting means for detecting an exercise load of an exercise performed by the person to be monitored; and the positional relationship detection means determines that the portable monitoring device is inside clothing, the fourth temperature sensor and the fifth temperature sensor
  • a third low temperature threshold determining means for determining whether or not a difference between detection results by the temperature sensor is equal to or greater than a third low temperature threshold set in accordance with the detection result by the operating load detecting means;
  • the detection result by the fifth temperature sensor is the motion.
  • a fifth low temperature threshold determination means for determining whether or not the force is equal to or greater than a threshold; and a detection result by the fifth temperature sensor by the fourth low temperature threshold determination means is less than the fourth low temperature threshold. And when the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is determined to be less than the fifth low temperature threshold by the fifth low temperature threshold determination means, the environment around the monitoring subject is the A cold determination means for determining that the person being monitored is too cold,
  • the portable monitoring device is the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-fifth or twenty-sixth aspect, wherein an environment around the monitoring subject is determined by the too cold determination means. If it is determined that it is too cold for the person, it is provided with a too cold notification means for notifying the monitoring subject that it is too cold! / Speak.
  • the monitoring subject when it is determined that the monitoring subject is too cold, the monitoring subject can be notified that the monitoring subject is too cold.
  • the portable monitoring device in the twenty-eighth aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device in any one of the sixteenth to twenty-seventh aspects, wherein the positional relationship detecting means is the positional relationship detecting device of the thirteenth aspect.
  • the exercise load detecting means is configured as an exercise load detection device according to a fourteenth aspect.
  • the configuration of the positional relationship detecting means and the exercise load detecting means can be realized more specifically.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 29th aspect of the present invention provides:
  • Too cold environment determining means for determining whether the environment around the monitoring target is too cold for the monitoring target
  • Operation determination for determining whether or not the operation unit has been operated by the monitoring target person within a preset standby time when it is determined that the environment determination unit determines that the temperature is too hot or too cold.
  • First operation determining means for determining that the person to be monitored needs to be relieved when the operation determining means is operated within the waiting time by the operation determining means and it is determined that the operation subject is rescued. ing.
  • the monitoring subject when it is detected that the monitoring subject is too hot or too cold, the monitoring subject is notified based on whether or not the operation unit is operated. Judgment is made on whether or not there is an abnormality such as consciousness disorder or movement disorder. Therefore, when the operation unit is not operated, such as when the monitoring target cannot operate the operation unit, it is determined that the monitoring target needs to be rescued as an abnormality has occurred in the monitoring target be able to.
  • the portable monitoring device is the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-ninth aspect, wherein if the environment judging means determines that the hot monitoring is too hot or too cold, Too hot or too cold notifying means for notifying the monitoring subject that it is too hot or too cold!
  • the monitoring target can be notified that the monitoring target is too hot or too cold. wear.
  • the portable monitoring device determines that the operation unit has been operated by the operation determining means when compared with the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-ninth or thirty-third aspects. Then, at least the first relief among the over-hot environment determination means, the over-cold environment determination means, the operation determination means, and the first relief determination means until a preset grace time elapses. Operation prohibiting means for prohibiting the operation of the judging means is provided.
  • the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-second aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device according to any of the twenty-ninth to thirty-first aspects.
  • the over-hot environment judging means is configured as a portable monitoring device of any one of the 16th to 24th phases,
  • the too cold environment determining means is configured as the mobile monitoring device according to any one of the 25th to 28th aspects. [0085] According to such a portable monitoring device, it is possible to more specifically realize the configuration as an excessively hot environment determining unit and an excessively cold environment determining unit.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the thirty-third aspect of the present invention provides:
  • a visit destination storage means for storing the visit destination of the monitoring subject in advance as position information; a current location detection means for detecting the current location of the mobile monitoring device;
  • Action detecting means for detecting a specific action performed by the person to be monitored
  • the action of the monitoring target detected by the motion detection means is a specific pattern. A determination of whether or not the person to be monitored is in a state of loss of gods,
  • a first relief determination unit that determines that the monitoring subject needs to be rescued when the monitoring subject is determined to be in a mind-losing state.
  • the person to be monitored may hesitate. Then, it is determined whether or not the operation of the monitoring subject is a specific pattern. Then, if it is detected that the behavior of the monitoring subject is a specific pattern, it is determined that the monitoring subject needs to be rescued as being in a state of loss of spirituality.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 34th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the 33rd aspect
  • the motion detection means is
  • the mind loss determination means detects that the monitoring subject is walking by the walking movement determination means during a preset first mind loss determination time, and then If the number of detection patterns detected by the stop operation judging means that the monitored person is stopped is equal to or greater than a preset first demise threshold, the monitored person is in a deceased state. Judge that there is.
  • the mobile monitoring device in the 35th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device in the 33rd aspect
  • the motion detection means is
  • Forward turn detecting means for detecting that the monitoring subject is turning in the forward direction
  • Reverse turn detection means for detecting that the monitoring subject is turning in a reverse direction opposite to the forward direction
  • the mind loss determination means detects that the monitoring subject is walking during the preset second mind loss loss determination time by the walking motion determination means, and then any one of the turn detection means after that If the number of detection patterns detected by the monitoring target person's power turn is equal to or greater than a preset second heart loss threshold, it is determined that the subject is in a state of heart loss.
  • the monitoring target can be considered as a specific pattern in the movement of the monitoring target by detecting a motion that repeatedly turns in the forward or reverse direction after the walking motion. Since it is determined whether or not the vehicle is in a lost state, it is possible to detect the trap of the person being monitored more reliably.
  • the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-sixth aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-third aspect.
  • a sitting motion determining means for detecting that the monitoring subject is sitting and
  • the mind loss determination means detects that the person to be monitored is walking by the walking determination means during a preset third mind loss determination time, and then the sitting movement determination means performs the monitoring. If the number of detection patterns detected that the subject is sitting is greater than or equal to a preset third heart loss threshold, it is determined that the subject is in the state of heart loss.
  • the determining means during walking in the 34th and 36th aspects is configured as the motion detecting device of the first aspect, the determining means during walking can be more specifically realized.
  • stoppage determining means in the 34th aspect is configured as the motion detection device of the second aspect, the stoppage determining means can be more specifically realized.
  • the forward turn detecting means of the 35th aspect is configured as the motion detecting apparatus of the fifth aspect
  • the reverse turn detecting means is configured as the motion detecting apparatus of the sixth aspect. More specifically, the direction turn detection means and the reverse direction turn detection means can be realized.
  • the motion determination means of the 36th aspect is configured as the motion detection device of the third aspect, the motion determination means can be more specifically realized.
  • the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-seventh aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device of any of the thirty-third to thirty-sixth aspects
  • the various means A mode switching means for switching between a normal mode that activates and a learning mode for storing location information in the visited storage means according to an external command;
  • a first storage control unit that stores information on the current location detected by the current location detection unit in the visited storage unit as location information of the visited site when the mode switching unit switches to the learning mode;
  • the monitoring target person or the guardian of the monitoring target person operates the operation unit at the monitoring target person's visiting place, so that the monitoring target person visits this visiting place. You can register as a destination. In other words, it is possible to register the visited place without requiring complicated work such as inputting position information.
  • the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-eighth aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-seventh aspect
  • the current location detected by the current location detection unit is separated from the position stored in the visited storage unit by a predetermined distance or more. Is detected, the current location information detected by the current location detection means is provisionally registered in the temporary storage means as the location information of the visited location, and the number of temporary registrations at the same visited location is greater than or equal to a preset registration threshold value. If there is, second storage control means for storing the temporarily registered visit location information in the visit destination storage means;
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 39th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device of any of the 16th aspect to the 38th aspect,
  • First heart rate detecting means for detecting a heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal of an electrocardiographic sensor force for detecting an operating state of the heart of the monitoring subject;
  • the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means is a preset upper limit heart rate. If the heart rate is too high, it is determined that the heart rate is excessive, and if the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means is less than a preset lower limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is too low. Heart rate determination means for determining that the heart rate is normal if the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculation means is within the range of the upper limit heart rate and the lower limit heart rate.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 40th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device of any of the 16th to 38th aspects
  • Second heart rate detection means for detecting the heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal from a heart sound sensor for detecting the heart sound of the monitoring subject;
  • the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means is greater than a preset upper limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is excessive, and the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means is If it is less than the preset lower limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is too low, and if the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means is within the range of the upper limit heart rate and the lower limit heart rate. And a heart rate judging means for judging that the heart rate is normal.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 41st aspect of the present invention is any mobile monitoring device according to the 16th aspect to the 38th aspect,
  • First heart rate detecting means for detecting a heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal of an electrocardiographic sensor force for detecting an operating state of the heart of the monitoring subject;
  • Second heart rate detection means for detecting the heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal from a heart sound sensor for detecting the heart sound of the monitoring subject;
  • Consistency determining means for determining whether or not the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means and the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means are consistent; and When it is determined by the sex determination means that the heart rates are not consistent, the heart rate unknown determination means for determining that the heart rate of the monitoring subject is unknown;
  • the first A heart rate setting means for setting an average value of the heart rate detected by the heart rate calculating means and the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means as the heart rate of the person to be monitored; and the heart rate setting means If the heart rate set by is greater than the preset upper limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is excessive, and the heart rate set by the heart rate setting means is less than the preset lower limit heart rate. If the heart rate set by the heart rate setting means is within the upper limit heart rate and the lower limit heart rate, the heart rate is determined to be normal. Number judgment means,
  • the heart rate of the person to be monitored is detected by a plurality of means, and if the heart rate detected by these is not consistent, it is determined that the heart rate is unknown. Therefore, the reliability of heart rate detection can be improved.
  • the portable monitoring device in the forty-second aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device of any of the sixteenth to forty-first aspects
  • Body temperature detecting means for detecting the body temperature of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal of body temperature sensor force for detecting the body temperature of the monitoring subject;
  • body temperature detected by the body temperature detection means is higher than a preset upper limit body temperature, it is determined that the body temperature of the monitoring subject is too high, and the body temperature detected by the body temperature detection means is greater than a preset lower limit body temperature. If the temperature is too low, it is determined that the body temperature of the monitoring subject is too low. If the body temperature detected by the body temperature detecting means is within the range between the upper limit body temperature and the lower limit body temperature, the body temperature of the monitoring subject is normal. Body temperature determining means.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 43rd aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device of any of the 16th to 42nd aspects,
  • Sound collecting means for detecting ambient sounds
  • the monitoring target person whose sound detected by the sound collecting means is registered in advance in the portable monitoring device Voice matching determination means for determining whether or not the voice of the specific pattern matches, and when the sound detected by the sound collecting means by the voice matching determination means is determined to match the voice of the specific pattern, A second rescue determination means for determining that the person to be monitored needs to be rescued;
  • a mobile monitoring device for example, "help”, "help”, or a moaning voice can be detected in a specific pattern of the monitoring target, so that the monitoring target is supported. It can be determined that it is necessary.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 44th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device of any of the 16th to 43rd aspects,
  • lever when the lever is pulled out, it is determined that the person to be monitored needs to be rescued.
  • the lever instead of the lever, it is configured as a button type switch. Compared with the case where it is, malfunction can be prevented. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably detect the willingness of the monitoring subject when seeking help.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 45th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device of any of the 16th to 44th aspects,
  • a communication means for wirelessly communicating with the outside of the portable monitoring device
  • An anomaly detecting means for detecting an anomaly of the monitored person
  • the abnormality detection unit detects an abnormality, communication that transmits at least information indicating the current location of the mobile monitoring device detected by the current location detection unit to a preset communication partner via the communication unit Control means;
  • the abnormality detection means for example, a configuration in which the determination results of the above-described heart rate determination means, body temperature determination means, each relief determination means, etc. are monitored. In other words, if any of the above means detects that the state of the monitoring subject is not “normal”, an abnormality of the monitoring subject may be detected.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 46th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the 45th aspect
  • the apparatus When the abnormality detection means detects an abnormality, the apparatus includes an intention confirmation means for detecting the intention that the rescue by the monitoring subject is unnecessary,
  • the communication control means performs communication via the communication means when the will confirmation that the intention confirmation means does not require relief is not detected within a predetermined will detection time.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 47th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the 46th aspect
  • a will detection change means is provided for changing the length of the will detection time according to an external command.
  • the will detection time can be changed according to the person to be monitored.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 48th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the 47th aspect
  • the will confirmation means is regarded as having detected the intention that the monitoring target person does not need to be rescued when the biometrics authentication means is authenticated as the monitoring target person.
  • the mobile monitoring device according to the 49th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the 48th aspect
  • the will detection change means changes the length of the will detection time when the biometrics authentication means authenticates the person to be monitored.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of an elderly pendant.
  • FIG. 2A is a perspective view showing a schematic shape of a pendant for elderly people
  • FIG. 2B is an explanatory view showing the structure of a wetting sensor
  • FIG. 2C is a sectional view on the back of the pendant for elderly people.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing walking determination processing.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing stop determination processing.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing a sitting motion determination process.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing a rising motion determination process.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a right turn operation determination process.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing left turn operation determination processing.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing a background contact state determination process.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a state of determining whether the skin contact is out of clothing.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a state of determining the state of contact with the skin.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing a background non-contact state determination process.
  • ⁇ 13 It is a flowchart showing the non-texture out-of-clothes state determination process.
  • 14 It is a flow chart showing the background non-contact clothing state determination process.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing pendant position determination processing.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing exercise load determination processing.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing overheat condition determination processing.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing a non-skin-out-out-clothes state “light load process”.
  • ⁇ 20 A non-contacting out-of-skin condition 'middle load process.
  • Non-skin-out-of-clothes state ⁇ This is a flowchart showing heavy load processing.
  • ⁇ 22 A flowchart showing the non-loading state of the skin “no load” process.
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart showing a background non-contact clothes state “light load process”. 22] This is a flow chart showing the non-contact clothes inside state / medium load process. ⁇ 25] Non-contact-in-clothing state ⁇ This is a flowchart showing heavy load processing. ⁇ 26] It is a flowchart showing the state of no contact with the skin contact 'no load process. ⁇ 27] A flow chart showing the “out-of-skin contact clothing state” light load process. ⁇ 28] It is a flowchart showing the “out-of-skin contact clothing state” medium load process.
  • FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing a “out-of-ground contact clothes state” heavy load process.
  • This is a flow chart showing the processing in the ground contact clothes, no load.
  • In-skin contact clothes state ⁇ This is a flowchart showing a light load process.
  • In-ground contact clothes state
  • In-ground contact clothes state is a flowchart showing heavy load processing.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing an over-cold state determination process.
  • FIG. 35 Out-of-clothes state “No load” This is a flowchart showing a light load process.
  • FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an out-of-clothes state / medium load / heavy load process.
  • FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing the in-clothes state “no load” light load processing.
  • FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing an in-clothes state “medium load” heavy load process.
  • FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing a cold / warm relief request process.
  • FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing a relief request grace period setting process.
  • FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing rescue request transmission processing.
  • FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing wrinkle determination processing.
  • FIG. 43 is a flow chart showing a walk “stop” random short-term repetition determination process.
  • FIG. 44 is a flow chart showing a random short time repeated determination process of walking 'left / right turns'.
  • FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing a random short time repeated determination process of walking and sitting motion.
  • FIG. 46 is a flowchart showing a turnaround destination registration process.
  • FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing a safety judgment possible judgment process.
  • FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing pulse rate related safety state determination processing.
  • FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing body temperature-related safety state determination processing.
  • FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing a relief request determination process related to voice.
  • FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing attention state setting processing.
  • FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing attention state reversal processing.
  • FIG. 53 is a flowchart showing a relief request determination process related to a relief request lever.
  • FIG. 54A is an explanatory view showing a state of the rescue request lever in a normal state
  • FIG. 54B is an explanatory view showing a state in which the rescue request lever is pushed
  • FIG. 54C is a rescue request
  • FIG. 54D is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the lever has popped out
  • FIG. 54D is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the rescue request lever is rotated.
  • FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing a rescue request execution process.
  • FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing intention confirmation processing 1 for transmission.
  • FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing intention confirmation process 2 for transmission.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of an elderly pendant 1 to which the present invention is applied.
  • the elderly pendant 1 detects abnormal behaviors such as the health condition and wrinkles of the monitoring subject who operates with the pendant 1 for the elderly using various sensors. That is, this elderly pendant 1 determines the difference between a normal human and an abnormal human being, whether or not the output from various sensors is greater than or equal to a preset threshold value for each sensor. Judgment is made by implementing various processes.
  • the elderly pendant 1 is set to notify a preset contact that an abnormality has been detected when an abnormality is detected in the health condition or behavior of the monitoring subject. In addition, the elderly pendant 1 is set to notify a preset contact address according to the will of the monitoring subject.
  • the pendant 1 for elderly people includes a behavior sensor unit 10, a rescue request signal transmission device 50, a notification unit 60, and an operation unit 70, and a housing 5 (see Fig. 2). ).
  • the behavior sensor unit 10 includes a well-known MPU31 (microprocessor unit) and various sensors, and the MPU31 has a sensor element that constitutes various sensors to detect the inspection target (humidity, wind speed, etc.) well. For example, a process such as driving a heater for optimizing the temperature of the sensor element is performed.
  • the behavior sensor unit 10 includes various sensors such as a three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 (3DG sensor), a three-axis gyro sensor 13, a temperature sensor 15 disposed on the back of the casing 5, and a back of the casing 5.
  • Humidity sensor 17 disposed on the front surface
  • temperature sensor 19 disposed on the front surface of housing 5
  • humidity sensor 21 disposed on the front surface of housing 5
  • illuminance sensor 23 disposed on the front surface of housing 5
  • a wetness sensor 25 disposed on the back of the housing a GPS receiver 27 for detecting the current location of the pendant 1 for elderly people, and a wind speed sensor 29 are provided.
  • the behavior sensor unit 10 also includes an electrocardiogram sensor 33 (first heart rate detection means), a heart sound sensor 35 (second heart rate detection means), and a microphone 37 (sound collection means) as various sensors. Yes.
  • Each temperature sensor 15, 19 and each humidity sensor 17, 21 measure the temperature or humidity of the outside air of the housing 5 as an inspection target.
  • the three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 includes three directions (vertical direction (Z direction), width direction (Y direction) of the casing 5, and thickness direction of the casing 5 (X Direction)), and the detection result is output (three-dimensional acceleration detection means).
  • the vertical direction is upward
  • the direction of force is directed from the rear surface 5b of the housing 5 to the front surface 5a
  • the direction of the rear surface 5b force of the housing 5 is directed toward the front surface 5a.
  • the direction of force is defined as the positive direction.
  • the three-axis gyro sensor 13 has a vertical direction (Z direction) and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction (Y direction of the casing 5 (Y Direction) and angular acceleration in the thickness direction of the housing 5 (X direction) (each counterclockwise velocity in each direction is positive) and outputs the detection result (three-dimensional angular acceleration detection means) .
  • the temperature sensors 15 and 19 include, for example, a thermistor element whose electric resistance changes according to temperature.
  • the temperature sensors 15 and 19 detect the Celsius temperature, and all temperature displays described in the following explanation are performed at the Celsius temperature.
  • the humidity sensors 17 and 21 are configured as, for example, well-known polymer film humidity sensors.
  • This polymer film humidity sensor is configured as a capacitor in which the amount of water contained in the polymer film changes according to the change in relative humidity, and the dielectric constant changes.
  • the illuminance sensor 23 is configured as a well-known illuminance sensor including a phototransistor, for example.
  • the wind speed sensor 29 is, for example, a well-known wind speed sensor, and calculates the wind speed from the electric power (heat radiation amount) necessary for maintaining the heater temperature at a predetermined temperature.
  • the heart sound sensor 35 is configured as a vibration sensor that captures vibration caused by the heartbeat of the monitoring subject, and the MPU 31 receives the detection result from the heart sound sensor 35 and the microphone 37. In view of the heart sound, the vibration and noise caused by pulsation are distinguished from other vibrations and noise.
  • the rescue request signal transmitting device 50 includes a well-known MPU 51, a wireless telephone unit 53, and a visited memory 55, and includes various sensors constituting the behavior sensor unit 10 via an input / output interface (not shown). The detection signal can be obtained. Then, the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50 executes processing according to the detection result by the behavior sensor unit 10, the input signal input via the operation unit 70, and the program stored in the ROM (not shown). To do.
  • the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50 functions as an operation detection device that detects a specific operation performed by the monitoring subject, and a positional relationship detection that detects a positional relationship with the monitoring subject.
  • a function as a device, a function as a motion load detection device that detects a load of exercise performed by a person to be monitored, and a function that transmits a processing result by the MPU 51 are executed.
  • the ROM stores various threshold values and numerical ranges that are referred to in various processes described later.
  • the radio telephone unit 53 is configured to be communicable with, for example, a mobile phone base station (communication means), and the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitter 50 transmits the processing result of the MPU 51 to the notification unit 60. Or output to a preset destination via the wireless telephone unit 53.
  • the visited memory 55 functions as a storage area for storing the location information of the visited site of the monitoring target person.
  • the location information of public facilities that are highly likely to be protected by the monitored people such as hospitals, public halls, welfare facilities, nursing care facilities, etc. is registered in advance as the visited sites of the monitored people.
  • position information can be additionally registered for each person to be monitored in a turnaround destination registration process (see FIG. 46) described later.
  • the notification unit 60 includes, for example, a display 61 configured as an LCD or an organic EL display, an electric decoration 63 having LED power capable of emitting light in seven colors, and a speaker 65, for example.
  • a display 61 configured as an LCD or an organic EL display
  • an electric decoration 63 having LED power capable of emitting light in seven colors
  • a speaker 65 for example.
  • Each unit constituting the notification unit 60 is driven and controlled by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • the operation unit 70 includes a touch pad 71, a confirmation button 73, a fingerprint sensor 75 (bi-directional). Ometritas authentication means) and a rescue request lever 77.
  • the touch pad 71 outputs a signal corresponding to the position or pressure touched by the user (monitoring person or guardian of the monitoring person).
  • the confirmation button 73 is configured so that the contact of the built-in switch is closed when pressed by the user, and detects that the confirmation button 73 is pressed by the rescue request signal transmission device 50. I was beaten up so that I could do it!
  • the fingerprint sensor 75 is a well-known fingerprint sensor, and is configured to read a fingerprint using an optical sensor, for example (not shown in FIG. 2 described later). Instead of the fingerprint sensor 75, a means for recognizing human physical characteristics, such as a sensor for recognizing the shape of a palm vein (means capable of biometrics authentication: identifying an individual) Can be employed.
  • the rescue request lever 77 will be described later (see FIG. 54).
  • FIG. 2A is a perspective view showing a schematic shape of the pendant 1 for old people.
  • the case 5 of the pendant 1 for elderly people has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the GPS receiver 27 incorporated in the case 5 is for receiving a signal of GPS satellite power.
  • a GPS antenna 57 is placed outside the housing 5.
  • the elderly pendant 1 is designed on the assumption that the person to be monitored will use the strap 7 connected to the mounting part 7a provided on the upper surface 5c of the case 5 on the neck of the person to be monitored.
  • the GPS antenna 57 is arranged at a position that comes directly behind the neck when the person to be monitored puts the strap 7 on the neck.
  • the strap 7 includes a signal line for guiding the signal received by the GPS antenna 57 into the housing 5.
  • an electrode part 59 is formed in the vicinity of the GPS antenna 57 in the strap 7. That is, the strap 7 includes a signal line corresponding to the electrode portion 59 separately from the signal line of the GPS antenna 57.
  • the electrocardiographic sensor 33 detects the operating state of the heart of the monitoring subject as an electrical signal, for example, by detecting a potential difference between the electrode unit 59 and a first conductive unit 83 described later. It is configured to be able to. Then, the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50 generates an electrocardiogram based on the detection signal from the electrocardiogram sensor 33.
  • a display 61, a touch pad 71, and a confirmation button 73 are provided on the front surface 5a of the aged pendant 1.
  • the temperature sensor 19, the humidity sensor 21, and the illuminance sensor 23 are also disposed on the front surface 5a (not shown).
  • a temperature sensor 15, a humidity sensor 17, and a wetting sensor 25 are arranged on the back surface 5b of the elderly pendant 1.
  • FIGS. 2B and 2C are rear views of the elderly pendant 1 and FIG. 2C is a cross-sectional view of the elderly pendant 1 on the back.
  • the wetness sensor 25 is formed on the back surface 5b of the housing 5 as shown in FIGS. 2B and 2C. That is, the back surface 5b of the housing 5 is configured as a conductive portion made of a conductor, and this conductive portion is formed between the first conductive portion 83 and the first conductive portion 83 formed in a ring shape via the groove portion 87. It is separated into a second conductive portion 85 surrounding the periphery in a ring shape. A preset potential difference is applied between the conductive portions 83 and 85.
  • the groove portion 87 has a function of insulating the first conductive portion 83 and the second conductive portion 85.
  • the wetness sensor 25 of the present embodiment detects sweating of the monitoring subject using the principle as described above.
  • a recess 81 is formed inside the first conductive portion 83, and a temperature sensor 15, a humidity sensor 17, and a microphone are formed on the bottom surface of the recess 81. 37 is arranged.
  • the reason for this configuration is to prevent the temperature sensor 15, the humidity sensor 17, and the microphone 37 from directly touching the person being monitored.
  • the microphone 37 is used to detect the voice and heart sound (heart sound) of the person being monitored.
  • the RAM (nonvolatile RAM: not shown) of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50 is supervised.
  • the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50 is configured to be able to register the sound of the person to be viewed, and the sound of the person to be monitored depends on the characteristics (for example, voice print) of the sound of the registered person to be monitored. It has a function to identify.
  • words are registered in the above RAM, and the MPU51 is a function that identifies specific words (eg, “Help” or “Help”), screams, moans, etc. issued by the person being monitored by referring to the RAM. Also have.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing the walking determination process executed by the MCU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This walking determination process is a process that is activated periodically (for example, every 10 ms).
  • the outputs in the three directions are temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM (S15). For example, the output for 3 seconds is stored in the memory.
  • the signal during walking is assumed to be that the person being monitored is walking. (S35), and the walking determination process ends. If the peak period in two directions or the double period of the peak period in the two directions is outside the range of 10% (S30: No), an unidentified signal indicating that the person being monitored is not walking is detected. Store (output) in RAM or other memory (S40), and end the walking determination process.
  • the person to be monitored wears the pendant 1 for the elderly person, the person to be monitored is pendant 1 for the elderly person when walking. It is possible to detect a periodic change in acceleration applied to the motor. Therefore, it is possible to determine semi-U that the monitored person is walking.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing the stop determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • This stop determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, three-direction outputs from the three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 are acquired (input) (S60). The outputs in the three directions are temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM (S65). For example, the output for 3 seconds is stored in the memory.
  • acceleration peaks in each direction are detected based on the outputs in the three directions stored in the memory (S70: peak value detecting means).
  • the stop determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1 as described above if the monitoring subject wears the elderly pendant 1, the monitoring subject gives the elderly pendant 1 when stopping. Since it can be detected that almost no change in acceleration is felt, it is possible to determine whether or not the monitoring target is at a stop.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing the sitting motion determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • This sitting motion determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, three-direction outputs from the three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 are acquired (input) (SI 10), and these three-direction outputs are temporarily stored in a memory such as a RAM (S115). The memory stores the output for 3 seconds, for example.
  • acceleration peaks in each direction are detected (S120: peak value detecting means).
  • the detected peak value in the vertical direction (one Z direction) is equal to or greater than the sitting movement determination value, and both the peak values in the horizontal direction (X direction and Y direction) are determined to be the second stop. It is determined whether it is less than the threshold value (S125: sitting motion determination means). If the peak value in the vertical downward direction is greater than or equal to the sitting movement determination value and both the peak values in the horizontal direction are less than the second stop determination threshold (S125: Yes), the monitored person is sitting As a result, the sitting motion signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S130), and the sitting motion determination process is terminated.
  • a memory such as a RAM (S130)
  • the sitting motion unknown signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S135), and the sitting motion determination process is terminated.
  • the sitting movement determination process performed by the elderly pendant 1 if the monitored person wears the elderly pendant 1, the vertical movement is performed when the monitored person is sitting. By detecting the downward acceleration in the direction and detecting that the acceleration in the other direction is hardly felt, it is possible to determine whether or not the monitoring target person is sitting.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing a rising motion determination process executed by the MCU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This rising motion determination process is a process that is activated periodically (eg, every 10 ms), and first acquires (inputs) the three-directional output from the three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 (S 160) These three outputs are temporarily stored in a memory such as a RAM (S165). In addition for example, the output for 3 seconds is stored in the memory.
  • acceleration peaks in each direction are detected based on the outputs in the three directions stored in the memory (S170: peak value detecting means).
  • the detected peak value in the vertical direction upward (+ Z direction) is equal to or higher than the rising operation judgment value, and both the peak values in the horizontal direction (X direction and Y direction) are the third stop. It is determined whether or not the force is less than the determination threshold (S175: rising motion determination means). If the peak value in the upward direction in the vertical direction is equal to or greater than the judgment value for rising motion and both the peak values in the horizontal direction are less than the third stop judgment threshold value (S175: Yes), the person being monitored is in the standing motion. As a result, the rising operation signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S180), and the rising operation determination process is terminated.
  • a memory such as RAM (S180)
  • the peak value in the upward direction in the vertical direction is less than the judgment value for rising motion, or if any of the peak values in the horizontal direction is greater than or equal to the third stop judgment threshold value (S175: No), the person to be monitored stands up.
  • the rising operation unknown signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S185), and the rising operation determining process is terminated.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a right turn operation determination process executed by the MCU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This right turn motion determination process is a process that is activated periodically (for example, every 10 ms), and first acquires (inputs) three-direction outputs from the three-axis gyro sensor 13 (S210 ), And temporarily store the outputs in these three directions in a memory such as a RAM (S215). In memory, for example, the output for 3 seconds is stored.
  • a preset angle determination time For example, the rotation angle is detected in the positive direction (rotating leftward in the vertical direction upward direction, that is, rotating to the right for the monitoring subject) with the vertical direction within 2 seconds (S220). Then, it is determined whether or not the force in which the rotation angle in the positive direction exceeds, for example, 30 degrees (angle setting threshold) (S225: forward turn motion determination means).
  • the right turn movement determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1 if the person to be monitored wears the pendant 1 for the elderly person, the person to be monitored turns (rotates) in the forward direction. Since the rotation angle in the positive direction with the vertical direction as the axis of rotation can be detected, it is possible to determine whether or not the monitoring target is turned in the forward direction.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing a left turn operation determination process executed by the MCU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This left-turn operation determination process is a process that is activated periodically (for example, every 10 ms).
  • the negative direction vertical upward upward rotation in the vertical direction within the angle determination time (for example, 2 seconds) set in advance, for example, 2 seconds).
  • the rotation angle of left rotation for the subject is detected (S270). Then, it is determined whether or not the force in which the rotation angle in the negative direction exceeds, for example, 30 degrees (angle setting threshold) (S275: reverse turn operation determination means).
  • the left turn operation signal is stored in a memory such as RAM (output) as if the monitored person is in the left turn operation. ) (S 280), the left turn motion determination process is terminated. If the rotation angle in the negative direction does not exceed 30 degrees (S275: No)), the left turn operation unknown signal is output assuming that the monitoring target is not necessarily in the right turn operation (S285 ), The left turn motion determination process is terminated.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the background contact state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • the background contact state determination process is a process executed during the process of the background contact out-of-clothes state determination process (Fig. 10) and the background contact out-of-clothes state determination process ( Figure 11). Obtain (input) the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface, the output from the humidity sensor 17 on the back surface, the output from the temperature sensor 19 on the front surface, and the output from the humidity sensor 21 on the front surface (S310 to S325) .
  • the temperature sensor 15, 19 and the humidity sensor 17, 21 are placed on the front 5a and the back of the housing, respectively. If you are in contact with the subject's skin, you will be affected by body temperature and sweating, so the output from this temperature sensor and humidity sensor will be above a certain level relative to the output of the other temperature sensor and humidity sensor. There should be a temperature difference and a humidity difference. For this reason, the elderly pendant 1 detects a temperature difference and a humidity difference equal to or greater than a threshold value based on the difference between the detection results of the temperature sensors and the humidity sensor.
  • each temperature sensor 15, 19 and each humidity sensor 17, 21 Before detecting the difference, it is detected whether the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface is close to the body temperature of the person being monitored.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the ground contact clothing outside state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • the background contact out-of-clothes state determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms).
  • the above-described background contact state determination process (Fig. 9) is executed (S360).
  • a memory such as a RAM, it is determined whether or not the background contact state is output in the background contact state determination process (S365).
  • the output force from the front humidity sensor 21 stored in the memory for example, a humidity of 10% (first humidity change judgment threshold) or more. It is determined whether or not the change in the condition has been indicated twice or more (S380: means for determining the out-of-skin contact condition). If the change in humidity of 10% or more from the humidity sensor 21 is shown more than once (S380: Yes), the pendant 1 for the elderly is outside the clothing in contact with the subject's skin.
  • the out-of-skin contact clothing state signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S385), and the out-of-skin contact clothing state determination process is terminated.
  • the elderly pendant 1 when the elderly pendant 1 is on the outside of the clothes, the change in humidity is larger than when the elderly pendant 1 is on the inside of the clothes. Based on whether or not the detection result of the humidity sensor shows a change greater than or equal to the threshold, the elderly pendant 1 is detected to be located outside the clothing of the person being monitored.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing the ground contact in-clothing state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • This background contact clothing state determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, the above background contact state determination process (Fig. 9) is executed (S410). Then, referring to a memory such as RAM, it is determined whether or not the background contact state is output in the background contact state determination process (S415).
  • the output of the front humidity sensor 21 is acquired (input) (S420), and the output of the front humidity sensor 21 is temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM every minute (S425). For example, the output for 10 minutes is stored in the memory.
  • the output force from the front humidity sensor 21 stored in the memory for example, a humidity of 10% (second humidity change judgment threshold) or more. It is determined whether or not the change in the condition has been shown twice or more (S430: condition determining means in the skin contact clothes). If the change in humidity of 10% or more from the humidity sensor 21 is indicated less than twice (S430: Yes), the elderly pendant 1 is assumed to be inside the clothing in contact with the subject's background. Stores (outputs) the ground contact in-cloth state signal in a memory such as RAM (S435), and ends the ground contact in-cloth state determination processing.
  • a humidity of 10% second humidity change judgment threshold
  • the elderly pendant 1 detects that the elderly pendant 1 is located inside the clothing of the person to be monitored based on whether the detection result by the humidity sensor shows a change below the threshold. is doing.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing the background non-contact state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This background contact state determination process is a process executed during the process of the background non-contact out-of-clothes state determination process (Fig. 13) and the background non-contact out-of-clothes state determination process (Fig. 14).
  • First obtain (input) the output of 15 power sensors from the rear temperature sensor, the output from the rear humidity sensor 17, the output from the front temperature sensor 19, and the output from the front humidity sensor 21 (S460 ⁇ S475).
  • the pendant 1 for elderly people is applied to the background of the person to be monitored based on the detection results of the temperature sensors 15 and 19 arranged in plurality.
  • a temperature that is not detected when touching is detected, it is determined that the elderly pendant 1 is not in contact with the subject's background, so the elderly pendant 1 is not in contact with the user's background. Can be detected.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the non-texture out-of-clothing state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • This background non-contact out-of-clothes state determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, the above-described background non-contact state determination process (Fig. 12) is executed (S5 Ten). Then, referring to a memory such as RAM, it is determined whether or not the background non-contact state is output in the background non-contact state determination process (S515).
  • the background non-contact state is output in the background non-contact state determination process! (S515: Yes)
  • the output of the illuminance sensor 23 is acquired (input) (S520)
  • the output of the illuminance sensor 23 is temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM every minute (S525). For example, the output for 10 minutes is stored in the memory.
  • the output from the illumination sensor 23 stored in the memory is, for example, 10% (first illuminance change determination threshold) or more. It is determined whether or not the change has been shown five times or more (S530: non-contacting out-of-clothing state judging means). Illuminance Output from the sensor 23 If the change in illuminance of 10% or more is shown 5 times or more (S530: Yes), When the pendant for the elderly 1 is in contact with the background of the person being monitored, the out-of-ground state signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S535). The non-contact out-of-clothes state determination process is terminated.
  • a memory such as RAM
  • the elderly pendant 1 is not necessarily on the outside of the clothes, and the non-contact clothing An outside state unknown signal is output (S540), and the background non-contact clothing outside state determination process is terminated.
  • the elderly pendant 1 when the elderly pendant 1 is outside the clothing, the change in illuminance is greater than when the elderly pendant 1 is inside the clothing. Based on whether or not the detection result of the illuminance sensor shows a change greater than or equal to the threshold, the elderly pendant 1 is detected to be located outside the clothing of the person being monitored.
  • the elderly pendant 1 does not contact the surface of the monitored person and the outside of the monitored person's clothes. Can be detected.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing the background non-contact in-clothing state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This background non-contact clothing state determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, the above-described background non-contact state determination process (Fig. 12) is executed (S5
  • the output from the illumination sensor 23 stored in the memory has an illuminance of, for example, 10% (second illuminance change determination threshold) or more. It is determined whether or not the change has been indicated twice or more (S580: means for determining the state of non-contacting clothes outside the skin). Illumination sensor 23 If the change in illuminance of 10% or more is shown less than 2 times (S580: No), the elderly pendant 1 is outside the clothing without touching the subject's background.
  • the background non-contact clothes state signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S585), and the background non-contact clothes state determination process is terminated.
  • the pendant 1 for the elderly is placed inside the clothes of the person to be monitored based on whether or not the detection result of the illuminance sensor indicates a change less than the threshold value. Is detected.
  • the elderly pendant 1 is not in contact with the subject's skin and is not inside the user's clothing. Positioning can be detected.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing a pendant position determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • the pendant position determination process is a process executed during processes such as an over-hot state determination process (Fig. 17), which will be described later. )
  • Sequential contact in-clothing state determination processing (Fig. 11), Non-skin contact out-of-clothing state determination processing (Fig. 13), Non-skin contact in-clothing state determination processing (Fig. 14) are executed in sequence (S610 to S625: specific position) Judgment means).
  • S610 to S625 specific position
  • Judgment means [0246] Then, by referring to the signals stored in the memory by these processes, the positional relationship between the elderly pendant 1 and the monitoring subject is identified (S630: positional relationship identifying means), and the vendor position is determined. The process ends.
  • the positional relationship between the aged pendant 1 and the monitoring subject (the force with which the aged pendant 1 is in contact with the monitoring subject's background). Whether or not the old man's pendant 1 is inside or outside the clothes of the person to be monitored) can be accurately detected.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an exercise load determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • the exercise load determination process is a process executed during processes such as an over-hot state determination process (Fig. 17), which will be described later.
  • a walking determination process (Fig. 3)
  • a stop determination is performed.
  • the processing (FIG. 4) and the rising motion determination processing (FIG. 6) are executed in order (S660 to S670).
  • the various signals stored in the memory (determination count storage means) in the walking determination process, stop determination process, and rising motion determination process are held for 10 minutes (load determination time) every second.
  • the number of rising motion signals stored in the memory (the number of times of rising motion judgment) It is judged whether or not the force is 100 or more (strong load judgment threshold) (S675: heavy load judgment means) . If the number of rising motion signals is 100 or more (S675: Yes), a heavy load determination signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S680), assuming that the monitoring subject has performed a heavy load exercise. Then, based on the load determination signal stored in the memory, the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject is specified (S720: exercise load specifying means), and the exercise load determination process is terminated.
  • the number of rising motion signals is less than 50 (S685: No)
  • the number of walking signals is 300 (light load judgment threshold: load size (eg calorie consumption)) It is determined whether or not (threshold value> light load determination threshold) or more (S695: light load determination means). If the number of signals during walking is 300 or more (S695: Yes), the light load determination signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S700), assuming that the person to be monitored has performed a light load exercise (S700). . Then, the process of S720 described above is executed, and the exercise load determination process ends.
  • a memory such as RAM (S700)
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing a hot condition determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This non-contact non-contact clothing state determination process is a process that is activated periodically (for example, every 10 ms).
  • a pendant that detects the positional relationship between the elderly pendant 1 and the monitoring subject is used.
  • Position determination processing (Fig. 15) is executed (S760: Position relationship detection means), and then monitoring Exercise load determination processing (FIG. 16) for detecting the exercise load of the exercise performed by the subject is executed (S765: exercise load detection means).
  • a non-textured out-of-skin condition signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and a light load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). If this is the case, the background non-contact out-of-clothes state / light load process (Fig. 19) described later is executed.
  • a non-skin-out-out-clothes state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and an intermediate load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). Then, the background non-contact out-of-clothes / medium load process (FIG. 20) described later is executed.
  • a non-textured out-of-skin condition signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and a heavy load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). Then, the non-texture out-of-clothes state / heavy load process (Fig. 21) described later is executed.
  • the background non-contact clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the light load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16).
  • the background non-contact state “light load processing” (FIG. 23) described later is executed.
  • a non-textured contact state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and an intermediate load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16).
  • the non-contact-in-clothing state 'medium load process (Fig. 24) described later is executed.
  • a non-contact-in-clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and a heavy load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). Then, the background non-contact in-clothes / heavy load process (FIG. 25) described later is executed.
  • the signal for out-of-skin contact clothing is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the light load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). If this is the case, execute the “out-of-the-ground contact clothing state” light load process (FIG. 27) described later.
  • the ground contact outside condition signal is output in the pendant position determination processing (Fig. 15), and the medium load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination processing (Fig. 16).
  • the “out-of-ground contact clothing state” described later (medium load processing) (FIG. 28) is executed.
  • the signal for out-of-skin contact clothing is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the heavy load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). If this is the case, the “out-of-the-ground contact clothes state” described later (heavy load process (FIG. 29)) is executed.
  • a background contact clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and no load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16).
  • the background contact clothing state 'no load processing (FIG. 30) described later is executed.
  • the background contact clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the light load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16).
  • the background contact clothing state “light load processing” (FIG. 31) described later is executed.
  • the background contact clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the medium load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16).
  • the inside contact processing state “medium load process” (FIG. 32) described later is executed.
  • the ground contact status signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the heavy load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16).
  • the in-situ contact state “heavy load process” (FIG. 33) described later is executed.
  • S770 reads (inputs) the overheat warning signal stored in the memory such as RAM (S775), and if the overheat warning signal is stored in the memory (that is, the monitoring subject's If it is determined that the surrounding environment is too hot for the person being monitored) Notification is made to the visual target person (S780, S785: too hot notification means).
  • a message sound indicating that it is too hot is output from the speaker 65 (S780), the illumination 63 is lit in red, and a message indicating that it is too hot is displayed on the display 61.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the non-skin-out-out-clothes state unloading process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • Out-of-skin contact outside condition 'No load process is a process executed during the above-described over-hot condition determination process (Fig. 17). First, the output of the front temperature sensor 19 and the front Acquire (input) the humidity sensor 21 (S810, S815).
  • a temperature / humidity index DI (so-called discomfort index) is calculated (S820).
  • the calculation of the temperature and humidity index DI is obtained by substituting the temperature and humidity into a well-known arithmetic expression.
  • this arithmetic expression for example, the following mathematical expression is used.
  • T temperature (degrees Celsius) and H: relative humidity (%).
  • the temperature / humidity index DI which feels comfortable when not exercising, may be uncomfortable when exercising vigorously. Therefore, in this embodiment, the temperature / humidity index DI (discomfort threshold) that the monitoring subject feels too hot is set according to the exercise load!
  • the processing to be executed is selected according to the detection result of 6). Since the discomfort threshold is set to a different value, it can be said that the discomfort threshold is selected according to the exercise load. In this embodiment, the discomfort threshold is selected according to the exercise load, but in consideration of the influence of the positional relationship between the elderly pendant 1 and the person to be monitored on the measurement of the temperature / humidity index DI. The discomfort threshold may be set according to the positional relationship.
  • the state of non-contact out-of-skin clothing performed by the pendant 1 for elderly people is calculated according to the no-load process, and the discomfort index is calculated and the detection result and motion by the positional relationship detection means.
  • a discomfort threshold set according to the detection result by the load detection means it is detected that the state is too hot.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing a non-skin-out-of-skin condition 'light load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
  • Out-of-skin-out-of-skin condition ⁇ The light load process is a process that is executed during the process of determining the overheat condition (Fig. 17) described above. Acquire (input) the humidity sensor 21 (S860, S865).
  • the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated (S870).
  • the calculation of the temperature and humidity index DI is This is done by the same method as described above for the non-skin-out-of-skin condition 'no load process (Fig. 18).
  • Non-skin-out-of-skin condition performed by such a pendant 1 for elderly people 'According to the light load processing the discomfort index is calculated, the discomfort index, the detection result by the positional relationship detection means, and the exercise load detection means By comparing with the discomfort threshold value set according to the detection result of, it is detected that the state is too hot.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing the non-contact-out-clothes state / medium load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
  • Out-of-skin-out-of-skin condition / medium load process is a process executed during the process of the above-mentioned over-hot condition determination process (FIG. 17). Acquire (input) the humidity sensor 21 (S910, S915).
  • the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated (S920).
  • the calculation of the temperature / humidity index DI is performed by the same method as the above-described non-skin-out-out-clothes state 'no load process (FIG. 18).
  • the temperature / humidity index DI is 75 (discomfort threshold) or more (S925: discomfort threshold determination means). [0300] If the temperature / humidity index DI is 75 or more (S925: Yes), an over-hot attention state signal is stored in a memory such as a RAM, because the environment around the monitored person is too hot for the monitored person. (Output) (S930: too hot judgment means). If the temperature / humidity index DI is less than 75 (S925: No), an overheated attention state unknown signal is output assuming that the environment surrounding the monitored person is not necessarily too hot for the monitored person (S935: Too hot
  • the discomfort index is calculated, the discomfort index, the detection result by the positional relationship detection means, and the exercise load detection means.
  • the uncomfortable threshold set according to the detection result of, it is detected that the state is too hot.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the non-contact-out-clothes state / heavy load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • Non-skin-out-of-skin condition ⁇ The heavy load process is a process that is executed during the process of determining the over-hot condition (Fig. 17). First, the output of the front temperature sensor 19 and the front Acquires (inputs) the humidity sensor 21 (S960, S965).
  • the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated (S970).
  • the calculation of the temperature / humidity index DI is performed by the same method as the above-described non-skin-out-out-clothes state 'no load process (FIG. 18).
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing the non-loading state of the ground non-contact clothing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing a non-contact-in-clothing state 'light load process performed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • the condition of the non-contact clothes in the background 'light load process is executed during the process of determining the over-hot condition (Fig. 17), and basically the condition in the non-contact condition of the background described above. ⁇ This is the same process as the light load process (Fig. 19). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, correction processing (S1010) is performed to eliminate the influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject. ) Is executed between the processing of S865 and the processing of S870.
  • the correction process in this process is the same process as the correction process in the above-described background non-contact in-clothes state / no load process (FIG. 22).
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the non-contact-in-clothing state / medium load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
  • the state of non-contact clothes in the skin 'medium load process is a process executed during the process of determining the over-hot state (Fig. 17), and basically the above-described non-contact condition of the background of the skin. ⁇ This is the same process as the medium load process (Fig. 20). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, A correction process (SI 030: reduction correction means) for eliminating the effect of sweating due to spilling is executed between the process of S915 and the process of S920.
  • SI 030 reduction correction means
  • the correction process in this process is different from the correction process in the above-described non-contact-in-clothing-in-clothes state / no-load process (Fig. 22).
  • the correction process reduces the output from the front humidity sensor 21 (for example, outputs 0). Execute 9 times the process.
  • the output of the humidity sensor 21 on the front surface has become a large value due to the sweat of the person being monitored. Even so, it is possible to eliminate the influence of perspiration of the monitoring subject.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the background non-contact in-clothes / heavy load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • the condition of non-contact clothes in the background is a process executed during the process of determining the overheat condition (Fig. 17), and basically the condition of the non-contact condition of the background described above. ⁇ Same processing as heavy load processing (Fig. 21). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, correction processing for eliminating the influence of sweating by the monitoring subject (S1030 : Reduction correction means) is executed between the processing of S965 and the processing of S970.
  • FIG. 26 shows a state where the skin contact clothes are out of the load / unloaded state executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50. It is a flowchart which shows reason.
  • the condition where the skin is not in contact with the clothes' The process without load is a process executed during the process of determining the over-hot condition (Fig. 17).
  • the output of the front temperature sensor 19 and the humidity of the front Obtain (input) the output of sensor 21 and the output of temperature sensor 15 on the back (S1060 to S1070).
  • the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated (S1075).
  • the calculation of the temperature / humidity index DI is performed by the same method as the above-mentioned non-skin-out-of-skin condition 'no load process (FIG. 18).
  • FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing the ground contact outer state / light load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • Out-of-skin contact condition ⁇ Light load processing is during the above-mentioned over-hot state determination processing (Fig. 17) First, the output of the front temperature sensor 19 and the front humidity sensor
  • the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated (S1130).
  • the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated
  • the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface is at a risk of heat stroke for the monitored person. (S1140: hyperthermia determination means). If the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back is less than 38 degrees (S 1140: No), whether or not the output of the wetting sensor 25 has detected the wetting of the monitoring subject's skin (wetting of the housing 5) (S 1145: Wetting judgment means)
  • the overheated caution signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S) because the surrounding environment of the monitored person is too hot for the monitored person. 1150: Means for determining too hot).
  • the state of skin contact clothing outside that such an aged pendant 1 performs' Slight load processing can detect sweating of the person being monitored, so that the discomfort index is less than the discomfort threshold and the back surface Even if the detection result by the temperature sensor 19 is less than the hyperthermia threshold, it can be determined that the subject is too hot if sweating of the monitoring subject is detected.
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing the ground contact out-of-clothes state / medium load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • Out-of-skin contact clothing state ⁇ The medium load process is a process executed during the above-described over-hot state determination process (Fig. 17). The same process as the “under-skin contact outer condition” light load process (FIG. 27) is executed except that the process of S 1160 is executed instead of the process of S113 5 of 27).
  • the process of S 1160 it is determined whether or not the temperature / humidity index DI is 75 or more (S 1160). If the temperature / humidity index DI is 75 or more (SI 160: Yes), the process proceeds to SI 150. If the temperature / humidity index DI is less than 75 (SI 160: No), the process proceeds to S1140.
  • FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the ground contact out-of-clothes state and heavy load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
  • the process of S 1165 it is determined whether or not the temperature / humidity index DI is 70 or more (S 1165). If the temperature / humidity index DI is 70 or more (SI 165: Yes), the process proceeds to SI 150. If the temperature / humidity index DI is less than 70 (SI 165: No), the process proceeds to S1140.
  • the condition of the skin contact clothing outside that the pendant 1 for the elderly performs such as' heavy load processing can detect sweating of the person being monitored, so that the discomfort index is less than the discomfort threshold and the back surface Even if the detection result by the temperature sensor 19 is less than the hyperthermia threshold, it can be determined that the subject is too hot if sweating of the monitoring subject is detected.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a background contact clothes state / no load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a background contact clothes state / no load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
  • the condition of the skin contact clothes 'no load' is a process that is executed during the process of determining the overheat condition (Fig. 17). This is the same process as the none process (Fig. 26). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for elderly people is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, correction processing (S1010 for eliminating the influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject) ) Is executed between the processing of S1070 and the processing of S1075.
  • correction process in this process is the same process as the correction process in the background non-contact in-clothing state / no load process (FIG. 22).
  • the temperature sensor 19 on the front detects the body temperature of the person being monitored (or the ambient temperature that has risen due to body temperature), and if this temperature exceeds the high body temperature threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too hot. It is possible to detect that the body temperature of the monitoring subject has become abnormally high.
  • FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing the ground contact inner state / light load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • the condition of the skin contact clothes' light load processing is executed during the process of the above-mentioned over-hot condition determination process (Fig. 17). This is the same processing as load processing (Fig. 27). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for elderly people is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, correction processing (S1010) is performed to eliminate the influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject. ) Is executed between the processing of S1125 and the processing of S1130.
  • the correction process in this process is the same process as the correction process in the background non-contact in-clothing state / no load process (FIG. 22).
  • the temperature sensor 19 on the front detects the body temperature of the person being monitored (or the ambient temperature that has risen due to body temperature), and if this temperature exceeds the high body temperature threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too hot. It is possible to detect that the body temperature of the monitoring subject has become abnormally high.
  • FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing the ground contact inner condition and medium load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • the condition of the inside of the skin contact clothes' medium load process is a process executed during the process of the above-mentioned overheat condition determination process (Fig. 17). This is the same processing as the load processing (Fig. 28). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, the correction processing (S 1030: Reduction correction means) is executed between the processing of S1125 and the processing of S1130.
  • the correction process in this process is the same as the correction process in the above-described background non-contact in-clothes / medium load process (Fig. 24).
  • the temperature sensor 19 on the front detects the body temperature of the person to be monitored (or the ambient temperature that has risen due to the body temperature), and if this temperature exceeds the high body temperature threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too high. It is possible to detect that the subject's body temperature has become abnormally high.
  • FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing the ground contact clothing state and heavy load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • the condition of the skin contact clothing 'heavy load process is executed during the process of determining the overheat state (Fig. 17). This is the same processing as the load processing (Fig. 29). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, the correction processing (S 1030: Reduction correction means) is executed between the processing of S1125 and the processing of S1130.
  • the correction process in this process is the same as the correction process in the background non-contact in-clothing state / heavy load process (Fig. 25).
  • the temperature sensor 19 on the front detects the body temperature of the person to be monitored (or the ambient temperature that has risen due to the body temperature), and if this temperature exceeds the high body temperature threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too high. It is possible to detect that the subject's body temperature has become abnormally high.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing a cold state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • This too cold state determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms).
  • a pendant position determination process that detects the positional relationship between the elderly pendant 1 and the monitoring subject ( 15) is executed (S1210: Position relation detecting means), and then an exercise load determination process (FIG. 16) for detecting the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject is executed (S1215: exercise load detecting means).
  • a non-skin contact out-of-skin condition signal or a non-skin contact out-of-skin condition signal is output in the pendant position determination process ( Figure 15), and the exercise load determination process ( Figure 16) If no load determination signal or light load determination signal is output, the outside state “no load” light load processing (FIG. 35) described later is executed.
  • a non-skin contact out-of-skin condition signal or a non-skin contact out-of-skin condition signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the medium load is determined in the exercise load determination process ( Figure 16). If the judgment signal or heavy load judgment signal is output,
  • a non-skin contact condition signal or a contact condition signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and there is no load in the exercise load determination process ( Figure 16). If the judgment signal or the light load judgment signal is output, the in-clothes state 'no load' light load processing (Fig. 37) described later is executed.
  • the background non-contact clothing state signal or the ground contact clothing state signal is output in the pendant position judgment processing (Fig. 15), and the medium load is determined in the exercise load judgment processing (Fig. 16). If the judgment signal or heavy load judgment signal is output,
  • S1220 reads (inputs) the too cold warning signal stored in the RAM or other memory (S 1225), and if it is stored in the too cold warning signal memory (that is, the monitoring target's If it is determined that the surrounding environment is too cold for the monitoring subject), the monitoring subject is notified that it is too cold (S1230, S1235: too cold notification means).
  • a message sound indicating that it is too cold is output from the speaker 65 (S1230), the illumination 63 emits blue light, and a message indicating that the display is too cold is displayed on the display 61. (S 1235).
  • FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing an out-of-clothes state “no load” light load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • the out-of-clothes state 'no load' light load process is a process executed during the process of the above-mentioned too cold state determination process (Fig. 34), and first obtains the output of the front temperature sensor 19 ( Input) (S1260).
  • first low temperature threshold 0 degrees
  • second low temperature threshold 10 degrees
  • S 1270 second low temperature threshold determination means
  • Out-of-clothes state that such an elderly pendant 1 performs ⁇ No load 'Light load processing, if the temperature force detected by the front temperature sensor 19 is less than the first low-temperature threshold, Even if the temperature detected by the front temperature sensor 19 is higher than the first low temperature threshold, the wind speed sensor 23 determines that the temperature is lower than the second low temperature threshold. If a wind speed above the threshold is detected, it is judged that the person being monitored is too cold.
  • the temperature of the sensible temperature decreases as the wind speed increases. Since it uses, it can detect well that it is too cold for the monitoring subject.
  • FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an out-of-clothes state / medium load / heavy load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
  • the out-of-clothes state 'medium load' heavy load process is a process executed during the process of the above-mentioned too cold state determination process (Fig. 34). First, the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is acquired ( (S 1310).
  • first low temperature threshold ⁇ 5 degrees
  • second low temperature threshold set larger than the first low temperature threshold
  • the first low temperature threshold and the second low temperature threshold in this process are different from the first low temperature threshold and the second low temperature threshold in the aforementioned out-of-clothes 'no load' light load process (Fig. 35), respectively. This is set to a small value. In this way, the person being monitored performs intense exercise (medium-load exercise and heavy-load exercise). It is harder to feel the cold than in the state (no load or light exercise)! Therefore, according to the pendant 1 for elderly people, it can be detected that it is too cold according to the magnitude of the exercise load performed by the monitoring subject.
  • FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing the in-clothes state “no load” light load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • the in-clothes state 'no load' light load process is a process executed during the process of the above-mentioned too cold state determination process (Fig. 34). Obtain (input) the output of the temperature sensor 19 (S1360, S1365).
  • the output of the rear temperature sensor 19 is less than 20 degrees (fourth low temperature threshold). (S 1380: Fourth low-temperature threshold determination means). [0396] When the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is less than 5 degrees (S1375: Yes) and when the output of the rear temperature sensor 19 is less than 20 degrees (S1380: Yes), Stores (outputs) a too cold caution signal in RAM or other memory, assuming that the surrounding environment is too cold for the person being monitored (S1385: Means of determining too cold), and the in-clothes condition ⁇ No load 'light load processing finish.
  • FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing the in-clothes / medium load / heavy load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
  • the in-clothes state 'medium load' heavy load process is a process executed during the process of the above-described too cold state determination process (Fig. 34). Acquire (input) the output of the temperature sensor 19 (S1410, S1415).
  • the output of the rear temperature sensor 19 is less than 15 degrees (fourth low temperature threshold). (S 1430: Fourth low temperature threshold determination means). [0402] If the output power of the temperature sensor 19 on the front is less than ()) (S1425: Yes), and if the output of the temperature sensor 19 on the back is less than 15 degrees (S1430: Yes) If the surrounding environment of the person is too cold for the person being monitored, a too cold attention state signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S1435: too cold judgment means), and the in-clothes state 'medium load' End the process.
  • a memory such as RAM
  • FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing the cold / warm rescue request process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitter 50.
  • This cold / warm rescue request process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms), and first, it is determined whether or not the rescue request is being suspended (S1460: operation prohibiting means). Whether the relief request is being suspended is determined based on whether or not a relief request suspension signal, which will be described later, is stored in a memory such as a RAM and the like.
  • the timer is started (S 1485), the operation of the confirmation button 73 is accepted (S 1490), and it is determined whether or not the confirmation button 73 has been operated (S 1495: operation determination means). If confirmation button 73 has not been operated (S1495: No), it is determined whether 1 minute (standby time) has elapsed since the timer started (S1500: first rescue determination means).
  • FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing a relief request grace period setting process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This relief request grace setting process is a process that is activated periodically (eg, every 10 ms), and first obtains (inputs) a relief request grace signal stored in memory (S1). 520) o Then, it is determined whether or not the rescue request postponement signal has been acquired (S1525).
  • the relief request grace signal is canceled by deleting the relief request grace signal stored in the memory such as M (S 1540), and the grace period setting process for the rescue request is terminated.
  • FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing a rescue request transmission process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This rescue request transmission process is a process activated periodically (for example, every 10 ms), and first obtains (inputs) a rescue request status signal stored in the memory (S1560).
  • the rescue request status signal has been acquired (S1565: Yes)
  • the information on the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly detected by the GPS receiver 27 is input (S1570), and the rescue including the current location information is entered.
  • a request mail is generated, and this mail is transmitted to a preset contact (S1575). When this process ends, the rescue request transmission process ends.
  • FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing the wrinkle determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • This defect determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, information on the current location of the pendant 1 for elderly people detected by the GPS receiver 27 is input ( S1610), the location information of the turn-around destination stored in the visited memory 55 is read (S1615).
  • the monitoring target It is determined whether the power of the monitoring subject is a specific pattern. And if it is detected that the behavior of the monitored person is a specific pattern Therefore, it is determined that the person to be monitored needs to be relieved as being in a state of heart loss.
  • FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing a random walking short stop repetitive determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • Random short-term repeated determination processing for walking and stopping is a processing executed during the processing of the above-described sputum determination processing (Fig. 42). First, the walking signal and the stopping signal stored in the memory Is acquired (input) (S1660. S1665).
  • FIG. 44 is a flowchart showing the walking “left” and right turn random short-term repetition determination processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • Walking 'Right / Right Turn Random Short-Time Repeat Judgment Process is a process executed during the process of the aforementioned wrinkle judgment process (Fig. 42). Acquire (input) a right turn signal and a left turn signal (S1710 to S1720).
  • the change from the walking signal to the right turn signal and the change from the walking signal to the left turn signal are extracted (S1725), and the signal power during walking is also detected to be the right (left) turn signal. It is determined whether or not the force has been applied (S1730). If no signal change to the right (left) turn signal is detected during walking (S1730: No), the random short-term repeated judgment process of walking. Left.
  • FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing a random short-time repeated determination process for walking and sitting performed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • the walking / sitting motion random short-term repeated determination process is a process executed during the above-described wrinkle determination process (Fig. 42). First, the walking signal stored in the memory, and the sitting Acquire (input) the operation signal (1760 to 31765).
  • a change from the walking signal to the sitting motion signal is extracted (S1770), and it is determined whether or not the force is detected from the walking signal to the sitting motion signal (S1775). If a change from the walking signal to the sitting motion signal is not detected (S1775: No), the walking / sitting motion random short-term repeated judgment process is terminated.
  • the sitting motion is detected as a specific pattern in the motion of the monitored person. Therefore, it is determined whether or not the monitoring subject is in a state of loss of spirituality, so that the trap of the monitoring subject can be detected more reliably.
  • FIG. Figure 46 shows the MPU of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • 5 is a flowchart showing a turnaround destination registration process executed by 51.
  • This turnaround destination registration process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, a signal to switch to the learning mode by operating the operation unit 70 (touch pad 71, confirmation button 73). Is received (S1810: mode switching means). When the MPU 51 of the support control request signal transmission device 50 receives a signal to switch to the learning mode, the MPU 51 switches from the normal mode in which the above-described various processes are performed to the learning mode in which the turnaround destination is registered.
  • the current mode is a learning mode (S1815). If the current mode is the learning mode (S1815: Yes), information on the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly detected by the GPS receiver 27 is input (S1820). Then, the current location information is stored in the visited memory 55 as a turnaround destination (S1825), and the turnaround destination registration process ends.
  • the current mode is not the learning mode (S1815: No)
  • the information on the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly detected by the GPS receiver 27 is input (S1830) and stored in the visiting memory 55.
  • the position information of the turnaround destination is read (S1835).
  • the distance between the current location of the pendant 1 for elderly people detected by the GPS receiver 27 and the position of the turn-around destination stored in the visited memory 55 must be at least 100 m (predetermined distance). It is determined whether or not the force is applied (S1840). If the distance between the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly and the location of the turnaround is less than 100m (S1840: No), the turnaround registration process ends.
  • the information on the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly is temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM.
  • Register When temporarily registering information on the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly in the memory, register the number of temporary registrations at the same temporary registration position (for example, a temporary registration position within 100 m) and information on the registration date. .
  • the monitored person or the guardian of the monitored person operates the operation unit at the turnaround of the monitored person and switches to the learning mode.
  • this destination can be registered as a destination for the monitoring target person to visit. That is, the turnaround destination can be registered without requiring complicated work such as inputting position information.
  • the monitoring target person and his / her guardian can be registered as location information since the monitoring target person frequently visited (number of times more than the registration threshold) can be registered as location information. It is possible to register a turnaround destination without any operation.
  • this processing is configured to store the current location information in the visited memory 55 as the location information of the turnaround destination when the mode is automatically switched to the learning mode.
  • the current location information may be stored in the visited memory 55 as the location information of the destination.
  • FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing the safety judgment possible determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
  • This safety determination possibility determination process is a process that is activated at a predetermined cycle set in advance. First, an output from the three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 is input (S1910). It is determined whether or not there is a change in force (S 1915). If there is a change in the output of this sensor 11 (S1915: YES), the safety judgment possible signal is output (S1930), and the safety judgment possible judgment process is terminated. .
  • the ground contact state signal Detects the skin contact out-of-situation state signal, the skin contact in-situ state signal, the non-skin contact state signal, the non-skin contact out-of-skin state signal, and the non-skin contact in-situ state signal (S1920).
  • the force / force force force / force that was detected with the input of the signal was determined (S1925)
  • FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing a pulse rate-related safety state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This pulse rate-related safety state determination process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals set in advance, and first determines whether or not a safety determination enable signal is output (S196 0). If the safety judgment enable signal is not output (S1960: NO), the pulse rate related safety status judgment processing is immediately terminated.
  • the safety judgment possible signal is output (S1960: YES)
  • the output from the electrocardiographic sensor 33 is acquired (S1965), and the person to be monitored is based on the output from the electrocardiographic sensor 33.
  • the heart rate is calculated (S1970). In this process, for example, the heart rate for the past 5 seconds is calculated.
  • a weighted average value obtained by adding 90% of the past heart rate obtained by the electrocardiographic sensor 33 and 10% of the heart rate calculated in S1970 is obtained, which is 12 times the weighted average value (that is, (Value per minute) is recorded as a heart rate by the electrocardiographic sensor 33 in a memory such as RAM (S1975).
  • the weighted average value calculated in this process is used as the “past heart rate” described above when the safety state determination process is performed again.
  • the output from the heart sound sensor 35 is acquired (S1980), and a weighted average value obtained by adding 90% of the past heart rate by the heart sound sensor 35 and 10% of the heart rate calculated in S1985 is obtained. Therefore, a value 12 times the weighted average value (that is, the value per minute) Record as a number in a memory such as RAM (SI 985).
  • heart rate determination means it is determined whether or not the heart rate power of the monitoring subject recorded in S2000 is excessive (S2005), or whether the power is excessive (S2015) (heart rate determination means). That is, it is determined whether or not the heart rate of the person to be monitored is higher than a preset upper limit heart rate or less than a preset lower limit heart rate.
  • the heart rate of the monitoring subject is detected by a plurality of means, and if the heart rate detected by these is not consistent, the heart rate Therefore, the reliability of heart rate detection can be improved.
  • FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing a body temperature-related safety state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This body temperature-related safety state determination process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals set in advance, and first determines whether a safety determination possible signal is output (S2060). If the safety judgment enable signal is not output (S2060: NO), the body temperature related safety status judgment process is immediately terminated.
  • a safety determination possible signal is output (S2060: YES)
  • the background contact status signal is output (S2065: YES)
  • the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back is acquired (S2075), and 90% of the past body temperature (body temperature per minute) is obtained.
  • a weighted average value obtained by adding 10% of the body temperature values obtained in S2075 is obtained, and this weighted average value is recorded in a memory such as RAM as the body temperature of the monitoring subject (S2080).
  • the weighted average value calculated in this process is used as the “past body temperature” when the safety state determination process is performed again.
  • the body temperature of the monitored person is higher than the upper limit body temperature (S2080: YES)
  • the body temperature of the monitored person is assumed to be too high, and an overtemperature signal is output (S2090) to determine the safety status related to body temperature.
  • the process ends. If the body temperature of the monitoring subject is lower than the lower limit body temperature (S2080: Y ES), the body temperature of the monitoring subject is too low and an undertemperature signal is output (S2105) The body temperature related safety state determination process is terminated.
  • the body temperature of the monitored subject is within the range between the upper and lower body temperatures (S2085: NO, S2095: NO)
  • the body temperature of the monitored subject is assumed to be normal and a body temperature normal signal is output. (S2100), and the body temperature-related safety state determination process ends.
  • FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing a relief request determination process related to sound executed by the MPU 51 of the relief request signal transmission device 50.
  • This rescue request determination process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals that are set in advance.
  • an audio signal from the microphone 37 is acquired (S2110), and surrounding sounds are captured as data (S2115).
  • the registered sound data of the monitoring subject registered in advance such as “help” and “help” voices recorded by the monitoring subject, and moans
  • the captured data are compared (S2120). It is determined whether or not the surrounding sound data matches any of the registered sounds (S212 5: voice match determination means).
  • a rescue request signal is output (S2130: second rescue determination means), and then the rescue request determination process ends. Further, if the surrounding sound data does not match any of the registered sounds (S2125: NO), the rescue request determination process is immediately terminated.
  • FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing attention state setting processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
  • the attention state is not a level that asks for help at this time, but if the person being monitored feels uncomfortable, such as physical condition, he / she can ask for help as soon as possible.
  • the rescue request execution process described later can request the rescue earlier than the case where the attention state is set.
  • the attention state setting process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals set in advance, and first, it is determined whether or not a safety determination possible signal is output (S2160). If there is no safety judgment possible signal output! (S2160: NO), the attention state setting process is immediately terminated.
  • an attention state inversion signal is output (S2185), and the attention state setting process is terminated.
  • the attention state inversion signal is output in this way, the attention state is released from the attention state release state, or the attention state setting state is changed to the attention state release state.
  • the fingerprint sensor 75 is used to detect the physical characteristics of the monitored person, but this coincides with the physical characteristics of the specific monitored person registered in advance. It is possible to substitute a means that can perform authentication of whether or not to do so.
  • FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing the attention state inversion process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
  • the attention state inversion process is a process based on the above-described attention state setting process, and is started at a predetermined cycle set in advance. In this attention state determination process, first, an attention state inversion signal is input (detected) (S2210), and it is determined whether or not an attention state inversion signal has been input (S 2215).
  • the attention state inversion processing is immediately terminated. If the attention state inversion signal has not been input (S2215: NO), the attention state inversion processing is immediately terminated. If the attention state inversion signal is input (S2215: YES), it is determined whether or not the attention state is currently set (S2220). If the caution state is set (S2220: YES), the processing to release the caution state is performed. That is, the normal state signal is output (S2225), the caution state display (details will be described later) displayed on the display 61 is deleted (S2230), and the caution state inversion process is terminated.
  • FIG. 53 is a flowchart showing a rescue request determination process related to the rescue request lever 77 performed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This rescue request determination process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals that are set in advance.
  • the state of the rescue request lever 77 is input (S2260).
  • FIG. 54 is an explanatory view showing an operation mode of the rescue request lever 77.
  • the rescue request lever 77 is disposed on the side surface of the housing 5 constituting the elderly pendant 1 (see FIG. 2A), and is configured to be rotatable about the lower part of the rescue request lever 77 as a fulcrum.
  • the rescue request lever 77 is normally stored in the same plane as the side surface of the pendant 1 for the elderly (see FIG. 54A), and once in the rear (housing) 5) (see Fig. 54B), it pops out to the near side by the action of a panel (not shown) (see Fig. 54C) and is further displaced by the operation of the person being monitored. Yes. That is, the rescue request lever 77 is configured to rotate 180 degrees from the stored state (see FIG. 54D).
  • the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50 is configured to detect that the rescue request lever 77 is in the pulled-out state when the retracted state force is also displaced by approximately 90 degrees or more.
  • the rescue request lever 77 With such a configuration of the rescue request lever 77, if the rescue request lever 77 is pushed in and then pulled out, it cannot be brought into the pulled out state unless two other operations are performed! So, for example, instead of a lever, it is configured as a button-type switch that detects the state of only one action, so that it can prevent malfunctions compared to the case where .
  • FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing a rescue request execution process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
  • This rescue request execution process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals that are set in advance, and first determines whether or not a rescue request signal is output (S2310). If the rescue request signal is output (S2310: YES), the current location information is acquired, and the current location information, identification information (ID, name, etc.) for identifying the monitoring target, and the rescue request message are included. A request mail is generated, and this mail is transmitted to a preset contact (S2315). And when this process is complete
  • FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing the intention determination process 1 for transmission.
  • the output from the fingerprint sensor 75 is acquired (S2415), and the output is captured as data (S2420). Then, comparison is made with the fingerprint data (registered fingerprint) of the monitored person registered in advance (S2425), and the captured data is registered fingerprint (if there are multiple registered fingerprints, one of them). It is determined whether or not the force matches (S2430: intention confirmation means). [0517] If the captured data matches the registered fingerprint (S2430: YES), it is determined that there is an intention to stop the rescue request, and the transmission intention confirmation process is immediately terminated. If the captured data matches the registered fingerprint, a relief request grace signal is output, and a relief request excluding a relief request based on the will of the person being monitored for a preset time (for example, about 30 minutes). May not be implemented.
  • FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing the intention determination process 2 for transmission.
  • the transmission intention confirmation process 2 the same process as the transmission intention confirmation process 1 is performed. However, in the transmission confirmation process 1, “30 seconds” was adopted as the threshold value in S2410 and S2435, whereas in the transmission confirmation process 2, it was longer than “30 seconds”. “5 minutes” is adopted. That is, if the attention state signal is output, it is set so that the rescue request can be transmitted more quickly.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment. Various forms can be adopted as long as they belong to the technical scope.
  • the startup cycle may be long or short.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Gerontology & Geriatric Medicine (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Emergency Management (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Alarm Systems (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)
  • Emergency Alarm Devices (AREA)
  • Measurement Of The Respiration, Hearing Ability, Form, And Blood Characteristics Of Living Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

A movement detector detects values of the peak of acceleration each of three direction perpendicular to one another applied to the movement detector and detects the time intervals between peaks in the three directions. The movement detector calculates the peak cycle indicative of the average value of the peak-to-peak time of each direction. If the peak cycles of at least two directions or twice the peak cycles is within a predetermined first set range, the movement detector judges that the person being monitored and carrying the movement detector is walking. Contrarily, if the peak cycles of the two directions are out of the first set range, it judges that the person is not necessarily walking.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
動作検出装置、位置関係検出装置、運動負荷検出装置、および携帯監 視装置  Motion detection device, positional relationship detection device, exercise load detection device, and portable monitoring device
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、監視対象者が行う動作を検出する動作検出装置、監視対象者との位置 関係を検出する位置関係検出装置、監視対象者により行われる運動の負荷を検出 する運動負荷検出装置、および監視対象者の健康状態を監視する携帯監視装置に 関する。  The present invention relates to a motion detection device that detects a motion performed by a monitoring subject, a positional relationship detection device that detects a positional relationship with the monitoring subject, and an exercise load detection that detects a load of exercise performed by the monitoring subject. The present invention relates to a device and a portable monitoring device for monitoring the health condition of a monitoring target person.
背景技術  Background
[0002] 従来より、監視対象者が所持する端末装置を用いて監視対象者の筋肉から発せら れる生体磁場を検出し、この検出結果に応じて監視対象者に異常が発生したことを 検出するシステムが知られている(例えば、特許文献 1参照)。  [0002] Conventionally, a biomagnetic field emitted from the muscle of a monitoring subject is detected using a terminal device possessed by the monitoring subject, and an abnormality has occurred in the monitoring subject according to the detection result A system is known (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
特許文献 1:特許第 3736640号公報  Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 3736640
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0003] し力しながら、上記システムにおいては、生体磁場の発生元となる筋肉に異常がな い場合には、監視対象者に筋肉以外の異常が発生していたとしてもこの異常を検出 できな!/ヽと 、う問題点があった。 [0003] However, in the above system, if there is no abnormality in the muscle from which the biomagnetic field is generated, this abnormality can be detected even if an abnormality other than the muscle has occurred in the monitoring subject. Yeah! There was a problem.
[0004] 具体的には、認知症、パーキンソン病等の神経系の障害を有する者が監視対象者 となる場合、心神を喪失した状態で徘徊等の異常行動をして ヽることを検出する必要 があるが、このような監視対象者の筋肉は正常であるため、上記システムにおいては このような異常行動を検出することができない。 [0004] Specifically, when a person with a nervous system disorder such as dementia or Parkinson's disease becomes a subject to be monitored, it is detected that he / she performs an abnormal behavior such as acupuncture in the state of loss of the god Although it is necessary, such an abnormal behavior cannot be detected in the above system because the muscle of such a monitoring subject is normal.
[0005] ここで、本願発明者は、監視対象者の異常行動を検出するためには、監視対象者 が行う 1つ 1つの動作を検出する動作検出装置を開発することが重要であることに気 がついた。 [0005] Here, in order to detect the abnormal behavior of the monitoring target person, it is important for the inventor of the present invention to develop a motion detection device that detects each action performed by the monitoring target person. noticed.
[0006] また一方で、監視対象者の体調の異常を検出することも重要であることに気がつい た。このように監視対象者の体調の異常を検出するには、体調の異常を検出する装 置と監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位置関係検出装置を開発すること、および 監視対象者が行っている運動負荷の大きさを検出する運動負荷検出装置を開発す る必要がある。 [0006] On the other hand, it has been found that it is also important to detect abnormalities in the physical condition of the person being monitored. In order to detect an abnormality in the physical condition of the person being monitored in this way, a device that detects an abnormality in the physical condition is detected. It is necessary to develop a positional relationship detection device that detects the positional relationship between the device and the monitoring subject, and to develop an exercise load detection device that detects the magnitude of the exercise load performed by the monitoring subject.
[0007] そこで、上記問題点を鑑み、監視対象者の行動の異常や体調の異常を検出するた めに監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出装置、監視対象者との位置 関係を検出する位置関係検出装置、監視対象者が行っている運動負荷の大きさを 検出する運動負荷検出装置、および監視対象者の行動の異常や体調の異常等の 健康状態を監視する携帯監視装置を提供することを本発明の目的とする。  [0007] In view of the above problems, a motion detection device that detects a specific action performed by the monitoring subject in order to detect an abnormality in the behavior or physical condition of the monitoring subject, and the positional relationship with the monitoring subject Positional relationship detection device that detects movement, exercise load detection device that detects the amount of exercise load performed by the person being monitored, and portable monitoring device that monitors health conditions such as abnormal behavior or physical condition of the person being monitored It is an object of the present invention to provide
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0008] 本発明の第 1局面は、 [0008] The first aspect of the present invention is:
当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出 装置であって、  A motion detection device that detects a specific motion performed by a monitoring subject who acts in the possession of the device,
当該動作検出装置に加えられる互 ヽに直交する任意の 3方向における加速度を検 出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元加速度検出手段と、  A three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in any three directions orthogonal to each other applied to the motion detection device and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元加速度検出手段力 前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に基 づ 、て、前記各方向における加速度のピーク (極大値または極小値)をそれぞれ複 数検出し、前記各方向におけるピーク間時間を検出するピーク間時間検出手段と、 前記ピーク間時間検出手段により検出されたピーク間時間の平均値を表すピーク 周期を前記各方向毎に算出するピーク周期算出手段と、  The three-dimensional acceleration detecting means force repeatedly receives the detection result, and detects a plurality of acceleration peaks (maximum value or minimum value) in each direction based on the detection result, and detects the peak in each direction. An inter-peak time detecting means for detecting an inter-peak time; a peak period calculating means for calculating a peak period representing an average value of inter-peak times detected by the inter-peak time detecting means for each direction;
前記ピーク周期算出手段により算出された各方向におけるピーク周期のうち、少な くとも 2方向のピーク周期または該 2方向のピーク周期の倍周期が、予め設定された 第 1設定範囲内であれば、前記監視対象者が歩行中であると判断し、前記 2方向の ピーク周期が前記第 1設定範囲外であれば、前記監視対象者が歩行中とは限らない と判断する歩行判断手段と、  Of the peak periods in each direction calculated by the peak period calculation means, if at least the peak period in two directions or a double period of the peak period in the two directions is within a preset first setting range, Walking determination means for determining that the monitoring target is walking and determining that the monitoring target is not necessarily walking if the peak period in the two directions is outside the first setting range;
を備えている。  It has.
[0009] このような動作検出装置によれば、監視対象者が当該動作検出装置を身につけて いれば、監視対象者が歩行の際に当該動作検出装置に与える周期的な加速度の変 化を検出することできる。よって、監視対象者が歩行していることを検出することがで きる。 [0009] According to such a motion detection device, if the monitoring subject wears the motion detection device, the monitoring subject can periodically change the acceleration applied to the motion detection device when walking. Can be detected. Therefore, it is possible to detect that the person being monitored is walking. wear.
[0010] また、本発明の第 2局面における動作検出装置は、  [0010] Further, the motion detection device according to the second aspect of the present invention provides:
当該動作検出装置に加えられる互 ヽに直交する任意の 3方向における加速度を検 出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元加速度検出手段と、  A three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in any three directions orthogonal to each other applied to the motion detection device and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元加速度検出手段力 前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に基 づいて、前記各方向における加速度のピークを検出するピーク値検出手段と、 前記ピーク値検出手段により検出されたピーク値の全てが、予め設定された第 1停 止判断閾値以下であれば、前記監視対象者が停止中であると判断し、前記全てのピ ーク値が前記第 1停止判断閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者が停止中とは限ら な 、と判断する停止判断手段と、  The force of the three-dimensional acceleration detection means repeatedly receives the detection result, and based on the detection result, detects a peak of acceleration in each direction, and a peak value detected by the peak value detection means Are all equal to or lower than a preset first stop determination threshold, it is determined that the person to be monitored is stopped, and all peak values are equal to or higher than the first stop determination threshold. Stop determination means for determining that the monitoring target is not necessarily stopped;
を備えている。  It has.
[0011] このような動作検出装置によれば、監視対象者が当該動作検出装置を身につけて いれば、監視対象者が停止している際に当該動作検出装置に与える加速度の変化 がほとんど感じられないことを検出することができるので、監視対象者が停止している ことを検出することができる。  [0011] According to such a motion detection device, if the monitoring subject wears the motion detection device, the change in acceleration given to the motion detection device when the monitoring subject is stopped almost feels. It is possible to detect that the person being monitored has stopped.
[0012] さらに、本発明の第 3局面における動作検出装置は、  [0012] Further, the motion detection device according to the third aspect of the present invention provides:
当該動作検出装置に加えられる加速度として、鉛直方向と、該鉛直方向とは直交 する任意の 2方向における加速度を検出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元加速度 検出手段と、  As the acceleration applied to the motion detection device, a three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in the vertical direction and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元加速度検出手段力 前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に基 づいて、前記各方向における加速度のピークを検出するピーク値検出手段と、 前記ピーク値検出手段により検出された鉛直方向下向きにおけるピーク値が予め 設定された座り動作判断値以上であって、前記鉛直方向とは直行する任意の 2方向 におけるピーク値の両方が予め設定された第 2停止判断閾値未満であれば、前記監 視対象者が座り動作中であると判断し、前記鉛直方向下向きにおけるピーク値が予 め設定された座り動作判断値未満であるか、或いは前記鉛直方向とは直行する任意 の 2方向におけるピーク値の何れかが予め設定された第 2停止判断閾値以上であれ ば、前記監視対象者が座り動作中とは限らないと判断する座り動作判断手段と、 を備えている。 The three-dimensional acceleration detection means force The detection result is repeatedly received, and based on the detection result, a peak value detection means for detecting an acceleration peak in each direction, and a vertical direction detected by the peak value detection means If the peak value in the downward direction is equal to or greater than the preset sitting motion determination value and both the peak values in any two directions perpendicular to the vertical direction are less than the preset second stop determination threshold value, It is determined that the person being monitored is sitting, and the peak value in the downward vertical direction is less than the preset sitting motion determination value, or the peak in any two directions perpendicular to the vertical direction. If any of the values is greater than or equal to a preset second stop determination threshold, the sitting motion determining means determines that the monitoring subject is not necessarily sitting; It has.
[0013] このような動作検出装置によれば、監視対象者が当該動作検出装置を身につけて いれば、監視対象者が座り動作をしている際に、鉛直方向下向きの加速度を検出し 、その他の方向の加速度がほとんど感じられないことを検出することができるので、監 視対象者が座り動作中であることを検出することができる。  [0013] According to such a motion detection device, if the monitoring subject wears the motion detection device, when the monitoring subject is performing a sitting motion, the vertical downward acceleration is detected, Since it is possible to detect that the acceleration in other directions is hardly felt, it is possible to detect that the person being monitored is sitting and moving.
[0014] また、本発明の第 4局面は、  [0014] The fourth aspect of the present invention is
当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出 装置であって、  A motion detection device that detects a specific motion performed by a monitoring subject who acts in the possession of the device,
当該動作検出装置に加えられる加速度として、鉛直方向と、該鉛直方向とは直交 する任意の 2方向における加速度を検出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元加速度 検出手段と、  As the acceleration applied to the motion detection device, a three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in the vertical direction and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元加速度検出手段力 前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に基 づいて、前記各方向における加速度のピークを検出するピーク値検出手段と、 前記ピーク値検出手段により検出された鉛直方向上向きにおけるピーク値が予め 設定された立ち上がり動作判定閾値以上であって、前記鉛直方向とは直行する任意 の 2方向におけるピーク値の両方が予め設定された第 3停止判断閾値未満であれば 、前記監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中であると判断し、前記鉛直方向上向きにおけ るピーク値が予め設定された立ち上がり動作判定閾値未満であるか、或いは前記鉛 直方向とは直行する任意の 2方向におけるピーク値の何れかが予め設定された第 3 停止判断閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中とは限らないと判 断する立ち上がり動作判断手段と、  The three-dimensional acceleration detection means force The detection result is repeatedly received, and based on the detection result, a peak value detection means for detecting an acceleration peak in each direction, and a vertical direction detected by the peak value detection means If the peak value in the upward direction is greater than or equal to a preset rising motion determination threshold value, and both peak values in any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction are less than a preset third stop determination threshold value, It is determined that the person being monitored is in a rising motion, and the peak value in the vertical upward direction is less than a preset rising motion determination threshold value, or in any two directions perpendicular to the lead straight direction. If any of the peak values is equal to or greater than the preset third stop determination threshold, it is determined that the person to be monitored is not necessarily standing up. And rising operation determination means Chi,
を備えている。  It has.
[0015] このような動作検出装置によれば、監視対象者が当該動作検出装置を身につけて いれば、監視対象者が立ち上がり動作をしている際に、鉛直方向上向きの加速度を 検出し、その他の方向の加速度がほとんど感じられないことを検出することができるの で、監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中であることを検出することができる。  [0015] According to such a motion detection device, when the monitoring subject wears the motion detection device, when the monitoring target person is standing up, it detects acceleration in the vertical direction, Since it is possible to detect that acceleration in other directions is hardly felt, it is possible to detect that the person being monitored is standing up.
[0016] さらに、本発明の第 5局面における動作検出装置は、  [0016] Further, the motion detection device according to the fifth aspect of the present invention provides:
当該動作検出装置に加えられる角速度として、鉛直方向と、該鉛直方向とは直交 する任意の 2方向における角加速度を検出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元角加 速度検出手段と、 As the angular velocity applied to the motion detection device, the vertical direction is orthogonal to the vertical direction. 3D angular acceleration detection means that detects angular acceleration in any two directions and outputs the detection result;
前記 3次元角加速度検出手段から前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に 基づいて、予め設定された角度判定時間内における前記鉛直方向を回転軸とする 正方向の回転角度を検出し、該回転角度が予め設定された角度設定閾値を超えて いれば、前記監視対象者が順方向ターン動作中であると判断し、前記鉛直方向にお ける正方向の回転角度が前記角度設定閾値を超えていなければ、前記監視対象者 が順方向ターン動作中とは限らないと判断する順方向ターン動作判断手段と、 を備えている。  The detection result is repeatedly received from the three-dimensional angular acceleration detection means, and based on the detection result, a positive rotation angle with the vertical direction as the rotation axis within a preset angle determination time is detected, If the rotation angle exceeds a preset angle setting threshold, it is determined that the person to be monitored is performing a forward turn operation, and the positive rotation angle in the vertical direction exceeds the angle setting threshold. If not, forward turn motion determining means for determining that the person to be monitored is not necessarily in the forward turn motion is provided.
[0017] このような動作検出装置によれば、監視対象者が当該動作検出装置を身につけて いれば、監視対象者が順方向にターン(回転)した際に鉛直方向を回転軸とする正 方向の回転角度を検出することができるので、監視対象者が順方向にターンしたこと を検出することができる。  [0017] According to such a motion detection device, if the monitoring subject wears the motion detection device, when the monitoring target person turns (rotates) in the forward direction, Since the rotation angle of the direction can be detected, it is possible to detect that the monitoring subject has turned in the forward direction.
[0018] さらに、本発明の第 6局面における動作検出装置は、  [0018] Further, the motion detection device in the sixth aspect of the present invention,
当該動作検出装置に加えられる角速度として、鉛直方向と、該鉛直方向とは直交 する任意の 2方向における角加速度を検出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元角加 速度検出手段と、  As the angular velocity applied to the motion detection device, a three-dimensional angular acceleration detecting means for detecting angular acceleration in the vertical direction and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元角加速度検出手段から前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に 基づいて、予め設定された角度判定時間内における前記鉛直方向を回転軸とする 負方向の回転角度を検出し、該検出角度が予め設定された角度設定閾値を超えて いれば、前記監視対象者が逆方向ターン動作中であると判断し、前記鉛直方向にお ける負方向の回転角度が前記角度設定閾値を超えていなければ、前記監視対象者 が逆方向ターン動作中とは限らないと判断する逆方向ターン動作判断手段と、 を備えている。  The detection result is repeatedly received from the three-dimensional angular acceleration detection means, and based on the detection result, a negative rotation angle with the vertical direction as a rotation axis within a preset angle determination time is detected, If the detected angle exceeds a preset angle setting threshold, it is determined that the monitoring subject is performing a reverse turn operation, and the negative rotation angle in the vertical direction exceeds the angle setting threshold. If not, there is provided reverse turn motion determining means for determining that the person to be monitored is not necessarily performing the reverse turn motion.
[0019] このような動作検出装置によれば、監視対象者が当該動作検出装置を身につけて いれば、監視対象者が逆方向にターン(回転)した際に当該動作検出装置に与える 特徴的な角加速度の変化を検出することができるので、監視対象者が逆方向にター ンしたことを検出することができる。 また、本発明の第 7局面は、 [0019] According to such a motion detection device, if the monitoring subject wears the motion detection device, when the monitoring subject turns (rotates) in the reverse direction, the motion detection device is provided with the motion detection device. Therefore, it is possible to detect that the monitoring subject has turned in the opposite direction. The seventh aspect of the present invention is
当該装置と当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位 置関係検出装置であって、  A positional relationship detection device that detects a positional relationship between the device and a monitoring target person who acts with the device.
当該位置関係検出装置の構成要素を収容する筐体と、  A housing that houses the components of the positional relationship detection device;
前記筐体の表面における任意の位置に配置された第 1温度センサと、  A first temperature sensor disposed at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing;
前記第 1温度センサに近接して配置された第 1湿度センサと、  A first humidity sensor disposed proximate to the first temperature sensor;
前記筐体において前記第 1温度センサが配置された部位とは反対側の部位におけ る表面に配置された第 2温度センサと、  A second temperature sensor disposed on a surface of a portion of the housing opposite to the portion where the first temperature sensor is disposed;
前記第 2温度センサに近接して配置された第 2湿度センサと、  A second humidity sensor disposed proximate to the second temperature sensor;
前記各温度センサからの検出信号を入力し、前記何れかの温度センサが検出した 温度が予め設定された地肌判定範囲内である力否かを判定する地肌温度範囲判定 手段と、  A background temperature range determining means for inputting a detection signal from each of the temperature sensors and determining whether the temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors is within a preset background determination range;
前記地肌温度範囲判定手段により前記何れかの温度センサが検出した温度が前 記地肌判定範囲内であると判定されると、前記各温度センサにより検出された温度 同士の温度差が、予め設定された地肌温度判定閾値以上であるか否かを判定する 地肌温度差判定手段と、  If the temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors is determined to be within the background determination range by the background temperature range determination means, a temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors is set in advance. A background temperature difference determination means for determining whether or not the background temperature determination threshold value is greater than or equal to,
前記各湿度センサからの検出信号を入力し、前記地肌温度差判定手段により前記 各温度センサにより検出された温度同士の温度差が前記地肌温度判定閾値未満で あると判定されると、前記各湿度センサにより検出された湿度同士の湿度差が予め設 定された地肌湿度判定閾値以上であるか否かを判定する地肌湿度差判定手段と、 前記地肌温度差判定手段により前記各温度センサにより検出された温度同士の温 度差が、前記地肌温度判定閾値以上であると判定されたとき、および前記地肌湿度 差判定手段により前記各湿度センサにより検出された湿度同士の湿度差が前記地 肌湿度判定閾値以上であると判定されたときに、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者 の地肌に接触していると判断し、前記地肌温度範囲判定手段により前記何れかの温 度センサが検出した温度が前記地肌判定範囲外であると判定されたとき、および前 記地肌湿度差判定手段により前記各湿度センサにより検出された湿度同士の湿度 差が前記地肌湿度判定閾値未満であると判定されたときに、当該位置関係検出装 置が使用者の地肌に接触しているとは限らないと判断する地肌接触状態判断手段と を備えている。 When the detection signal from each humidity sensor is input and the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by each temperature sensor is determined by the background temperature difference determination means to be less than the background temperature determination threshold, each humidity A background humidity difference determining means for determining whether or not a humidity difference between the humidity detected by the sensors is equal to or greater than a preset background humidity determination threshold; and the respective temperature sensors detected by the background temperature difference determining means. When the temperature difference between the two temperatures is determined to be equal to or greater than the background temperature determination threshold, and the humidity difference between the humidity detected by each humidity sensor by the background humidity difference determination means is the background humidity determination. When it is determined that the threshold value is greater than or equal to the threshold value, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background, and any of the temperature sets is determined by the background temperature range determination means. When it is determined that the temperature detected by the sensor is outside the background determination range, and the humidity difference between the humidity detected by each humidity sensor by the background humidity difference determination means is less than the background humidity determination threshold value. Is determined, the positional relationship detection device And a ground contact state judging means for judging that the device is not necessarily in contact with the user's skin.
[0021] ここで、このように温度センサおよび湿度センサが互いに筐体の表面の反対側にな るよう配置された位置関係検出装置において、一方の温度センサおよび湿度センサ が監視対象者の地肌に接触している場合には、体温や発汗の影響を受けるので、こ の温度センサおよび湿度センサ力 の出力は、他方の温度センサおよび湿度センサ の出力に対して一定以上の温度差および湿度差が生じるはずである。このため本発 明では、各温度センサおよび湿度センサによる検出結果の差分に基づいて、閾値以 上の温度差および湿度差を検出するようにして 、る。  [0021] Here, in the positional relationship detection device in which the temperature sensor and the humidity sensor are arranged so as to be opposite to each other on the surface of the housing, one of the temperature sensor and the humidity sensor is applied to the background of the person to be monitored. When touching, the temperature sensor and the humidity sensor force output are affected by body temperature and sweating. Should occur. For this reason, in the present invention, a temperature difference and a humidity difference above a threshold value are detected based on the difference between detection results of each temperature sensor and humidity sensor.
[0022] よって、このような位置関係検出装置によれば、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者 の地肌に接触していることを検出することができる。  Thus, according to such a positional relationship detection device, it is possible to detect that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background.
[0023] なお、本願発明において、「近接」とは、第 1温度センサが配置された環境と同じ環 境である位置を示す。よって、例えば筐体が多面体である場合には、同一面に配置 されていればよい。  In the present invention, “proximity” indicates a position that is the same environment as the environment where the first temperature sensor is arranged. Therefore, for example, when the casing is a polyhedron, it may be arranged on the same plane.
[0024] また、本発明の第 8局面は、第 7局面の位置関係検出装置において、前記地肌接 触状態判断手段により当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接触していると判 断されると、前記少なくとも一方の湿度センサ力 検出信号を繰り返し入力し、該検 出信号が予め設定された第 1湿度変化判定時間内に予め設定された第 1湿度変化 判定閾値以上の湿度の変化を示せば、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に 接触した状態で衣服の外側にあると判断し、該検出信号が予め設定された第 1湿度 変化判定時間内に前記第 1湿度変化判定閾値未満の湿度の変化しか示さなければ 、当該位置関係検出装置が衣服の外側にあるとは限らないと判断する地肌接触服 外状態判断手段を備えて!/、る。  [0024] In addition, according to an eighth aspect of the present invention, in the positional relationship detection device according to the seventh aspect, the background contact state determination means determines that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background. Then, the at least one humidity sensor force detection signal is repeatedly input, and the detection signal detects a change in humidity that is equal to or greater than a preset first humidity change judgment threshold within a preset first humidity change judgment time. In other words, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is outside the clothes in contact with the user's background, and the detection signal is within the first humidity change determination time set in advance, the first humidity change determination threshold value. If there is only a change in the humidity below, it is provided with a ground contact out-of-clothes state judging means for judging that the positional relationship detecting device is not necessarily outside the clothes!
[0025] 即ち、第 8局面の位置検出装置においては、位置関係検出装置が衣服の外側に ある場合には、位置関係検出装置が衣服の内側にある場合と比較して、湿度の変化 が大きくなる特性を利用して、湿度センサによる検出結果が閾値以上の変化を示す か否かに基づいて、位置関係検出装置が監視対象者の衣服の外部に位置すること を検出している。 [0025] That is, in the position detection device of the eighth aspect, when the positional relationship detection device is outside the clothing, the change in humidity is larger than when the positional relationship detection device is inside the clothing. Based on whether the detection result by the humidity sensor shows a change greater than or equal to the threshold value, the positional relationship detection device must be located outside the clothing of the person being monitored. Is detected.
[0026] よって、当該位置関係検出装置が監視対象者の地肌に接触し、かつ使用者の衣 服の外部に位置することを検出することができる。  [0026] Therefore, it is possible to detect that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the background of the monitoring subject and is located outside the user's clothes.
[0027] さらに、本発明の第 9局面は、第 7局面の位置関係検出装置において、前記地肌 接触状態判断手段により当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接触していると 判断されると、前記少なくとも一方の湿度センサ力 検出信号を繰り返し入力し、該 検出信号が予め設定された第 2湿度変化判定時間内に予め設定された第 2湿度変 化判定閾値未満の湿度の変化を示せば、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌 に接触した状態で衣服の内側にあると判断し、該検出信号が予め設定された第 2湿 度変化判定時間内に前記第 2湿度変化判定閾値以上の湿度の変化を示せば、当 該位置関係検出装置が衣服の内側にあるとは限らないと判断する地肌接触服内状 態判断手段を備えている。  [0027] Further, according to a ninth aspect of the present invention, in the positional relationship detection device according to the seventh aspect, when the background contact state determining means determines that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background. If the at least one humidity sensor force detection signal is repeatedly input, and the detection signal indicates a change in humidity below a preset second humidity change determination threshold within a preset second humidity change determination time. The positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background and is determined to be inside the garment, and the detection signal is equal to or greater than the second humidity change determination threshold within a preset second humidity change determination time. If the change in humidity is indicated, the apparatus is provided with a ground contact clothing state judging means for judging that the positional relationship detecting device is not necessarily inside the clothing.
[0028] このような位置検出装置によれば、湿度センサによる検出結果が閾値未満の変化 を示す力否かに基づいて、位置関係検出装置が監視対象者の衣服の内部に位置 することを検出している。  [0028] According to such a position detection device, it is detected that the positional relationship detection device is located inside the clothing of the monitoring subject based on whether or not the detection result of the humidity sensor indicates a change less than the threshold value. is doing.
[0029] よって、当該位置関係検出装置が監視対象者の地肌に接触し、かつ使用者の衣 服の内部に位置することを検出することができる。  [0029] Therefore, it is possible to detect that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the background of the monitoring subject and is located inside the user's clothes.
[0030] なお、第 9局面における発明の特徴の少なくとも一部は、第 8局面における発明に 適用されてもよい。  [0030] At least some of the features of the invention of the ninth aspect may be applied to the invention of the eighth aspect.
[0031] また、本発明の第 10局面における位置関係検出装置は、  [0031] Further, the positional relationship detection device according to the tenth aspect of the present invention provides:
当該位置関係検出装置の構成要素を収容する筐体と、  A housing that houses the components of the positional relationship detection device;
前記筐体の表面における任意の位置に配置された第 1温度センサと、 前記筐体において前記第 1温度センサが配置された部位とは反対側の部位におけ る表面に配置された第 2温度センサと、  A first temperature sensor disposed at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing, and a second temperature disposed on the surface of the housing on a side opposite to the portion where the first temperature sensor is disposed. A sensor,
前記各温度センサからの検出信号を入力し、前記何れかの温度センサが検出した 温度が予め設定された第 1非地肌判定範囲内である力否かを判定する第 1非地肌温 度範囲判定手段と、  A detection signal from each of the temperature sensors is input, and a first non-background temperature range determination for determining whether the temperature detected by any of the temperature sensors is within a preset first non-background determination range Means,
前記第 1非地肌温度範囲判定手段により前記何れかの温度センサが検出した温度 が前記非地肌判定範囲内であると判定されると、前記各温度センサにより検出された 温度同士の温度差が、予め設定された第 1非地肌温度判定閾値以上であるか否か を判定する非地肌温度差判定手段と、 The temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors by the first non-background temperature range determination means Is determined to be within the non-background determination range, it is determined whether the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors is equal to or greater than a preset first non-background temperature determination threshold. Non-skin temperature difference determining means;
前記非地肌温度差判定手段により前記各温度センサにより検出された温度同士の 温度差が、前記第 1地肌温度判定閾値未満であると判定されると、前記何れかの温 度センサとは異なる温度センサが検出した温度が予め設定された第 2非地肌判定範 囲内であるか否かを判定する第 2非地肌温度範囲判定手段と、  If it is determined that the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors by the non-background temperature difference determination means is less than the first background temperature determination threshold, the temperature is different from any of the temperature sensors. Second non-background temperature range determination means for determining whether or not the temperature detected by the sensor is within a preset second non-background determination range;
前記第 1非地肌温度範囲判定手段により前記何れかの温度センサが検出した温度 が前記非地肌判定範囲外であると判定されたとき、および前記第 2非地肌温度範囲 判定手段により前記何れかの温度センサとは異なる温度センサが検出した温度が前 記非地肌判定範囲外であると判定されたときに、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者 の地肌に接触していないと判断し、前記非地肌温度差判定手段により前記各温度セ ンサにより検出された温度同士の温度差が前記第 1地肌温度判定閾値以上であると 判定されたとき、および前記第 2非地肌温度範囲判定手段により前記何れかの温度 センサとは異なる温度センサが検出した温度が前記非地肌判定範囲内であると判定 されたときに、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接触していないとは限らな Vヽと判断する地肌非接触状態判断手段と、  When it is determined by the first non-background temperature range determination means that the temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors is outside the non-background determination range, and by the second non-background temperature range determination means, When it is determined that the temperature detected by a temperature sensor different from the temperature sensor is outside the non-background determination range, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the user's background, and the non-background When it is determined by the temperature difference determination means that the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by each of the temperature sensors is greater than or equal to the first background temperature determination threshold, and any one of the above by the second non-background temperature range determination means When it is determined that the temperature detected by a temperature sensor different from the temperature sensor is within the non-background determination range, the positional relationship detection device is not necessarily in contact with the user's background. And scalp non-contact state determining means for determining that,
を備えている。  It has.
[0032] このような位置関係検出装置によれば、それぞれ複数個配置された温度センサに よる検出結果に基づいて、当該位置関係検出装置が監視対象者の地肌に接触して いるときには検出されない温度が検出された場合に、当該位置関係検出装置が監視 対象者の地肌に接触していないと判定するので、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者 の地肌に接触して 、な 、ことを検出することができる。  [0032] According to such a positional relationship detection device, a temperature that is not detected when the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the background of the person to be monitored, based on detection results by a plurality of temperature sensors that are respectively arranged. Is detected, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the subject's background, so that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background. Can do.
[0033] さらに、本発明の第 11局面は、第 10局面の位置関係検出装置において、  [0033] Further, an eleventh aspect of the present invention is the positional relationship detection device according to the tenth aspect,
前記筐体の表面における任意の位置に配置され、前記筐体の表面における照度 を測定する照度センサと、  An illuminance sensor that is arranged at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing and measures the illuminance on the surface of the housing;
前記地肌非接触状態判断手段により当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接 触していないと判断されると、前記照度センサから検出信号を繰り返し入力し、該検 出信号が予め設定された第 1照度変化判定時間内に予め設定された第 1照度変化 判定閾値以上の照度の変化を示せば、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に 接触していない状態で衣服の外側にあると判断し、該検出信号が前記第 1照度変化 判定時間内に前記照度判定閾値未満の照度の変化しか示さなければ、当該位置関 係検出装置が衣服の外側にあるとは限らないと判断する地肌非接触服外状態判断 手段と、 If the background non-contact state determination means determines that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the user's background, the detection signal is repeatedly input from the illuminance sensor, and the detection is performed. If the output signal indicates a change in illuminance that is greater than or equal to the preset first illuminance change determination threshold within the preset first illuminance change determination time, the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the user's background. If the detection signal indicates only a change in illuminance that is less than the illuminance determination threshold within the first illuminance change determination time, the position relationship detection device is outside the garment. Means for determining the state of non-contact clothes outside the skin,
を備えている。  It has.
[0034] 即ち、第 11局面の位置検出装置においては、位置関係検出装置が衣服の外側に ある場合には、位置関係検出装置が衣服の内側にある場合と比較して、照度の変化 が大きくなる特性を利用して、照度センサによる検出結果が閾値以上の変化を示す か否かに基づいて、位置関係検出装置が監視対象者の衣服の外部に位置すること を検出している。  [0034] That is, in the position detection device of the eleventh aspect, when the positional relationship detection device is outside the clothing, the change in illuminance is larger than when the positional relationship detection device is inside the clothing. Based on whether or not the detection result by the illuminance sensor shows a change greater than or equal to the threshold value, the positional relationship detection device detects that the position relationship detection device is located outside the clothing of the monitoring subject.
[0035] よって、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接触せずに、かつ使用者の衣 服の外部に位置することを検出することができる。  [0035] Therefore, it is possible to detect that the positional relationship detection device is located outside the user's clothes without contacting the user's background.
[0036] また、本発明の第 12局面は、第 10局面の位置関係検出装置において、 [0036] Further, a twelfth aspect of the present invention is the positional relationship detection device of the tenth aspect,
前記筐体の表面における任意の位置に配置され、前記筐体の表面における照度 を測定する照度センサと、  An illuminance sensor that is arranged at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing and measures the illuminance on the surface of the housing;
前記地肌接触状態判断手段により当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接触 していないと判断されると、前記照度センサから検出信号を繰り返し入力し、該検出 信号が予め設定された第 2照度変化判定時間内に予め設定された第 2照度変化判 定閾値未満の照度の変化しか示さなければ、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地 肌に接触した状態で衣服の内側にあると判断し、該検出信号が前記第 2照度変化判 定時間内に前記第 2照度変化判定閾値以上の照度の変化を示せば、当該位置関 係検出装置が衣服の内側にあるとは限らないと判断する地肌非接触服内状態判断 手段と、  When the background contact state determination means determines that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the user's background, the detection signal is repeatedly input from the illuminance sensor, and the detection signal is set to a second illuminance that is set in advance. If only a change in illuminance less than the preset second illuminance change determination threshold is shown within the change determination time, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is inside the clothing in contact with the user's background. If the detection signal indicates a change in illuminance that is equal to or greater than the second illuminance change determination threshold within the second illuminance change determination time, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is not necessarily inside the clothing. Means for judging the condition of non-contact clothing,
を備えている。  It has.
[0037] このような位置検出装置によれば、照度センサによる検出結果が閾値未満の変化 を示す力否かに基づいて、位置関係検出装置が監視対象者の衣服の内部に位置 することを検出している。 [0037] According to such a position detection device, the positional relationship detection device is positioned inside the clothing of the monitoring subject based on whether or not the detection result of the illuminance sensor indicates a change less than the threshold value. Detecting that.
[0038] よって、当該位置関係検出装置が監視対象者の地肌に接触しておらず、かつ使用 者の衣服の内部に位置することを検出することができる。  [0038] Therefore, it is possible to detect that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the background of the person being monitored and is located within the clothes of the user.
[0039] なお、第 12局面における発明の特徴の少なくとも一部は、第 11局面における発明 に適用されてもよい。 [0039] At least some of the features of the invention according to the twelfth aspect may be applied to the invention according to the eleventh aspect.
[0040] また、本発明の第 13局面における位置関係検出装置は、 [0040] Further, the positional relationship detection device according to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention provides:
当該位置関係検出装置の周囲の温度または湿度を検出するセンサと、 前記センサによる検出結果に基づいて当該位置関係検出装置と前記監視対象者 とが特定の位置関係にある力否かを判断する特定位置判断手段と、  A sensor that detects the temperature or humidity around the positional relationship detection device, and a determination that determines whether the positional relationship detection device and the person to be monitored have a specific positional relationship based on a detection result by the sensor Position determination means;
前記特定位置判断手段による判断結果に基づいて、当該位置関係検出装置と前 記監視対象者との位置関係を特定する位置関係特定手段と、  Based on the determination result by the specific position determining means, the positional relationship specifying means for specifying the positional relation between the positional relationship detection device and the monitoring subject;
を備え、  With
前記センサとして、第 7局面の第 1温度センサ、第 1湿度センサ、第 2温度センサ、 および第 2湿度センサ、を備え、  As the sensor, comprising a first temperature sensor of a seventh aspect, a first humidity sensor, a second temperature sensor, and a second humidity sensor,
前記特定位置判断手段として、  As the specific position determining means,
第 7局面の地肌温度範囲判定手段、地肌温度差判定手段、地肌湿度差判定手 段、地肌接触状態判断手段、および地肌接触服外状態判断手段と、  A background temperature range determining means, a background temperature difference determining means, a background humidity difference determining means, a skin contact state determining means, and a skin contact out-of-clothing state determining means of the seventh aspect;
第 8局面の地肌接触服外状態判断手段と、  Means for determining the out-of-skin contact condition of the eighth aspect,
第 9局面の地肌接触服内状態判断手段と、  The means for judging the condition of the skin contact clothes in the ninth aspect,
第 10局面の第 1非地肌温度範囲判定手段、非地肌温度差判定手段、第 2非地 肌温度範囲判定手段、および地肌非接触状態判断手段と、  A first non-skin temperature range determining means, a non-skin temperature difference determining means, a second non-skin temperature range determining means, and a non-skin contact state determining means of the tenth aspect;
第 11局面の地肌非接触服外状態判断手段と、  Means for judging the state of contact-free outer contact of the eleventh aspect,
第 12局面の地肌非接触服内状態判断手段と、  Means for determining the state of non-contact clothing in the twelfth aspect;
を備えている。  It has.
[0041] このような位置関係検出装置によれば、第 7局面〜第 12局面の位置関係検出装置 としての機能を全て有するので、当該位置関係検出装置と監視対象者との位置関係 を精度よく検出することができる。  [0041] According to such a positional relationship detection device, since it has all the functions as the positional relationship detection device of the seventh to twelfth aspects, the positional relationship between the positional relationship detection device and the monitoring subject can be accurately determined. Can be detected.
[0042] また、本発明の第 14局面は、 当該装置を所持した監視対象者により行われる運動の負荷を検出する運動負荷検 出装置であって、 [0042] Further, the fourteenth aspect of the present invention is An exercise load detection device for detecting an exercise load performed by a monitoring subject who owns the device,
前記監視対象者が歩行中であるか否かを判定する歩行中判定手段と、 前記監視対象者が停止中であるか否かを判定する停止中判定手段と、 前記監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中である力否かを判定する立ち上がり動作判定 手段と、  In-walking determination means for determining whether or not the monitoring target person is walking, In-stop determination means for determining whether or not the monitoring target person is stopped, and the monitoring target person is standing up Rising motion determination means for determining whether or not the force is,
予め設定された負荷判定時間内に、前記歩行中判定手段、前記停止中判定手段 、および前記立ち上がり動作判定手段により前記監視対象者が歩行中、停止中、立 ち上がり動作中と判定された判定回数をそれぞれ記憶する判定回数記憶手段と、 前記判定回数記憶手段に記憶された立ち上がり動作判定回数が、予め設定された 強負荷判定閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者が強負荷運動を行ったと判断する 強負荷判断手段と、  Determination in which the monitoring target person is determined to be walking, stopping, or rising motion by the during-walking determination unit, the during-stop determination unit, and the rising motion determination unit within a preset load determination time If the number-of-determination storage means for storing the number of times and the number of standing-up motion determinations stored in the determination number storage means are equal to or greater than a preset heavy load determination threshold, A heavy load judgment means to judge,
前記判定回数記憶手段に記憶された立ち上がり動作判定回数が、前記強負荷判 定閾値よりも小さい中負荷判定閾値以上かつ前記強負荷判定閾値未満であれば、 前記監視対象者が中負荷運動を行ったと判断する中負荷判断手段と、  If the number of rising motion determinations stored in the determination number storage means is not less than the medium load determination threshold smaller than the heavy load determination threshold and less than the heavy load determination threshold, the monitoring subject performs medium load exercise. Medium load judging means for judging that
前記判定回数記憶手段に記憶された歩行中判定回数が、予め設定された歩行判 定閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者が軽負荷運動を行ったと判断する軽負荷判 断手段と、  A light load determination means for determining that the monitoring subject has performed a light load exercise if the number of determinations during walking stored in the determination number storage means is equal to or greater than a predetermined walking determination threshold;
前記判定回数記憶手段に記憶された停止中判定回数が、予め設定された停止判 定閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者が負荷運動を行って!/、な!、と判断する無負 荷判断手段と、  If the number of determinations during stop stored in the determination number storage means is greater than or equal to a preset stop determination threshold, the monitoring subject performs a load exercise and determines that there is no load! Judgment means,
前記各負荷判断手段による判断結果に基づ!ヽて、前記監視対象者が行った運動 の運動負荷の大きさを特定する運動負荷特定手段と、  Based on the determination result by each load determination means, the exercise load specifying means for specifying the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject,
を備えている。  It has.
[0043] このような運動負荷検出装置によれば、各判定手段により監視対象者が行った運 動の種別を検出し、各判定手段による判定回数に応じて負荷の大きさを分類する。 よって、監視対象者が行った運動の運動負荷の大きさを特定することができる。  [0043] According to such an exercise load detection device, the type of movement performed by the monitoring subject is detected by each determination unit, and the magnitude of the load is classified according to the number of determinations by each determination unit. Therefore, the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject can be specified.
[0044] なお、運動負荷が強!、順に、強負荷、中負荷、軽負荷、負荷なしとなる。 [0045] また、各負荷判断手段を作動する順序につ!、ては任意に設定すればよ!、。 [0044] It should be noted that the exercise load is strong !, in order of heavy load, medium load, light load, and no load. [0045] In addition, the order of operation of each load determination means may be set arbitrarily! ,.
[0046] さらに、本発明の第 15局面は、第 14局面の運動負荷検出装置において、  [0046] Further, the fifteenth aspect of the present invention is the exercise load detection device of the fourteenth aspect,
前記歩行中判定手段は、第 1局面の動作検出装置として構成され、  The walking determination means is configured as a motion detection device of the first aspect,
前記停止中判定手段は、第 2局面の動作検出装置として構成され、  The stopping determination means is configured as a motion detection device of the second aspect,
前記立ち上がり動作判定手段は、第 4局面の動作検出装置として構成されている。  The rising motion determination means is configured as a motion detection device according to a fourth aspect.
[0047] このような運動負荷検出装置によれば、各判定手段としての構成をより具体的な形 態として実現することができる。  [0047] According to such an exercise load detection device, the configuration as each determination means can be realized as a more specific form.
[0048] また、本発明の第 16局面は、  [0048] Further, the sixteenth aspect of the present invention is
当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者の健康状態を監視する携帯監視装置で あって、  A portable monitoring device that monitors the health status of a monitoring subject who possesses the device and acts,
当該携帯監視装置の構成要素を収容する筐体と、  A housing that houses the components of the portable monitoring device;
前記筐体の表面における任意の位置に配置された第 3温度センサと、 前記第 3温度センサに近接して配置された第 3湿度センサと、  A third temperature sensor arranged at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing; a third humidity sensor arranged close to the third temperature sensor;
当該携帯監視装置と前記監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位置関係検出手段 と、  Positional relationship detection means for detecting a positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject;
監視対象者が行う運動の運動負荷を検出する運動負荷検出手段と、  Exercise load detection means for detecting exercise load of exercise performed by the monitoring target person;
前記第 3温度センサおよび前記第 3湿度センサによる検出結果に基づいて不快指 数を算出し、該不快指数が前記位置関係検出手段による検出結果および前記運動 負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じてそれぞれ設定された不快閾値以上であるか 否かを判定する不快閾値判定手段と、  An uncomfortable index is calculated based on detection results from the third temperature sensor and the third humidity sensor, and the discomfort index is set according to the detection result from the positional relationship detection means and the detection result from the exercise load detection means, respectively. Discomfort threshold determination means for determining whether or not the discomfort threshold is greater than or equal to,
前記不快閾値判定手段により前記不快指数が前記不快閾値以上であると判定さ れると、前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると判断す る暑過ぎ判断手段と、  When the discomfort threshold determination means determines that the discomfort index is equal to or greater than the discomfort threshold, the overheat determination means determines that the environment around the monitoring subject is too hot for the monitoring subject;
を備えている。  It has.
[0049] このような携帯監視装置によれば、不快指数を演算し、この不快指数が位置関係 検出手段による検出結果および運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じて不快閾 値を設定するので、監視対象者との位置関係や監視対象者が行う運動の付加に応 じて監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるか否力を良好に判断することができる。 [0050] さらに、本発明の第 17局面は、第 16局面の携帯監視装置において、暑過ぎ判断 手段により前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると判 断されると、暑過ぎである旨を前記監視対象者に対して報知する暑過ぎ報知手段を 備えている。 [0049] According to such a portable monitoring device, the discomfort index is calculated, and the discomfort index sets the discomfort threshold value according to the detection result by the positional relationship detection means and the detection result by the exercise load detection means. Depending on the positional relationship with the subject and the addition of exercises performed by the subject, the ability to determine whether it is too hot for the subject can be determined. [0050] Further, according to a seventeenth aspect of the present invention, in the portable monitoring device of the sixteenth aspect, if the environment around the monitoring subject is determined to be too hot for the monitoring subject by the too hot judgment means, An overheat notification means for notifying the monitoring subject that it is too hot is provided.
[0051] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると判断した場合に は、暑過ぎである旨を監視対象者に報知することできる。  [0051] According to such a portable monitoring device, when it is determined that the monitoring target is too hot, it is possible to notify the monitoring target that it is too hot.
[0052] また、本発明の第 16局面または第 17局面の携帯監視装置において、位置関係検 出手段は、当該携帯監視装置と前記監視対象者との位置関係として、当該携帯監 視装置が前記監視対象者の地肌に接触した状態で衣服の内側にある状態を検出す ることができるよう構成されていてもよい。ここで、本発明の第 18局面は、第 16局面ま たは第 17局面の携帯監視装置において、位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装 置が前記監視対象者の地肌に接触した状態で衣服の内側にあると判断された場合 に、前記第 3温度センサによる検出結果を減少補正する減少補正手段を備えて ヽる  [0052] Further, in the portable monitoring device of the sixteenth aspect or the seventeenth aspect of the present invention, the positional relationship detection means is configured so that the portable monitoring device is the positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject. It may be configured to be able to detect the state inside the clothes while in contact with the background of the person being monitored. Here, according to an eighteenth aspect of the present invention, in the portable monitoring device according to the sixteenth or seventeenth aspect, the portable monitoring device is in contact with the background of the person being monitored by the positional relationship detection means. When it is determined to be inside, a decrease correction means for decreasing and correcting the detection result by the third temperature sensor is provided.
[0053] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者の体温により第 3温度センサによる 検出結果が大きな値になっていたとしても、監視対象者の体温の影響を排除すること ができる。 [0053] According to such a portable monitoring device, even if the detection result by the third temperature sensor becomes a large value due to the body temperature of the monitoring subject, the influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject can be eliminated.
[0054] なお、第 18局面における位置関係検出手段の具体的な構成としては、例えば、第 [0054] As a specific configuration of the positional relationship detection means in the eighteenth aspect, for example,
9局面の構成を採用すればょ 、。 Adopting a 9-phase configuration.
[0055] さらに、本発明の第 19局面における携帯監視装置は、第 16局面〜第 18局面の何 れかにおける携帯監視装置において、 [0055] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the nineteenth aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to any of the sixteenth to eighteenth aspects,
位置関係検出手段は、当該携帯監視装置と前記監視対象者との位置関係として、 当該携帯監視装置が前記監視対象者の衣服の内側または外側にある状態を検出 することができるよう構成されており、  The positional relationship detection means is configured to detect a state where the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothing of the monitoring subject as the positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject. ,
前記運動負荷検出手段は、当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者が行う特定 の動作を検出する動作検出手段による検出結果に基づいて、前記監視対象者が行 う運動の運動負荷の大きさを検出するよう構成されており、  The exercise load detection means is based on a detection result by the operation detection means for detecting a specific action performed by the monitoring subject who acts while holding the apparatus, and the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject. Is configured to detect
前記不快閾値判定手段は、前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が衣 服の内側または外側にあると判断され、かつ前記運動負荷検出手段により前記監視 対象者が負荷運動を行っていないと判断されると、前記算出した不快指数の比較対 照として前記複数の不快閾値の中から第 1不快閾値を選択する。 The uncomfortable threshold value determining unit is configured to detect the position of the portable monitoring device by the positional relationship detecting unit. If it is determined that the person to be monitored is not performing a load exercise by the exercise load detection means, the plurality of discomfort threshold values are compared as a comparison of the calculated discomfort index. Select the first discomfort threshold from the list.
[0056] このような携帯監視装置によれば、携帯監視装置が衣服の内側または外側にある と判断され、かつ前記運動負荷検出手段により前記監視対象者が負荷運動を行つ ていない場合には第 1不快閾値を選択するので、監視対象者の感覚に応じた判断を することができる。 [0056] According to such a portable monitoring device, when it is determined that the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothes and the monitoring target person is not performing a load exercise by the exercise load detecting means, Since the first discomfort threshold is selected, it is possible to make a judgment according to the sense of the person being monitored.
[0057] なお、第 19局面の携帯監視装置において位置関係検出手段の具体的な構成とし ては、例えば、第 8局面、第 9局面、第 11局面、および第 12局面の構成を組み合わ せて採用すればよい。  [0057] It should be noted that, as the specific configuration of the positional relationship detection means in the mobile monitoring device of the nineteenth aspect, for example, the configurations of the eighth, ninth, eleventh, and twelfth aspects are combined. Adopt it.
[0058] また、本発明の第 20局面における携帯監視装置は、第 19局面の携帯監視装置に おいて、不快閾値判定手段は、前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が 衣服の内側または外側にあると判断され、かつ前記運動負荷検出手段により前記監 視対象者が軽負荷運動を行ったと判断されると、前記算出した不快指数の比較対照 として前記第 1不快閾値よりも小さな第 2不快閾値を選択する。  [0058] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the twentieth aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the nineteenth aspect, wherein the discomfort threshold value determining means is configured so that the mobile monitoring device is located inside or outside the clothes by the positional relationship detecting means. When the exercise load detecting means determines that the person to be monitored has performed a light load exercise, a second discomfort smaller than the first discomfort threshold is used as a comparison control of the calculated discomfort index. Select a threshold.
[0059] このような携帯監視装置によれば、携帯監視装置が衣服の内側または外側にある と判断され、かつ運動負荷検出手段により監視対象者が軽負荷運動を行ったと判断 された場合には、監視対象者が負荷運動を行って!/ヽな ヽ場合の閾値 (第 1不快閾値 )よりも小さな値の第 2不快閾値を選択するので、監視対象者が負荷運動を行って!/ヽ ない場合よりも低い不快指数で暑過ぎると判断する。よって、監視対象者の感覚に応 じた判断を行うことができる。  [0059] According to such a portable monitoring device, when it is determined that the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothes, and the exercise load detecting means determines that the monitoring target person has performed a light load exercise, Because the monitored person selects a second discomfort threshold value that is smaller than the threshold value (first discomfort threshold value) when the person being monitored is performing a load exercise! / ヽJudge as too hot with a lower discomfort index than if not. Therefore, it is possible to make a judgment according to the sense of the person being monitored.
[0060] さらに、本発明の第 21局面における携帯監視装置は、第 20局面の携帯監視装置 において、不快閾値判定手段は、前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置 が衣服の内側または外側にあると判断され、かつ前記運動負荷検出手段により前記 監視対象者が前記軽負荷運動よりも負荷が大きい中負荷運動を行ったと判断される と、前記算出した不快指数の比較対照として前記第 2閾値よりも小さな第 3不快閾値 を選択する。  [0060] Further, the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-first aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device according to the twentieth aspect, wherein the discomfort threshold determining means is located inside or outside of the clothes by the positional relationship detecting means. And the exercise load detection means determines that the monitoring subject has performed a medium load exercise with a load greater than that of the light load exercise, from the second threshold value as a comparison control of the calculated discomfort index. Choose a small third discomfort threshold.
[0061] このような携帯監視装置によれば、携帯監視装置が衣服の内側または外側にある と判断され、かつ運動負荷検出手段により監視対象者が中負荷運動を行ったと判断 された場合には、監視対象者が軽負荷運動を行った場合の閾値 (第 2不快閾値)より も小さな値の第 3不快閾値を選択するので、監視対象者が軽負荷運動を行った場合 よりも低い不快指数で暑過ぎると判断する。よって、監視対象者の感覚に応じた判断 を行うことができる。 [0061] According to such a portable monitoring device, the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothes. If the monitored person is determined to have performed medium load exercise by the exercise load detection means, the value is smaller than the threshold value (second discomfort threshold) when the monitored person performs light load exercise. Since the third discomfort threshold is selected, it is determined that the person being monitored is too hot with a lower discomfort index than when the subject exercises lightly. Therefore, it is possible to make a judgment according to the sense of the person being monitored.
[0062] また、本発明の第 22局面における携帯監視装置は、第 21局面の携帯監視装置に おいて、不快閾値判定手段は、前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が 衣服の内側または外側にあると判断され、かつ前記運動負荷検出手段により前記監 視対象者が中負荷運動を行ったと判断されると、前記算出した不快指数の比較対照 として前記第 2閾値よりも小さな第 3不快閾値を選択する。  [0062] In addition, the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-second aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-first aspect, wherein the discomfort threshold value determining unit is configured so that the portable monitoring device is positioned inside or outside the clothes by the positional relationship detecting unit. When the exercise load detecting means determines that the person to be monitored has performed medium load exercise, a third discomfort threshold smaller than the second threshold is used as a comparison control of the calculated discomfort index. Select.
[0063] このような携帯監視装置によれば、携帯監視装置が衣服の内側または外側にある と判断され、かつ運動負荷検出手段により監視対象者が中負荷運動を行ったと判断 された場合には、監視対象者が中負荷運動を行った場合の閾値 (第 3不快閾値)より も小さな値の第 4不快閾値を選択するので、監視対象者が軽負荷運動を行った場合 よりも低い不快指数で暑過ぎると判断する。よって、監視対象者の感覚に応じた判断 を行うことができる。  [0063] According to such a portable monitoring device, when it is determined that the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothes, and the exercise load detecting means determines that the person to be monitored has performed a medium load exercise, The fourth discomfort threshold is selected, which is smaller than the threshold when the monitored person performs medium load exercise (third discomfort threshold), so the discomfort index is lower than when the monitored person performs light load exercise. Judge that it is too hot. Therefore, it is possible to make a judgment according to the sense of the person being monitored.
[0064] さらに、本発明の第 23局面における携帯監視装置は、第 19局面〜第 22局面の何 れかの携帯監視装置において、  [0064] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 23rd aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to any of the 19th to 22nd aspects,
前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が前記監視対象者の地肌に接触 した状態で衣服の内側または外側にあると判断され、かつ前記不快閾値判定手段に より前記不快指数が前記不快閾値未満であると判定された場合に、前記第 3温度セ ンサによる検出結果が予め設定された高体温閾値以上である力否かを判定する高 体温判定手段を備え、  It is determined by the positional relationship detection means that the mobile monitoring device is inside or outside the clothing in contact with the background of the person being monitored, and the discomfort threshold determination means determines that the discomfort index is less than the discomfort threshold. When it is determined that there is a hyperthermia determination unit that determines whether or not the detection result by the third temperature sensor is equal to or higher than a preset hyperthermia threshold,
前記暑過ぎ判断手段は、前記不快閾値判定手段により前記不快指数が前記不快 閾値以上であると判定されたとき、および前記高体温判定手段により前記第 3温度セ ンサによる検出結果が前記高体温閾値以上であると判定されたときに、前記監視対 象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると判断する。  The overheat determination means determines that the detection result by the third temperature sensor is the hyperthermia threshold when the discomfort index is determined to be greater than or equal to the discomfort threshold by the discomfort threshold determination means and when the hyperthermia determination means When it is determined as above, it is determined that the environment around the monitoring target is too hot for the monitoring target.
[0065] このような携帯監視装置によれば、第 3温度センサにより監視対象者の体温 (または 体温により高温となった周囲の温度)を検出し、この温度が高体温閾値以上になった 場合にも暑過ぎると判断するので、監視対象者の体温が異常に高温になったことを 検出することができる。 [0065] According to such a portable monitoring device, the body temperature (or the monitoring subject's body temperature (or The ambient temperature that has become high due to body temperature is detected, and if this temperature exceeds the high body temperature threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too hot. be able to.
[0066] また、本発明の第 24局面における携帯監視装置は、第 23局面の携帯監視装置に おいて、  [0066] Further, the portable monitoring device in the twenty-fourth aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device in the twenty-third aspect,
前記筐体表面に複数備えられた電極間の抵抗値を検出することにより前記筐体の 表面の濡れを検出する濡れ検出手段と、  Wetting detection means for detecting wetting of the surface of the casing by detecting a resistance value between a plurality of electrodes provided on the surface of the casing;
前記高体温判定手段により前記第 3温度センサによる検出結果が予め設定された 高体温閾値未満であると判定されると、前記濡れ検出手段により前記筐体の表面の 濡れを検出したカゝ否かを判定する濡れ判定手段と、  If it is determined by the hyperthermia determination means that the detection result by the third temperature sensor is less than a preset hyperthermia threshold, whether or not the wetness of the surface of the housing is detected by the wetness detection means. Wetting determination means for determining
を備え、  With
前記暑過ぎ判断手段は、前記不快閾値判定手段により前記不快指数が前記不快 閾値以上であると判定されたとき、前記高体温判定手段により前記第 3温度センサに よる検出結果が前記高体温閾値以上であると判定されたとき、および前記濡れ判定 手段により前記筐体の表面の濡れを検出したときに、前記監視対象者の周囲の環境 が前記監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると判断する。  The overheat determination means has a detection result by the third temperature sensor equal to or higher than the hyperthermia threshold when the hyperthermia determination means determines that the discomfort index is greater than or equal to the discomfort threshold by the discomfort threshold determination means. When it is determined that the surface of the housing is wet by the wetness determination means, it is determined that the environment around the monitoring target is too hot for the monitoring target.
[0067] このような携帯監視装置によれば、濡れ検出手段および濡れ判定手段により監視 対象者の発汗を検出することができるので、不快指数が不快閾値未満であって、第 3 温度センサによる検出結果が前記高体温閾値未満であったとしても、監視対象者の 発汗を検出すれば暑過ぎであると判断することができる。  [0067] According to such a portable monitoring device, since the sweat of the monitoring subject can be detected by the wetness detection means and the wetness determination means, the discomfort index is less than the discomfort threshold, and the detection by the third temperature sensor. Even if the result is less than the hyperthermia threshold, it can be determined that the subject is too hot if perspiration of the monitoring subject is detected.
[0068] また、本発明の第 25局面における携帯監視装置は、  [0068] Further, the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-fifth aspect of the present invention provides:
当該携帯監視装置の構成要素を収容する筐体と、  A housing that houses the components of the portable monitoring device;
前記筐体の表面における前記監視対象者とは接触しない位置に配置された第 4温 度センサと、  A fourth temperature sensor disposed on the surface of the housing at a position not in contact with the person to be monitored;
前記筐体に衝突する空気の流速を検出する風速検出手段と、  Wind speed detecting means for detecting a flow velocity of air colliding with the housing;
当該携帯監視装置と前記監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位置関係検出手段 と、  Positional relationship detection means for detecting a positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject;
前記監視対象者が行う運動の運動負荷を検出する運動負荷検出手段と、 前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が衣服の外側にあると判断される と、前記第 4温度センサによる検出結果が前記運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に 応じてそれぞれ設定された第 1低温閾値未満であるか否かを判定する第 1低温閾値 判定手段と、 Exercise load detecting means for detecting an exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject; When it is determined by the positional relationship detection means that the portable monitoring device is outside the clothes, a detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is set to a first low temperature threshold value set according to the detection result by the exercise load detection means, respectively. A first low temperature threshold determination means for determining whether or not the temperature is less than,
前記第 1低温閾値判定手段により前記第 4温度センサによる検出結果が前記第 1 低温閾値以上であると判定されると、前記第 4温度センサによる検出結果が、前記第 1低温閾値よりも大きく前記運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じてそれぞれ設 定された第 2低温閾値未満である力否かを判定する第 2低温閾値判定手段と、 前記第 2低温閾値判定手段により前記第 4温度センサによる検出結果が前記第 2 低温閾値以上であると判定されると、前記風速検出手段による検出結果が予め設定 された風速閾値以上であるか否かを判定する風速判定手段と、  When it is determined by the first low temperature threshold determination means that the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is greater than or equal to the first low temperature threshold, the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is greater than the first low temperature threshold. A second low temperature threshold judging means for judging whether or not the force is less than a second low temperature threshold set according to the detection result by the exercise load detecting means; and the fourth temperature sensor by the second low temperature threshold judging means. A wind speed determining means for determining whether the detection result by the wind speed detecting means is equal to or higher than a preset wind speed threshold when it is determined that the detection result is equal to or higher than the second low temperature threshold;
前記第 1低温閾値判定手段により前記第 4温度センサによる検出結果が前記第 1 低温閾値未満であると判定されたとき、および前記風速検出手段による検出結果が 前記風速閾値以上であると判定されたときに、前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記 監視対象者にとって寒過ぎると判断する寒過ぎ判断手段と、  When the first low temperature threshold determination means determines that the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is less than the first low temperature threshold, and the detection result by the wind speed detection means is determined to be greater than or equal to the wind speed threshold Sometimes it is too cold determining means for determining that the environment around the monitoring subject is too cold for the monitoring subject,
を備えている。  It has.
[0069] 即ち、この携帯監視装置においては、この装置が衣服の外側にある場合において 、第 4温度センサにより検出された温度が、運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じ てそれぞれ設定された第 1低温閾値未満である場合に、監視対象者にとって寒すぎ ると判断する。また、第 4温度センサにより検出された温度が第 1低温閾値よりも高温 であったとしても、風速判定手段により風速閾値以上の風速を検出すると監視対象 者にとって寒すぎると判断する。  That is, in this portable monitoring device, when this device is outside the clothes, the temperature detected by the fourth temperature sensor is set according to the detection result by the exercise load detecting means, respectively. If the temperature is below the low temperature threshold, it is determined that the subject is too cold. Also, even if the temperature detected by the fourth temperature sensor is higher than the first low temperature threshold, it is determined that it is too cold for the monitoring subject if the wind speed determining means detects a wind speed that is equal to or higher than the wind speed threshold.
[0070] よって、このような携帯監視装置によれば、体感温度が低いとき (気温が低いときお よび気温はさほど低くなくても風が強いとき)に監視対象者にとって寒すぎることを良 好に検出することができる。  [0070] Therefore, according to such a portable monitoring device, it is preferable that the person to be monitored is too cold when the perceived temperature is low (when the temperature is low and the wind is strong even if the temperature is not so low). Can be detected.
[0071] また、本発明の第 26局面における携帯監視装置は、  [0071] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the twenty-sixth aspect of the present invention provides:
当該携帯監視装置の構成要素を収容する筐体と、  A housing that houses the components of the portable monitoring device;
前記筐体の表面における前記監視対象者とは接触しない位置に配置された第 4温 度センサと、 A fourth temperature arranged at a position on the surface of the housing that does not contact the monitoring subject. A degree sensor,
前記筐体の表面における前記監視対象者と接触する位置に配置された第 5温度セ ンサと、  A fifth temperature sensor disposed at a position in contact with the person to be monitored on the surface of the housing;
前記筐体に衝突する空気の流速を検出する風速検出手段と、  Wind speed detecting means for detecting a flow velocity of air colliding with the housing;
当該携帯監視装置と前記監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位置関係検出手段 と、  Positional relationship detection means for detecting a positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject;
前記監視対象者が行う運動の運動負荷を検出する運動負荷検出手段と、 前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が衣服の内側にあると判断される と、前記第 4温度センサおよび前記第 5温度センサによる検出結果の差分が前記運 動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じてそれぞれ設定された第 3低温閾値以上で ある力否かを判定する第 3低温閾値判定手段と、  An exercise load detecting means for detecting an exercise load of an exercise performed by the person to be monitored; and the positional relationship detection means determines that the portable monitoring device is inside clothing, the fourth temperature sensor and the fifth temperature sensor A third low temperature threshold determining means for determining whether or not a difference between detection results by the temperature sensor is equal to or greater than a third low temperature threshold set in accordance with the detection result by the operating load detecting means;
前記第 3低温閾値判定手段により前記第 4温度センサおよび前記第 5温度センサ による検出結果の差分が前記第 3低温閾値以上であると判定されると、前記第 5温度 センサによる検出結果が前記運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じてそれぞれ 設定された第 4低温閾値以上である力否かを判定する第 4低温閾値判定手段と、 前記第 3低温閾値判定手段により前記第 4温度センサおよび前記第 5温度センサ による検出結果の差分が前記第 3低温閾値未満であると判定されると、前記第 4温度 センサによる検出結果が前記運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じてそれぞれ 設定された第 5低温閾値以上である力否かを判定する第 5低温閾値判定手段と、 前記第 4低温閾値判定手段により前記第 5温度センサによる検出結果が前記第 4 低温閾値未満であると判定されたとき、および前記第 5低温閾値判定手段により前記 第 4温度センサによる検出結果が前記第 5低温閾値未満であると判定されたときに、 前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって寒過ぎると判断する寒過 ぎ判断手段と、  When the third low temperature threshold determination means determines that the difference between the detection results by the fourth temperature sensor and the fifth temperature sensor is equal to or greater than the third low temperature threshold, the detection result by the fifth temperature sensor is the motion. A fourth low temperature threshold determining means for determining whether or not the force is equal to or greater than a fourth low temperature threshold set in accordance with a detection result by the load detecting means; and the fourth temperature sensor and the second temperature by the third low temperature threshold determining means. When it is determined that the difference between the detection results by the five temperature sensors is less than the third low temperature threshold, the detection results by the fourth temperature sensor are set according to the detection results by the exercise load detection means, respectively. A fifth low temperature threshold determination means for determining whether or not the force is equal to or greater than a threshold; and a detection result by the fifth temperature sensor by the fourth low temperature threshold determination means is less than the fourth low temperature threshold. And when the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is determined to be less than the fifth low temperature threshold by the fifth low temperature threshold determination means, the environment around the monitoring subject is the A cold determination means for determining that the person being monitored is too cold,
を備えている。  It has.
このような携帯監視装置においては、携帯監視装置が衣服の内側にある場合にお いて、第 4温度センサおよび第 5温度センサによる検出結果の差分が第 3低温閾値 以上であるか否かを判定する。そして、この判定結果に応じて異なるセンサによる検 出結果を採用し、センサによる検出結果が閾値未満である場合に、監視対象者にと つて寒すぎると判断する。 In such a portable monitoring device, when the portable monitoring device is inside the clothes, it is determined whether or not the difference between the detection results of the fourth temperature sensor and the fifth temperature sensor is equal to or greater than the third low temperature threshold. To do. Depending on the result of this determination, the detection using a different sensor The result is adopted, and if the detection result by the sensor is less than the threshold value, it is judged that the person being monitored is too cold.
[0073] よって、このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者にとって寒すぎることを良好 に検出することができる。  Therefore, according to such a portable monitoring device, it is possible to detect well that the monitoring subject is too cold.
[0074] さらに、本発明の第 27局面における携帯監視装置は、第 25局面または第 26局面 の携帯監視装置において、前記寒過ぎ判断手段により前記監視対象者の周囲の環 境が前記監視対象者にとって寒過ぎると判断されると、寒過ぎである旨を前記監視 対象者に対して報知する寒過ぎ報知手段を備えて!/ヽる。 [0074] Further, the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-seventh aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-fifth or twenty-sixth aspect, wherein an environment around the monitoring subject is determined by the too cold determination means. If it is determined that it is too cold for the person, it is provided with a too cold notification means for notifying the monitoring subject that it is too cold! / Speak.
[0075] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者にとって寒過ぎると判断した場合に は、寒過ぎである旨を監視対象者に報知することできる。 According to such a portable monitoring device, when it is determined that the monitoring subject is too cold, the monitoring subject can be notified that the monitoring subject is too cold.
[0076] また、本発明の第 28局面における携帯監視装置は、第 16局面〜第 27局面の何れ かの携帯監視装置において、前記位置関係検出手段は、第 13局面の位置関係検 出装置として構成され、前記運動負荷検出手段は、第 14局面の運動負荷検出装置 として構成されている。 [0076] Further, the portable monitoring device in the twenty-eighth aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device in any one of the sixteenth to twenty-seventh aspects, wherein the positional relationship detecting means is the positional relationship detecting device of the thirteenth aspect. The exercise load detecting means is configured as an exercise load detection device according to a fourteenth aspect.
[0077] このような携帯監視装置によれば、位置関係検出手段および運動負荷検出手段の 構成をより具体的に実現することができる。  [0077] According to such a portable monitoring device, the configuration of the positional relationship detecting means and the exercise load detecting means can be realized more specifically.
[0078] また、本発明の第 29局面における携帯監視装置は、 [0078] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 29th aspect of the present invention provides:
前記監視対象者による操作を受け付ける操作部と、  An operation unit for receiving an operation by the monitoring target person;
前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるカゝ否かを判定 する暑過ぎ環境判定手段と、  An over-hot environment determining means for determining whether the environment around the monitoring target is too hot for the monitoring target;
前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるカゝ否かを判定 する寒過ぎ環境判定手段と、  Too cold environment determining means for determining whether the environment around the monitoring target is too cold for the monitoring target;
前記各環境判定手段により暑過ぎまたは寒過ぎであると判定されると、予め設定さ れた待機時間内に前記監視対象者により前記操作部が操作されたカゝ否かを判定す る操作判定手段と、  Operation determination for determining whether or not the operation unit has been operated by the monitoring target person within a preset standby time when it is determined that the environment determination unit determines that the temperature is too hot or too cold. Means,
前記操作判定手段により前記待機時間内に前記操作部が操作されて!ヽな ヽと判 定されると、前記監視対象者を救援する必要があると判断する第 1救援判断手段と、 を備えている。 [0079] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者にとって暑過ぎることまたは寒すぎ ることが検出されたときにおいて、操作部が操作されたカゝ否かに基づいて、監視対象 者に意識障害や運動障害等の異常が発生した力否かを判断する。よって、監視対象 者が操作部の操作ができなカゝつた場合等、操作部が操作されない場合には、監視 対象者に異常が発生したものとして監視対象者を救援する必要があると判断すること ができる。 First operation determining means for determining that the person to be monitored needs to be relieved when the operation determining means is operated within the waiting time by the operation determining means and it is determined that the operation subject is rescued. ing. [0079] According to such a mobile monitoring device, when it is detected that the monitoring subject is too hot or too cold, the monitoring subject is notified based on whether or not the operation unit is operated. Judgment is made on whether or not there is an abnormality such as consciousness disorder or movement disorder. Therefore, when the operation unit is not operated, such as when the monitoring target cannot operate the operation unit, it is determined that the monitoring target needs to be rescued as an abnormality has occurred in the monitoring target be able to.
[0080] さらに、本発明の第 30局面における携帯監視装置は、第 29局面の携帯監視装置 において、前記各環境判定手段により暑過ぎまたは寒過ぎであると判定されると、前 記監視対象者にとって暑過ぎまたは寒過ぎである旨を前記監視対象者に対して報 知する暑過ぎ寒過ぎ報知手段を備えて!/、る。  [0080] Further, the portable monitoring device according to the thirtieth aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-ninth aspect, wherein if the environment judging means determines that the hot monitoring is too hot or too cold, Too hot or too cold notifying means for notifying the monitoring subject that it is too hot or too cold!
[0081] このような携帯監視装置によれば、暑過ぎまたは寒過ぎであることに監視対象者が 気付かな 、場合に、暑過ぎまたは寒過ぎであることを監視対象者に報知することがで きる。  [0081] According to such a portable monitoring device, if the monitoring target is not aware that it is too hot or too cold, the monitoring target can be notified that the monitoring target is too hot or too cold. wear.
[0082] 力!]えて、本発明の第 31局面における携帯監視装置は、第 29局面または第 30局面 の携帯監視装置にぉ ヽて、前記操作判定手段により前記操作部が操作されたと判 定されると、予め設定された猶予時間が経過するまで、前記暑過ぎ環境判定手段、 前記寒過ぎ環境判定手段、前記操作判定手段、および前記第 1救援判断手段のう ち、少なくとも前記第 1救援判断手段の作動を禁止する作動禁止手段を備えている。  [0082] The portable monitoring device according to the thirty-first aspect of the present invention determines that the operation unit has been operated by the operation determining means when compared with the portable monitoring device according to the twenty-ninth or thirty-third aspects. Then, at least the first relief among the over-hot environment determination means, the over-cold environment determination means, the operation determination means, and the first relief determination means until a preset grace time elapses. Operation prohibiting means for prohibiting the operation of the judging means is provided.
[0083] このような携帯監視装置によれば、操作部が操作された後、猶予時間が経過するま では一定時間は監視対象者を救援する判断を禁止することができるので、監視対象 者に異常が発生していない場合に救援する必要があると判断されることを防止するこ とがでさる。  [0083] According to such a portable monitoring device, after the operation unit is operated, it is possible to prohibit the decision to rescue the monitoring subject for a certain period until the grace time elapses. It is possible to prevent it from being judged that there is a need for relief when no abnormality has occurred.
[0084] さらに、本発明の第 32局面における携帯監視装置は、第 29局面〜第 31局面の何 れかの携帯監視装置において、  [0084] Further, the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-second aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device according to any of the twenty-ninth to thirty-first aspects.
暑過ぎ環境判定手段は、第 16局面〜第 24局面の何れかの携帯監視装置として構 成され、  The over-hot environment judging means is configured as a portable monitoring device of any one of the 16th to 24th phases,
前記寒過ぎ環境判定手段は、第 25局面〜第 28局面の何れかの携帯監視装置と して構成されている。 [0085] このような携帯監視装置によれば、暑過ぎ環境判定手段および寒すぎ環境判定手 段としての構成をより具体的に実現することができる。 The too cold environment determining means is configured as the mobile monitoring device according to any one of the 25th to 28th aspects. [0085] According to such a portable monitoring device, it is possible to more specifically realize the configuration as an excessively hot environment determining unit and an excessively cold environment determining unit.
[0086] また、本発明の第 33局面における携帯監視装置は、 [0086] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the thirty-third aspect of the present invention provides:
予め前記監視対象者の訪問先を位置情報として記憶した訪問先記憶手段と、 当該携帯監視装置の現在地を検出する現在地検出手段と、  A visit destination storage means for storing the visit destination of the monitoring subject in advance as position information; a current location detection means for detecting the current location of the mobile monitoring device;
前記監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出手段と、  Action detecting means for detecting a specific action performed by the person to be monitored;
前記現在地検出手段により検出された現在地を表す情報が、前記訪問先記憶手 段に記憶された位置情報と一致しない場合に、前記動作検出手段により検出された 監視対象者の動作が、特定のパターンである力否かを判定することにより、前記監視 対象者が心神喪失状態であるカゝ否かを判定する心神喪失判定手段と、  When the information indicating the current location detected by the current location detection means does not match the position information stored in the visited storage means, the action of the monitoring target detected by the motion detection means is a specific pattern. A determination of whether or not the person to be monitored is in a state of loss of gods,
前記心神喪失判定手段により前記監視対象者が心神喪失状態であると判定される と、前記監視対象者を救援する必要があると判断する第 1救援判断手段と、 を備えている。  And a first relief determination unit that determines that the monitoring subject needs to be rescued when the monitoring subject is determined to be in a mind-losing state.
[0087] このような携帯監視装置においては、現在地を表す情報が訪問先記憶手段に記憶 された位置情報と一致しな 、場合に、監視対象者が徘徊して 、る可能性があるもの として、監視対象者の動作が特定のパターンであるか否かを判定する。そして、監視 対象者の動作が特定のパターンであることが検出されれば、監視対象者が心神喪失 状態であるものとして救援する必要があると判断する。  [0087] In such a mobile monitoring device, if the information indicating the current location does not match the position information stored in the visited storage means, the person to be monitored may hesitate. Then, it is determined whether or not the operation of the monitoring subject is a specific pattern. Then, if it is detected that the behavior of the monitoring subject is a specific pattern, it is determined that the monitoring subject needs to be rescued as being in a state of loss of spirituality.
[0088] 従って、このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者が徘徊していることを検出 することができる。  [0088] Therefore, according to such a portable monitoring device, it is possible to detect that the person being monitored is hesitant.
[0089] さらに、本発明の第 34局面における携帯監視装置は、第 33局面の携帯監視装置 において、  [0089] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 34th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the 33rd aspect,
前記動作検出手段は、  The motion detection means is
前記監視対象者が歩行中であることを検出する歩行中判定手段と、  During-walking determining means for detecting that the monitoring subject is walking,
前記監視対象者が停止中であることを検出する停止中判定手段と、  Stoppage determining means for detecting that the monitoring subject is stopped;
を備え、  With
前記心神喪失判定手段は、予め設定された第 1心神喪失判定時間の間に、前記 歩行動作判定手段により前記監視対象者が歩行中であることが検出され、その後前 記停止動作判断手段により前記監視対象者が停止中であること検出される検出バタ ーンの回数が、予め設定された第 1心神喪失閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者 が心神喪失状態であると判定する。 The mind loss determination means detects that the monitoring subject is walking by the walking movement determination means during a preset first mind loss determination time, and then If the number of detection patterns detected by the stop operation judging means that the monitored person is stopped is equal to or greater than a preset first demise threshold, the monitored person is in a deceased state. Judge that there is.
[0090] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者の動作における特定のパターンとし て、歩行する動作および停止する動作を繰り返す動作を検出することにより監視対象 者が心神喪失状態であるか否かを判定するので、より確実に監視対象者の徘徊を検 出することができる。  [0090] According to such a mobile monitoring device, whether or not the monitoring target person is in a state of losing heart by detecting an action of repeating a walking action and a stopping action as a specific pattern in the monitoring target person's action. Since it is determined whether or not, it is possible to detect the wrinkles of the person being monitored more reliably.
[0091] 加えて、本発明の第 35局面における携帯監視装置は、第 33局面の携帯監視装置 において、  [0091] In addition, the mobile monitoring device in the 35th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device in the 33rd aspect,
前記動作検出手段は、  The motion detection means is
前記監視対象者が歩行中であることを検出する歩行中判定手段と、  During-walking determining means for detecting that the monitoring subject is walking,
前記監視対象者が順方向にターンしていることを検出する順方向ターン検出手段 と、  Forward turn detecting means for detecting that the monitoring subject is turning in the forward direction;
前記監視対象者が前記順方向とは反対方向の逆方向にターンしていることを検出 する逆方向ターン検出手段と、  Reverse turn detection means for detecting that the monitoring subject is turning in a reverse direction opposite to the forward direction;
を備え、  With
前記心神喪失判定手段は、予め設定された第 2心神喪失判定時間の間に、前記 歩行動作判定手段により前記監視対象者が歩行中であることが検出され、その後前 記何れかのターン検出手段により前記監視対象者力ターンしていること検出される検 出パターンの回数が、予め設定された第 2心神喪失閾値以上であれば、前記監視対 象者が心神喪失状態であると判定する。  The mind loss determination means detects that the monitoring subject is walking during the preset second mind loss loss determination time by the walking motion determination means, and then any one of the turn detection means after that If the number of detection patterns detected by the monitoring target person's power turn is equal to or greater than a preset second heart loss threshold, it is determined that the subject is in a state of heart loss.
[0092] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者の動作における特定のパターンとし て、歩行動作後に、順方向または逆方向に繰り返しターンを行う動作を検出すること により監視対象者が心神喪失状態であるカゝ否かを判定するので、より確実に監視対 象者の徘徊を検出することができる。 [0092] According to such a portable monitoring device, the monitoring target can be considered as a specific pattern in the movement of the monitoring target by detecting a motion that repeatedly turns in the forward or reverse direction after the walking motion. Since it is determined whether or not the vehicle is in a lost state, it is possible to detect the trap of the person being monitored more reliably.
[0093] なお、第 35局面における発明の特徴の少なくとも一部は、第 34局面における発明 に適用されてもよい。  [0093] At least a part of the features of the invention in the 35th aspect may be applied to the invention in the 34th aspect.
[0094] また、本発明の第 36局面における携帯監視装置は、第 33局面の携帯監視装置に おいて、 [0094] Further, the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-sixth aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-third aspect. Leave
前記監視対象者が歩行中であることを検出する歩行中判定手段と、  During-walking determining means for detecting that the monitoring subject is walking,
前記監視対象者が座り動作中であることを検出する座り動作判定手段と、 を備え、  A sitting motion determining means for detecting that the monitoring subject is sitting, and
前記心神喪失判定手段は、予め設定された第 3心神喪失判定時間の間に、前記 歩行中判定手段により前記監視対象者が歩行中であることが検出され、その後前記 座り動作判定手段により前記監視対象者が座り動作中であること検出される検出パ ターンの回数が、予め設定された第 3心神喪失閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者 が心神喪失状態であると判定する。  The mind loss determination means detects that the person to be monitored is walking by the walking determination means during a preset third mind loss determination time, and then the sitting movement determination means performs the monitoring. If the number of detection patterns detected that the subject is sitting is greater than or equal to a preset third heart loss threshold, it is determined that the subject is in the state of heart loss.
[0095] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者の動作における特定のパターンとし て、歩行動作と座り動作とを繰り返す動作を検出することにより監視対象者が心神喪 失状態であるか否かを判定するので、より確実に監視対象者の徘徊を検出すること ができる。 [0095] According to such a portable monitoring device, whether or not the monitoring target person is in a state of heart loss by detecting a motion that repeats walking and sitting movements as a specific pattern in the monitoring target person's movement. Since it is determined whether or not, it is possible to detect the trap of the person being monitored more reliably.
[0096] なお、第 36局面における発明の特徴の少なくとも一部は、第 34局面及び第 35局 面における発明に適用されてもょ 、。  [0096] At least part of the features of the invention in the 36th aspect may be applied to the inventions in the 34th and 35th aspects.
[0097] また、第 34局面および第 36局面の歩行中判定手段は、第 1局面の動作検出装置 として構成されていれば、歩行中判定手段をより具体的に実現することができる。 [0097] Further, if the determining means during walking in the 34th and 36th aspects is configured as the motion detecting device of the first aspect, the determining means during walking can be more specifically realized.
[0098] また、第 34局面の停止中判定手段は、第 2局面の動作検出装置として構成されて いれば、停止中判定手段をより具体的に実現することができる。 [0098] If the stoppage determining means in the 34th aspect is configured as the motion detection device of the second aspect, the stoppage determining means can be more specifically realized.
[0099] さらに、第 35局面の順方向ターン検出手段は、第 5局面の動作検出装置として構 成され、逆方向ターン検出手段は、第 6局面の動作検出装置として構成されていれ ば、順方向ターン検出手段および逆方向ターン検出手段をより具体的に実現するこ とがでさる。 [0099] Further, the forward turn detecting means of the 35th aspect is configured as the motion detecting apparatus of the fifth aspect, and the reverse turn detecting means is configured as the motion detecting apparatus of the sixth aspect. More specifically, the direction turn detection means and the reverse direction turn detection means can be realized.
[0100] また、第 36局面の座り動作判定手段は、第 3局面の動作検出装置として構成され ていれば、動作判定手段をより具体的に実現することができる。  [0100] Further, if the sitting motion determination means of the 36th aspect is configured as the motion detection device of the third aspect, the motion determination means can be more specifically realized.
[0101] また、本発明の第 37局面における携帯監視装置は、第 33局面〜第 36局面の何れ 力の携帯監視装置において、  [0101] Further, the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-seventh aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device of any of the thirty-third to thirty-sixth aspects,
前記監視対象者により操作可能な操作部が特定の操作をされると、前記各種手段 を作動する通常モード、および前記訪問先記憶手段に訪問先を位置情報を記憶す るための学習モードを外部指令に応じて切り替えるモード切替手段と、 When the operation unit operable by the monitoring target person performs a specific operation, the various means A mode switching means for switching between a normal mode that activates and a learning mode for storing location information in the visited storage means according to an external command;
前記モード切替手段により学習モードに切り替えられると、前記現在地検出手段に より検出された現在地の情報を訪問先の位置情報として前記訪問先記憶手段に記 憶させる第 1記憶制御手段と、  A first storage control unit that stores information on the current location detected by the current location detection unit in the visited storage unit as location information of the visited site when the mode switching unit switches to the learning mode;
を備えている。  It has.
[0102] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者または監視対象者の保護者が監視 対象者の訪問先で操作部を操作することにより、この訪問先を監視対象者が訪問す る訪問先として登録することができる。つまり、位置情報を入力する等の煩雑な作業 を必要とすることなく訪問先を登録することができる。  [0102] According to such a mobile monitoring device, the monitoring target person or the guardian of the monitoring target person operates the operation unit at the monitoring target person's visiting place, so that the monitoring target person visits this visiting place. You can register as a destination. In other words, it is possible to register the visited place without requiring complicated work such as inputting position information.
[0103] さらに、本発明の第 38局面における携帯監視装置は、第 37局面の携帯監視装置 において、  [0103] Furthermore, the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-eighth aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device according to the thirty-seventh aspect,
前記モード切替手段により通常モードに切り替えられている際に、前記現在地検出 手段により検出された現在地が、前記訪問先記憶手段に記憶された位置から予め設 定された所定距離以上離間していることが検出されると、前記現在地検出手段により 検出された現在地の情報を訪問先の位置情報として仮記憶手段に仮登録し、同じ訪 問先での仮登録回数が予め設定された登録閾値以上であれば、該仮登録された訪 問先の位置情報を前記訪問先記憶手段に記憶させる第 2記憶制御手段、  When the mode is switched to the normal mode by the mode switching unit, the current location detected by the current location detection unit is separated from the position stored in the visited storage unit by a predetermined distance or more. Is detected, the current location information detected by the current location detection means is provisionally registered in the temporary storage means as the location information of the visited location, and the number of temporary registrations at the same visited location is greater than or equal to a preset registration threshold value. If there is, second storage control means for storing the temporarily registered visit location information in the visit destination storage means;
を備えている。  It has.
[0104] このような携帯監視装置によれば、通常モードのときであっても、監視対象者が頻 繁に (登録閾値以上の回数)訪問した訪問先を位置情報として登録することができる ので、監視対象者およびその保護者は特に操作をすることなく訪問先を登録させるこ とがでさる。  [0104] According to such a mobile monitoring device, even in the normal mode, it is possible to register, as position information, a visited place that the monitoring target person frequently visits (number of times equal to or greater than the registration threshold). The monitored person and his / her guardian can register the visited place without any special operation.
[0105] また、本発明の第 39局面における携帯監視装置は、第 16局面〜第 38局面の何れ 力の携帯監視装置において、  [0105] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 39th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device of any of the 16th aspect to the 38th aspect,
前記監視対象者の心臓の動作状態を検出する心電センサ力 の検出信号に基づ いて前記監視対象者の心拍数を検出する第 1心拍数検出手段と、  First heart rate detecting means for detecting a heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal of an electrocardiographic sensor force for detecting an operating state of the heart of the monitoring subject;
前記第 1心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数が予め設定された上限心拍数よ りも多ければ心拍数が過大であると判断し、前記第 1心拍数算出手段により検出され た心拍数が予め設定された下限心拍数よりも少なければ心拍数が過小であると判断 し、前記第 1心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数が前記上限心拍数および前記 下限心拍数の範囲内であれば心拍数が正常であると判断する心拍数判断手段と、 を備えている。 The heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means is a preset upper limit heart rate. If the heart rate is too high, it is determined that the heart rate is excessive, and if the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means is less than a preset lower limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is too low. Heart rate determination means for determining that the heart rate is normal if the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculation means is within the range of the upper limit heart rate and the lower limit heart rate.
[0106] また、本発明の第 40局面における携帯監視装置は、第 16局面〜第 38局面の何れ 力の携帯監視装置において、  [0106] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 40th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device of any of the 16th to 38th aspects,
前記監視対象者の心音を検出する心音センサからの検出信号に基づいて前記監 視対象者の心拍数を検出する第 2心拍数検出手段と、  Second heart rate detection means for detecting the heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal from a heart sound sensor for detecting the heart sound of the monitoring subject;
前記第 2心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数が予め設定された上限心拍数よ りも多ければ心拍数が過大であると判断し、前記第 2心拍数算出手段により検出され た心拍数が予め設定された下限心拍数よりも少なければ心拍数が過小であると判断 し、前記第 2心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数が前記上限心拍数および前記 下限心拍数の範囲内であれば心拍数が正常であると判断する心拍数判断手段と、 を備えている。  If the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means is greater than a preset upper limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is excessive, and the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means is If it is less than the preset lower limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is too low, and if the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means is within the range of the upper limit heart rate and the lower limit heart rate. And a heart rate judging means for judging that the heart rate is normal.
[0107] これらのような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者の心拍数によって、監視対象者 に異常が発生した力否かを判定することができる。  [0107] According to such portable monitoring devices, it is possible to determine whether or not a force has occurred in the monitoring subject based on the heart rate of the monitoring subject.
[0108] さらに、本発明の第 41局面における携帯監視装置は、第 16局面〜第 38局面の何 れかの携帯監視装置において、 [0108] Furthermore, the mobile monitoring device according to the 41st aspect of the present invention is any mobile monitoring device according to the 16th aspect to the 38th aspect,
前記監視対象者の心臓の動作状態を検出する心電センサ力 の検出信号に基づ いて前記監視対象者の心拍数を検出する第 1心拍数検出手段と、  First heart rate detecting means for detecting a heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal of an electrocardiographic sensor force for detecting an operating state of the heart of the monitoring subject;
前記監視対象者の心音を検出する心音センサからの検出信号に基づいて前記監 視対象者の心拍数を検出する第 2心拍数検出手段と、  Second heart rate detection means for detecting the heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal from a heart sound sensor for detecting the heart sound of the monitoring subject;
前記第 1心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数と前記第 2心拍数算出手段によ り検出された心拍数とに整合性があるカゝ否かを判定する整合性判定手段と、 前記整合性判定手段により前記各心拍数に整合性がないと判定されると前記監視 対象者の心拍数が不明であると判定する心拍数不明判定手段と、  Consistency determining means for determining whether or not the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means and the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means are consistent; and When it is determined by the sex determination means that the heart rates are not consistent, the heart rate unknown determination means for determining that the heart rate of the monitoring subject is unknown;
前記整合性判定手段により前記各心拍数に整合性があると判定されると、前記第 1 心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数と前記第 2心拍数算出手段により検出され た心拍数との平均値を前記監視対象者の心拍数として設定する心拍数設定手段と、 前記心拍数設定手段により設定された心拍数が予め設定された上限心拍数よりも 多ければ心拍数が過大であると判断し、前記心拍数設定手段により設定された心拍 数が予め設定された下限心拍数よりも少なければ心拍数が過小であると判断し、前 記心拍数設定手段により設定された心拍数が前記上限心拍数および前記下限心拍 数の範囲内であれば、心拍数が正常であると判断する心拍数判断手段と、 When the consistency determining means determines that the heart rates are consistent, the first A heart rate setting means for setting an average value of the heart rate detected by the heart rate calculating means and the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means as the heart rate of the person to be monitored; and the heart rate setting means If the heart rate set by is greater than the preset upper limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is excessive, and the heart rate set by the heart rate setting means is less than the preset lower limit heart rate. If the heart rate set by the heart rate setting means is within the upper limit heart rate and the lower limit heart rate, the heart rate is determined to be normal. Number judgment means,
を備えている。  It has.
[0109] このような携帯監視装置によれば、複数の手段によって監視対象者の心拍数を検 出し、これらによって検出された心拍数に整合性がなければ、心拍数が不明であると 判断するので、心拍数の検出に対する信頼性を向上させることができる。  [0109] According to such a portable monitoring device, the heart rate of the person to be monitored is detected by a plurality of means, and if the heart rate detected by these is not consistent, it is determined that the heart rate is unknown. Therefore, the reliability of heart rate detection can be improved.
[0110] また、本発明の第 42局面における携帯監視装置は、第 16局面〜第 41局面の何れ 力の携帯監視装置において、  [0110] Further, the portable monitoring device in the forty-second aspect of the present invention is the portable monitoring device of any of the sixteenth to forty-first aspects,
前記監視対象者の体温を検出する体温センサ力 の検出信号に基づいて前記監 視対象者の体温を検出する体温検出手段と、  Body temperature detecting means for detecting the body temperature of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal of body temperature sensor force for detecting the body temperature of the monitoring subject;
前記体温検出手段により検出された体温が予め設定された上限体温よりも高けれ ば前記監視対象者の体温が高すぎると判定し、前記体温検出手段により検出された 体温が予め設定された下限体温よりも低ければ前記監視対象者の体温が低すぎると 判定し、前記体温検出手段により検出された体温が前記上限体温と前記下限体温と の範囲内であれば前記監視対象者の体温が正常であると判定する体温判定手段と を備えている。  If the body temperature detected by the body temperature detection means is higher than a preset upper limit body temperature, it is determined that the body temperature of the monitoring subject is too high, and the body temperature detected by the body temperature detection means is greater than a preset lower limit body temperature. If the temperature is too low, it is determined that the body temperature of the monitoring subject is too low. If the body temperature detected by the body temperature detecting means is within the range between the upper limit body temperature and the lower limit body temperature, the body temperature of the monitoring subject is normal. Body temperature determining means.
[0111] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者の体温によって、監視対象者に異 常が発生した力否かを判定することができる。  [0111] According to such a portable monitoring device, it is possible to determine whether or not a force has occurred in the monitoring target person based on the body temperature of the monitoring target person.
[0112] また、本発明の第 43局面における携帯監視装置は、第 16局面〜第 42局面の何れ 力の携帯監視装置において、 [0112] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 43rd aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device of any of the 16th to 42nd aspects,
周囲の音を検出する集音手段と、  Sound collecting means for detecting ambient sounds;
前記集音手段が検出した音が、予め当該携帯監視装置に登録された監視対象者 の特定パターンの音声と一致するか否かを判定する音声一致判定手段と、 前記音声一致判定手段により前記集音手段が検出した音が前記特定パターンの 音声と一致すると判定された場合に、前記監視対象者を救援する必要があると判断 する第 2救援判断手段と、 The monitoring target person whose sound detected by the sound collecting means is registered in advance in the portable monitoring device Voice matching determination means for determining whether or not the voice of the specific pattern matches, and when the sound detected by the sound collecting means by the voice matching determination means is determined to match the voice of the specific pattern, A second rescue determination means for determining that the person to be monitored needs to be rescued;
を備えている。  It has.
[0113] このような携帯監視装置によれば、例えば「助けて」、「ヘルプ」、或いはうめき声等 、監視対象者の特定パターンの音声を検出することができるので、監視対象者を救 援する必要があると判定することができる。  [0113] According to such a mobile monitoring device, for example, "help", "help", or a moaning voice can be detected in a specific pattern of the monitoring target, so that the monitoring target is supported. It can be determined that it is necessary.
[0114] また、本発明の第 44局面における携帯監視装置は、第 16局面〜第 43局面の何れ 力の携帯監視装置において、 [0114] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 44th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device of any of the 16th to 43rd aspects,
当該装置に収納された収納状態と当該装置の外部に引き出された引出状態との間 で変位可能なレバーと、  A lever that is displaceable between a stored state stored in the device and a pulled-out state pulled out of the device;
前記レバーが引出状態にされると、前記監視対象者を救援する必要があると判断 する第 3救援判断手段と、  A third relief judgment means for judging that the monitoring subject needs to be rescued when the lever is pulled out;
を備えている。  It has.
[0115] このような携帯監視装置によれば、レバーが引出状態にされたときに監視対象者を 救援する必要があると判断するので、例えばレバーに換えてボタン式のスィッチとし て構成されている場合と比較して、誤作動を防止することができる。よって、監視対象 者が救援を求める際の意志をより確実に検出することができる。  [0115] According to such a portable monitoring device, when the lever is pulled out, it is determined that the person to be monitored needs to be rescued. For example, instead of the lever, it is configured as a button type switch. Compared with the case where it is, malfunction can be prevented. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably detect the willingness of the monitoring subject when seeking help.
[0116] また、本発明の第 45局面における携帯監視装置は、第 16局面〜第 44局面の何れ 力の携帯監視装置において、 [0116] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 45th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device of any of the 16th to 44th aspects,
当該携帯監視装置の現在地を検出する現在地検出手段と、  Current location detection means for detecting the current location of the mobile monitoring device;
当該携帯監視装置の外部と無線通信するための通信手段と、  A communication means for wirelessly communicating with the outside of the portable monitoring device;
前記監視対象者の異常を検出する異常検出手段と、  An anomaly detecting means for detecting an anomaly of the monitored person;
前記異常検出手段が異常を検出すると、少なくとも前記現在地検出手段により検 出された当該携帯監視装置の現在地を表す情報を、前記通信手段を介して予め設 定された通信相手に対して送信する通信制御手段と、  When the abnormality detection unit detects an abnormality, communication that transmits at least information indicating the current location of the mobile monitoring device detected by the current location detection unit to a preset communication partner via the communication unit Control means;
を備えている。 [0117] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者の異常を検出したときに、外部の通 信相手に対して監視対象者を救援するよう連絡することができる。なお、異常検出手 段の具体的な構成としては、例えば、前述の心拍数判断手段、体温判定手段、各救 援判断手段等の判定結果を監視する構成が挙げられる。即ち、上記何れかの手段 において、監視対象者の状態が「正常」であると判定されなカゝつた場合に、監視対象 者の異常を検出するものとすればよい。 It has. [0117] According to such a mobile monitoring device, when an abnormality of the monitoring subject is detected, it is possible to contact an external communication partner to rescue the monitoring subject. As a specific configuration of the abnormality detection means, for example, a configuration in which the determination results of the above-described heart rate determination means, body temperature determination means, each relief determination means, etc. are monitored. In other words, if any of the above means detects that the state of the monitoring subject is not “normal”, an abnormality of the monitoring subject may be detected.
[0118] また、本発明の第 46局面における携帯監視装置は、第 45局面の携帯監視装置に おいて、  [0118] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 46th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the 45th aspect,
前記異常検出手段が異常を検出すると、前記監視対象者による救援が不要である 旨の意志を検出する意思確認手段を備え、  When the abnormality detection means detects an abnormality, the apparatus includes an intention confirmation means for detecting the intention that the rescue by the monitoring subject is unnecessary,
前記通信制御手段は、前記意思確認手段により救援が不要である旨の意志が予 め設定された意志検出時間以内に検出されなかった場合に、前記通信手段を介し た通信を実施する。  The communication control means performs communication via the communication means when the will confirmation that the intention confirmation means does not require relief is not detected within a predetermined will detection time.
[0119] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者の異常を検出したときに、外部の通 信相手に対して監視対象者を救援するよう連絡することができる。なお、意思確認手 段の具体的な構成としては、監視対象者の救援が不要である旨の何らかの操作を検 出する力、或いは、救援が不要である旨の「不要」等の音声を検出する構成等が挙 げられる。  [0119] According to such a mobile monitoring device, when an abnormality of the monitoring target person is detected, it is possible to contact the external communication partner to rescue the monitoring target person. In addition, as a specific configuration of the means for confirming the intention, a force to detect any operation that indicates that the monitoring subject does not need to be rescued, or a voice that indicates “unnecessary” that rescue is not necessary is detected. The composition to do is listed.
[0120] また、本発明の第 47局面における携帯監視装置は、第 46局面の携帯監視装置に おいて、  [0120] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 47th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the 46th aspect,
外部指令に応じて前記意志検出時間の長さを変更する意志検出変更手段を備え ている。  A will detection change means is provided for changing the length of the will detection time according to an external command.
[0121] このような携帯監視装置によれば、意志検出時間を監視対象者に応じて変更する ことができる。  [0121] According to such a portable monitoring device, the will detection time can be changed according to the person to be monitored.
[0122] また、本発明の第 48局面における携帯監視装置は、第 47局面の携帯監視装置に おいて、  [0122] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 48th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the 47th aspect,
被験者の身体的特徴が予め登録された特定の監視対象者の身体的特徴と一致す る力否かの認証を実施するノ ィオメトリタス認証手段を備え、 前記意志確認手段は、前記バイオメトリタス認証手段により監視対象者であるとの 認証がされた場合に、前記監視対象者による救援が不要である旨の意志を検出した ものとみなす。 A nanometric authentication means for authenticating whether or not the physical characteristics of the subject coincide with the physical characteristics of a specific monitored person registered in advance; The will confirmation means is regarded as having detected the intention that the monitoring target person does not need to be rescued when the biometrics authentication means is authenticated as the monitoring target person.
[0123] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者本人以外が救援を不要とする旨を 当該装置に入力することができないので、監視対象者の意志を尊重することができる  [0123] According to such a portable monitoring device, it is not possible to input to the device that a person other than the monitoring subject himself / herself does not need relief, so the will of the monitoring subject can be respected.
[0124] また、本発明の第 49局面における携帯監視装置は、第 48局面の携帯監視装置に おいて、 [0124] Further, the mobile monitoring device according to the 49th aspect of the present invention is the mobile monitoring device according to the 48th aspect,
前記意志検出変更手段は、前記バイオメトリタス認証手段により監視対象者である との認証がされた場合に、前記意志検出時間の長さを変更する。  The will detection change means changes the length of the will detection time when the biometrics authentication means authenticates the person to be monitored.
[0125] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者本人のみが意志検出時間を変更す ることができる。このため、例えば、監視対象者が自己の体調に応じて、意志検出時 間を変更することができる。 [0125] According to such a portable monitoring device, only the person to be monitored can change the will detection time. For this reason, for example, the person to be monitored can change the will detection time according to his / her physical condition.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0126] [図 1]老人用ペンダントの概略構成を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of an elderly pendant.
[図 2A-2C]図 2Aは、老人用ペンダントの概略形状を示す斜視図であり、図 2Bは、濡 れセンサの構造を示す説明図であり、図 2Cは、老人用ペンダントの背面における断 面図である。  [FIGS. 2A-2C] FIG. 2A is a perspective view showing a schematic shape of a pendant for elderly people, FIG. 2B is an explanatory view showing the structure of a wetting sensor, and FIG. 2C is a sectional view on the back of the pendant for elderly people. FIG.
[図 3]歩行判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing walking determination processing.
[図 4]停止判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing stop determination processing.
[図 5]座り動作判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing a sitting motion determination process.
[図 6]立ち上がり動作判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing a rising motion determination process.
[図 7]右ターン動作判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a right turn operation determination process.
[図 8]左ターン動作判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing left turn operation determination processing.
[図 9]地肌接触状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing a background contact state determination process.
[図 10]地肌接触服外状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a state of determining whether the skin contact is out of clothing.
[図 11]地肌接触服内状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a state of determining the state of contact with the skin.
[図 12]地肌非接触状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 13]地肌非接触服外状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 14]地肌非接触服内状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing a background non-contact state determination process. 圆 13] It is a flowchart showing the non-texture out-of-clothes state determination process.圆 14] It is a flow chart showing the background non-contact clothing state determination process.
[図 15]ペンダント位置判断処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing pendant position determination processing.
[図 16]運動負荷判断処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing exercise load determination processing.
[図 17]暑過ぎ状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing overheat condition determination processing.
圆 18]地肌非接触服外状態'負荷なし処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 18] Non-contact out-of-skin condition 'no load processing.
[図 19]地肌非接触服外状態'軽負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 20]地肌非接触服外状態'中負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 21]地肌非接触服外状態 ·重負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 22]地肌非接触服内状態'負荷なし処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing a non-skin-out-out-clothes state “light load process”.圆 20] A non-contacting out-of-skin condition 'middle load process.圆 21] Non-skin-out-of-clothes state · This is a flowchart showing heavy load processing.圆 22] A flowchart showing the non-loading state of the skin “no load” process.
[図 23]地肌非接触服内状態'軽負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 園 24]地肌非接触服内状態 ·中負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 25]地肌非接触服内状態 ·重負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 26]地肌接触服外状態'負荷なし処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 27]地肌接触服外状態'軽負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 28]地肌接触服外状態'中負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 23 is a flow chart showing a background non-contact clothes state “light load process”. 22] This is a flow chart showing the non-contact clothes inside state / medium load process.圆 25] Non-contact-in-clothing state · This is a flowchart showing heavy load processing.圆 26] It is a flowchart showing the state of no contact with the skin contact 'no load process.圆 27] A flow chart showing the “out-of-skin contact clothing state” light load process.圆 28] It is a flowchart showing the “out-of-skin contact clothing state” medium load process.
[図 29]地肌接触服外状態'重負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 園 30]地肌接触服内状態,負荷なし処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 31]地肌接触服内状態 ·軽負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 32]地肌接触服内状態'中負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 圆 33]地肌接触服内状態 ·重負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing a “out-of-ground contact clothes state” heavy load process. [30] This is a flow chart showing the processing in the ground contact clothes, no load.圆 31] In-skin contact clothes state · This is a flowchart showing a light load process.圆 32] A flowchart showing the “in-ground contact clothes state” medium load process.圆 33] In-ground contact clothes state is a flowchart showing heavy load processing.
[図 34]寒過ぎ状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing an over-cold state determination process.
[図 35]服外状態 '負荷なし ·軽負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 [FIG. 35] Out-of-clothes state “No load” This is a flowchart showing a light load process.
[図 36]服外状態 ·中負荷,重負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an out-of-clothes state / medium load / heavy load process.
[図 37]服内状態'負荷なし'軽負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing the in-clothes state “no load” light load processing.
[図 38]服内状態 '中負荷'重負荷処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing an in-clothes state “medium load” heavy load process.
[図 39]寒暖救援依頼処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing a cold / warm relief request process.
[図 40]救援依頼の猶予中設定処理を示すフローチャートである。 [図 41]救援依頼の送信処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing a relief request grace period setting process. FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing rescue request transmission processing.
[図 42]徘徊判断処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing wrinkle determination processing.
[図 43]歩行 '停止のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 43 is a flow chart showing a walk “stop” random short-term repetition determination process.
[図 44]歩行 '左 ·右ターンのランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を示すフローチャートで ある。 FIG. 44 is a flow chart showing a random short time repeated determination process of walking 'left / right turns'.
[図 45]歩行'座り動作のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を示すフローチャートであ る。  FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing a random short time repeated determination process of walking and sitting motion.
[図 46]立ち回り先登録処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 46 is a flowchart showing a turnaround destination registration process.
[図 47]安否判断可能判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing a safety judgment possible judgment process.
[図 48]脈拍数関係の安否状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing pulse rate related safety state determination processing.
[図 49]体温関係の安否状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing body temperature-related safety state determination processing.
[図 50]音声に関する救援依頼判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing a relief request determination process related to voice.
[図 51]注意状態設定処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing attention state setting processing.
[図 52]注意状態反転処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing attention state reversal processing.
[図 53]救援依頼レバーに関する救援依頼判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  FIG. 53 is a flowchart showing a relief request determination process related to a relief request lever.
[図 54A-54D]図 54Aは、通常時における救援依頼レバーの状態を示す説明図であり 、図 54Bは、救援依頼レバーが押し込まれた状態を示す説明図であり、図 54Cは、 救援依頼レバーが飛び出した状態を示す説明図であり、図 54Dは、救援依頼レバー が回動された状態を示す説明図である。 [FIGS. 54A-54D] FIG. 54A is an explanatory view showing a state of the rescue request lever in a normal state, FIG. 54B is an explanatory view showing a state in which the rescue request lever is pushed, and FIG. 54C is a rescue request. FIG. 54D is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the lever has popped out, and FIG. 54D is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the rescue request lever is rotated.
[図 55]救援依頼実行処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing a rescue request execution process.
[図 56]送信の意思確認処理 1を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing intention confirmation processing 1 for transmission.
[図 57]送信の意思確認処理 2を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing intention confirmation process 2 for transmission.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
1…老人用ペンダント、 5…筐体、 5a…正面、 5b…背面、 5c…上面、 7…ストラップ 、 7a…取付部、 10…行動センサユニット、 11· "3次元加速度センサ、 13· ··3軸ジャィ 口センサ、 15…背面の温度センサ、 17…背面の湿度センサ、 19· ··正面の温度セン サ、 21· ··背面の湿度センサ、 23· ··照度センサ、 25· ··濡れセンサ、 27- GPS受信機 、 29· ··風速センサ、 31"-MPU、 33· ··心電センサ、 35· ··心音センサ、 37· ··マイク、 50· ··救援依頼信号送信装置、 51· ··ΜΡυ、 53· ··無線電話ユニット、 55· ··訪問先メ モリ、 57- GPSアンテナ、 60· ··報知部、 61· ··ディスプレイ、 63· ··電飾、 65· ··スピー 力、 70…操作部、 71· ··タツチパッド、 73· ··確認ボタン、 75· ··指紋センサ、 77· "救援 依頼レバー。 1 ... Pendant for the elderly, 5 ... Housing, 5a ... Front, 5b ... Back, 5c ... Top, 7 ... Strap, 7a ... Mounting part, 10 ... Action sensor unit, 11 "3D acceleration sensor, 13 ... 3-axis lip sensor, 15 ... temperature sensor on the back, 17 ... humidity sensor on the back, 19 ... front temperature sensor, 21 ... humidity sensor on the back, 23 ... illuminance sensor, 25 ... Wet sensor, 27-GPS receiver, 29 ... Wind speed sensor, 31 "-MPU, 33 ... Electrocardiographic sensor, 35 ... Heart sound sensor, 37 ... Microphone, 50 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ··· , 63 ··· Illumination, 65 ··· Speaking force, 70 ·················································································
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0128] 以下に本発明にかかる実施の形態を図面と共に説明する。  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
[0129] [老人用ペンダントの概要]  [0129] [Outline of the pendant for elderly people]
図 1は、本発明が適用された老人用ペンダント 1の概略構成を示すブロック図であ る。老人用ペンダント 1は、この老人用ペンダント 1を所持して行動する監視対象者の 健康状態や徘徊等の異常行動を種種のセンサを用いて検出する。即ち、この老人用 ペンダント 1は、正常な状態の人間と異常な状態の人間との差異を、種種のセンサに よる出力がセンサ毎に予め設定された閾値以上であるか否か等を判定する各種処 理を実施することによって判断する。  FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of an elderly pendant 1 to which the present invention is applied. The elderly pendant 1 detects abnormal behaviors such as the health condition and wrinkles of the monitoring subject who operates with the pendant 1 for the elderly using various sensors. That is, this elderly pendant 1 determines the difference between a normal human and an abnormal human being, whether or not the output from various sensors is greater than or equal to a preset threshold value for each sensor. Judgment is made by implementing various processes.
[0130] そして、この老人用ペンダント 1では、監視対象者の健康状態や行動に異常を検出 すると、異常があった旨を予め設定された連絡先に通知するよう設定されている。ま た、この老人用ペンダント 1では、監視対象者の意志によっても予め設定された連絡 先に通知を行うよう設定されて 、る。  [0130] The elderly pendant 1 is set to notify a preset contact that an abnormality has been detected when an abnormality is detected in the health condition or behavior of the monitoring subject. In addition, the elderly pendant 1 is set to notify a preset contact address according to the will of the monitoring subject.
[0131] この老人用ペンダント 1は、図 1に示すように、行動センサユニット 10と、救援依頼信 号送信装置 50と、報知部 60と、操作部 70と、が筐体 5 (図 2参照)に備えられて構成 されている。  [0131] As shown in Fig. 1, the pendant 1 for elderly people includes a behavior sensor unit 10, a rescue request signal transmission device 50, a notification unit 60, and an operation unit 70, and a housing 5 (see Fig. 2). ).
[0132] 行動センサユニット 10は、周知の MPU31 (マイクロプロセッサユニット)および各種 センサを備えており、 MPU31は各種センサを構成するセンサ素子が検査対象 (湿 度、風速等)を良好に検出することができるように、例えば、センサ素子の温度に最適 化するためのヒータを駆動させる等の処理を行う。  [0132] The behavior sensor unit 10 includes a well-known MPU31 (microprocessor unit) and various sensors, and the MPU31 has a sensor element that constitutes various sensors to detect the inspection target (humidity, wind speed, etc.) well. For example, a process such as driving a heater for optimizing the temperature of the sensor element is performed.
[0133] 行動センサユニット 10は、各種センサとして、 3次元加速度センサ 11 (3DGセンサ) と、 3軸ジャイロセンサ 13と、筐体 5の背面に配置された温度センサ 15と、筐体 5の背 面に配置された湿度センサ 17と、筐体 5の正面に配置された温度センサ 19と、筐体 5の正面に配置された湿度センサ 21と、筐体 5の正面に配置された照度センサ 23と 、筐体の背面に配置された濡れセンサ 25と、老人用ペンダント 1の現在地を検出す る GPS受信機 27と、風速センサ 29とを備えて ヽる。 [0133] The behavior sensor unit 10 includes various sensors such as a three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 (3DG sensor), a three-axis gyro sensor 13, a temperature sensor 15 disposed on the back of the casing 5, and a back of the casing 5. Humidity sensor 17 disposed on the front surface, temperature sensor 19 disposed on the front surface of housing 5, humidity sensor 21 disposed on the front surface of housing 5, and illuminance sensor 23 disposed on the front surface of housing 5 When A wetness sensor 25 disposed on the back of the housing, a GPS receiver 27 for detecting the current location of the pendant 1 for elderly people, and a wind speed sensor 29 are provided.
[0134] また、行動センサユニット 10は、各種センサとして、心電センサ 33 (第 1心拍数検出 手段)、心音センサ 35 (第 2心拍数検出手段)、マイク 37 (集音手段)も備えている。 なお、各温度センサ 15, 19、および各湿度センサ 17, 21は、筐体 5の外部空気の温 度または湿度を検査対象として測定を行う。  [0134] The behavior sensor unit 10 also includes an electrocardiogram sensor 33 (first heart rate detection means), a heart sound sensor 35 (second heart rate detection means), and a microphone 37 (sound collection means) as various sensors. Yes. Each temperature sensor 15, 19 and each humidity sensor 17, 21 measure the temperature or humidity of the outside air of the housing 5 as an inspection target.
[0135] 3次元加速度センサ 11は、老人用ペンダント 1に加えられる互いに直交する 3方向( 鉛直方向(Z方向)、筐体 5の幅方向(Y方向)、および筐体 5の厚み方向(X方向) )に おける加速度を検出し、この検出結果を出力する(3次元加速度検出手段)。なお、 本実施例においては、鉛直方向上向き、筐体 5の背面 5bから正面 5aに向力 方向、 および筐体 5の背面 5b力 正面 5aに向力 方向に見て筐体 5の右側に向力う方向を 正方向と定義する。  [0135] The three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 includes three directions (vertical direction (Z direction), width direction (Y direction) of the casing 5, and thickness direction of the casing 5 (X Direction)), and the detection result is output (three-dimensional acceleration detection means). In this embodiment, the vertical direction is upward, the direction of force is directed from the rear surface 5b of the housing 5 to the front surface 5a, and the direction of the rear surface 5b force of the housing 5 is directed toward the front surface 5a. The direction of force is defined as the positive direction.
[0136] 3軸ジャイロセンサ 13は、老人用ペンダント 1にカ卩えられる角速度として、鉛直方向( Z方向)と、該鉛直方向とは直交する任意の 2方向(筐体 5の幅方向(Y方向)、および 筐体 5の厚み方向(X方向))における角加速度 (各方向における左回りの各速度を 正とする)を検出し、この検出結果を出力する(3次元角加速度検出手段)。  [0136] The three-axis gyro sensor 13 has a vertical direction (Z direction) and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction (Y direction of the casing 5 (Y Direction) and angular acceleration in the thickness direction of the housing 5 (X direction) (each counterclockwise velocity in each direction is positive) and outputs the detection result (three-dimensional angular acceleration detection means) .
[0137] 温度センサ 15, 19は、例えば温度に応じて電気抵抗が変化するサーミスタ素子を 備えて構成されている。なお、本実施例においては、温度センサ 15, 19は摂氏温度 を検出し、以下の説明に記載する温度表示は全て摂氏温度で行うものとする。  [0137] The temperature sensors 15 and 19 include, for example, a thermistor element whose electric resistance changes according to temperature. In this embodiment, the temperature sensors 15 and 19 detect the Celsius temperature, and all temperature displays described in the following explanation are performed at the Celsius temperature.
[0138] 湿度センサ 17, 21は、例えば周知の高分子膜湿度センサとして構成されている。  [0138] The humidity sensors 17 and 21 are configured as, for example, well-known polymer film humidity sensors.
この高分子膜湿度センサは、相対湿度の変化に応じて高分子膜に含まれる水分の 量が変化し、誘電率が変化するコンデンサとして構成されている。  This polymer film humidity sensor is configured as a capacitor in which the amount of water contained in the polymer film changes according to the change in relative humidity, and the dielectric constant changes.
[0139] 照度センサ 23は、例えばフォトトランジスタを備えた周知の照度センサとして構成さ れている。  [0139] The illuminance sensor 23 is configured as a well-known illuminance sensor including a phototransistor, for example.
[0140] 風速センサ 29は、例えば周知の風速センサであって、ヒータ温度を所定温度に維 持する際に必要な電力 (放熱量)から風速を算出する。  [0140] The wind speed sensor 29 is, for example, a well-known wind speed sensor, and calculates the wind speed from the electric power (heat radiation amount) necessary for maintaining the heater temperature at a predetermined temperature.
[0141] 心音センサ 35は、監視対象者の心臓の拍動による振動を捉える振動センサとして 構成されており、 MPU31は心音センサ 35による検出結果とマイク 37から入力される 心音とを鑑みて、拍動による振動や騒音と、他の振動や騒音とを識別する。 [0141] The heart sound sensor 35 is configured as a vibration sensor that captures vibration caused by the heartbeat of the monitoring subject, and the MPU 31 receives the detection result from the heart sound sensor 35 and the microphone 37. In view of the heart sound, the vibration and noise caused by pulsation are distinguished from other vibrations and noise.
[0142] なお、濡れセンサ 25および心電センサ 33については後述する。  [0142] The wetting sensor 25 and the electrocardiographic sensor 33 will be described later.
[0143] 救援依頼信号送信装置 50は、周知の MPU51と、無線電話ユニット 53と、訪問先 メモリ 55と、を備え、図示しない入出力インターフェイスを介して行動センサユニット 1 0を構成する各種センサからの検出信号を取得可能に構成されている。そして、救援 依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51は、この行動センサユニット 10による検出結果や、 操作部 70を介して入力される入力信号、 ROM (図示省略)に格納されたプログラム に応じた処理を実行する。 [0143] The rescue request signal transmitting device 50 includes a well-known MPU 51, a wireless telephone unit 53, and a visited memory 55, and includes various sensors constituting the behavior sensor unit 10 via an input / output interface (not shown). The detection signal can be obtained. Then, the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50 executes processing according to the detection result by the behavior sensor unit 10, the input signal input via the operation unit 70, and the program stored in the ROM (not shown). To do.
[0144] 具体的には、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51は、監視対象者が行う特定の 動作を検出する動作検出装置としての機能、監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位 置関係検出装置としての機能、監視対象者により行われる運動の負荷を検出する運 動負荷検出装置としての機能、および MPU51による処理結果を送信する機能を実 行する。なお、 ROMには、後述する各種処理にて参照される種々の閾値や数値範 囲が格納されている。 [0144] Specifically, the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50 functions as an operation detection device that detects a specific operation performed by the monitoring subject, and a positional relationship detection that detects a positional relationship with the monitoring subject. A function as a device, a function as a motion load detection device that detects a load of exercise performed by a person to be monitored, and a function that transmits a processing result by the MPU 51 are executed. The ROM stores various threshold values and numerical ranges that are referred to in various processes described later.
[0145] 無線電話ユニット 53は、例えば携帯電話の基地局と通信可能に構成されており( 通信手段)、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51は、該 MPU51による処理結果を 報知部 60に対して出力したり、無線電話ユニット 53を介して予め設定された送信先 に対して送信したりする。  [0145] The radio telephone unit 53 is configured to be communicable with, for example, a mobile phone base station (communication means), and the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitter 50 transmits the processing result of the MPU 51 to the notification unit 60. Or output to a preset destination via the wireless telephone unit 53.
[0146] 訪問先メモリ 55は、監視対象者の訪問先の位置情報を記憶するための記憶領域と して機能する。この訪問先メモリ 55には、監視対象者の訪問先として、病院、公民館 、福祉施設、介護施設等の監視対象者が保護してもらえる可能性が高い公共施設 の位置情報が予め登録されており、これらの位置情報に加えて、後述する立ち回り 先登録処理 (図 46参照)にお 、て監視対象者毎に位置情報を追加登録できる。  [0146] The visited memory 55 functions as a storage area for storing the location information of the visited site of the monitoring target person. In this visited memory 55, the location information of public facilities that are highly likely to be protected by the monitored people such as hospitals, public halls, welfare facilities, nursing care facilities, etc. is registered in advance as the visited sites of the monitored people. In addition to the position information, position information can be additionally registered for each person to be monitored in a turnaround destination registration process (see FIG. 46) described later.
[0147] 報知部 60は、例えば、 LCDや有機 ELディスプレイとして構成されたディスプレイ 6 1と、例えば 7色に発光可能な LED力もなる電飾 63と、スピーカ 65とを備えている。 報知部 60を構成する各部は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51により駆動制御 される。  The notification unit 60 includes, for example, a display 61 configured as an LCD or an organic EL display, an electric decoration 63 having LED power capable of emitting light in seven colors, and a speaker 65, for example. Each unit constituting the notification unit 60 is driven and controlled by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0148] 次に、操作部 70としては、タツチパッド 71と、確認ボタン 73と、指紋センサ 75 (バイ オメトリタス認証手段)と、救援依頼レバー 77とを備えている。 [0148] Next, the operation unit 70 includes a touch pad 71, a confirmation button 73, a fingerprint sensor 75 (bi-directional). Ometritas authentication means) and a rescue request lever 77.
[0149] タツチパッド 71は、使用者 (監視対象者や監視対象者の保護者等)により触れられ た位置や圧力に応じた信号を出力する。  [0149] The touch pad 71 outputs a signal corresponding to the position or pressure touched by the user (monitoring person or guardian of the monitoring person).
[0150] 確認ボタン 73は、使用者に押下されると内蔵されたスィッチの接点が閉じるように 構成されており、救援依頼信号送信装置 50にて確認ボタン 73が押下されたことを検 出することができるよう〖こされて!/、る。  [0150] The confirmation button 73 is configured so that the contact of the built-in switch is closed when pressed by the user, and detects that the confirmation button 73 is pressed by the rescue request signal transmission device 50. I was beaten up so that I could do it!
[0151] 指紋センサ 75は、周知の指紋センサであって、例えば、光学式センサを用いて指 紋を読みとることができるよう構成されている(後述する図 2では図示省略)。なお、指 紋センサ 75に換えて、例えば掌の静脈の形状を認識するセンサ等、人間の身体的 特徴を認識することができる手段 (バイオメトリタス認証をすることができる手段:個人 を特定することができる手段)であれば、採用することができる。  [0151] The fingerprint sensor 75 is a well-known fingerprint sensor, and is configured to read a fingerprint using an optical sensor, for example (not shown in FIG. 2 described later). Instead of the fingerprint sensor 75, a means for recognizing human physical characteristics, such as a sensor for recognizing the shape of a palm vein (means capable of biometrics authentication: identifying an individual) Can be employed.
[0152] また、救援依頼レバー 77につ 、ては後述する(図 54参照)。  [0152] The rescue request lever 77 will be described later (see FIG. 54).
[0153] 次に、老人用ペンダント 1の形状について図 2Aを用いて説明する。図 2Aは、老人 用ペンダント 1の概略形状を示す斜視図である。  [0153] Next, the shape of the pendant 1 for elderly people will be described with reference to FIG. 2A. FIG. 2A is a perspective view showing a schematic shape of the pendant 1 for old people.
[0154] 図 2Aに示すように、老人用ペンダント 1の筐体 5は、略直方体形状を有し、この筐 体 5に内蔵された GPS受信機 27が GPS衛星力もの信号を受信するための GPSアン テナ 57が筐体 5の外部に配置されている。老人用ペンダント 1は、監視対象者が筐 体 5の上面 5cに設けられた取付部 7aに結ばれたストラップ 7を監視対象者の首に掛 けて使用することを想定して設計されており、この GPSアンテナ 57は、監視対象者が ストラップ 7を首に掛けたときに首の真後ろに来る位置に配置されている。  [0154] As shown in FIG. 2A, the case 5 of the pendant 1 for elderly people has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the GPS receiver 27 incorporated in the case 5 is for receiving a signal of GPS satellite power. A GPS antenna 57 is placed outside the housing 5. The elderly pendant 1 is designed on the assumption that the person to be monitored will use the strap 7 connected to the mounting part 7a provided on the upper surface 5c of the case 5 on the neck of the person to be monitored. The GPS antenna 57 is arranged at a position that comes directly behind the neck when the person to be monitored puts the strap 7 on the neck.
[0155] なお、ストラップ 7には GPSアンテナ 57により受信した信号を筐体 5内部に誘導する ための信号線が内包されている。また、このストラップ 7における GPSアンテナ 57の 近傍には、電極部 59が形成されている。つまり、ストラップ 7には電極部 59に対応す る信号線も、 GPSアンテナ 57の信号線とは別に内包されている。  [0155] The strap 7 includes a signal line for guiding the signal received by the GPS antenna 57 into the housing 5. In addition, an electrode part 59 is formed in the vicinity of the GPS antenna 57 in the strap 7. That is, the strap 7 includes a signal line corresponding to the electrode portion 59 separately from the signal line of the GPS antenna 57.
[0156] ここで、心電センサ 33は、例えば、電極部 59と後述する第 1導電部 83との電位差 を検出することによって、監視対象者の心臓の動作状態を電気信号として検出するこ とができるように構成されている。そして、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51は、 心電センサ 33からの検出信号に基づいて心電図を生成する。 [0157] ところで、老人用ペンダント 1の正面 5aには、ディスプレイ 61、タツチパッド 71、およ び確認ボタン 73が備えられている。また、この正面 5aには、前述の温度センサ 19、 湿度センサ 21、および照度センサ 23も配置されている(図示は省略)。 Here, the electrocardiographic sensor 33 detects the operating state of the heart of the monitoring subject as an electrical signal, for example, by detecting a potential difference between the electrode unit 59 and a first conductive unit 83 described later. It is configured to be able to. Then, the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50 generates an electrocardiogram based on the detection signal from the electrocardiogram sensor 33. By the way, a display 61, a touch pad 71, and a confirmation button 73 are provided on the front surface 5a of the aged pendant 1. In addition, the temperature sensor 19, the humidity sensor 21, and the illuminance sensor 23 are also disposed on the front surface 5a (not shown).
[0158] なお、老人用ペンダント 1の背面 5bには、温度センサ 15、湿度センサ 17、濡れセン サ 25が配置されている。  It should be noted that a temperature sensor 15, a humidity sensor 17, and a wetting sensor 25 are arranged on the back surface 5b of the elderly pendant 1.
[0159] そして、老人用ペンダント 1の上面には、前述の取付部 7aにカ卩えて、電飾 63および スピーカ 65が配置されて!、る。  [0159] Then, on the upper surface of the pendant 1 for elderly people, an electric decoration 63 and a speaker 65 are arranged in addition to the mounting portion 7a.
[0160] ここで、濡れセンサ 25について図 2Bおよび図 2Cを用いて説明する。なお、図 2B は老人用ペンダント 1の背面図、図 2Cは老人用ペンダント 1の背面における断面図 である。  Here, the wetness sensor 25 will be described with reference to FIGS. 2B and 2C. 2B is a rear view of the elderly pendant 1 and FIG. 2C is a cross-sectional view of the elderly pendant 1 on the back.
[0161] 濡れセンサ 25は、図 2Bおよび図 2Cに示すように、筐体 5の背面 5bに形成されて いる。即ち、筐体 5の背面 5bは、導体からなる導電部として構成されており、この導電 部は、溝部 87を介して、リング状に形成された第 1導電部 83と第 1導電部 83の周囲 をリング状に取り囲む第 2導電部 85とに分離されている。そして、各導電部 83, 85間 には、予め設定された電位差が与えられることになる。なお、溝部 87は、第 1導電部 83および第 2導電部 85を絶縁する機能を有する。  The wetness sensor 25 is formed on the back surface 5b of the housing 5 as shown in FIGS. 2B and 2C. That is, the back surface 5b of the housing 5 is configured as a conductive portion made of a conductor, and this conductive portion is formed between the first conductive portion 83 and the first conductive portion 83 formed in a ring shape via the groove portion 87. It is separated into a second conductive portion 85 surrounding the periphery in a ring shape. A preset potential difference is applied between the conductive portions 83 and 85. The groove portion 87 has a function of insulating the first conductive portion 83 and the second conductive portion 85.
[0162] このとき、筐体 5の背面 5bが監視対象者の皮膚に接触していなければ、各導電部 8 3, 35間で導通されることはないが、筐体 5の背面 5bが監視対象者の皮膚に接触し ており、さらに監視対象者が発汗しているときには、この汗に電気が流れるため、各 導電部 83, 85間が導通されることなる。  [0162] At this time, if the back surface 5b of the housing 5 is not in contact with the skin of the person to be monitored, conduction between the conductive parts 8 3 and 35 is not made, but the back surface 5b of the housing 5 is monitored. When the subject is in contact with the subject's skin and the subject to be perspired is sweating, electricity flows through the sweat, so that the conductive parts 83 and 85 are electrically connected.
[0163] つまり、本実施例の濡れセンサ 25は、上記のような原理を利用して監視対象者の 発汗を検出する。  That is, the wetness sensor 25 of the present embodiment detects sweating of the monitoring subject using the principle as described above.
[0164] また、図 2Cに示すように、第 1導電部 83の内側には、凹部 81が形成されており、こ の凹部 81の底面部には、温度センサ 15、湿度センサ 17、およびマイク 37が配置さ れている。このような構成にされているのは、温度センサ 15、湿度センサ 17、および マイク 37が監視対象者に直接触れないようにするためである。また、マイク 37は、監 視対象者の音声や心音 (心臓の音)を検出するために用いられる。  [0164] Further, as shown in FIG. 2C, a recess 81 is formed inside the first conductive portion 83, and a temperature sensor 15, a humidity sensor 17, and a microphone are formed on the bottom surface of the recess 81. 37 is arranged. The reason for this configuration is to prevent the temperature sensor 15, the humidity sensor 17, and the microphone 37 from directly touching the person being monitored. The microphone 37 is used to detect the voice and heart sound (heart sound) of the person being monitored.
[0165] また、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の RAM (不揮発性の RAM:図示省略)には、監 視対象者の音声を登録することができるように構成されており、救援依頼信号送信装 置 50の MPU51は、登録された監視対象者の音声の特徴 (例えば声紋)によって、 監視対象者の音声を識別する機能を有する。また、上記 RAMには単語登録がされ ており、 MPU51は監視対象者の発する特定の単語 (例えば、「助けて」や「ヘルプ」 等)、悲鳴、うめき声等を RAM参照することによって識別する機能も有する。 [0165] Also, the RAM (nonvolatile RAM: not shown) of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50 is supervised. The MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50 is configured to be able to register the sound of the person to be viewed, and the sound of the person to be monitored depends on the characteristics (for example, voice print) of the sound of the registered person to be monitored. It has a function to identify. In addition, words are registered in the above RAM, and the MPU51 is a function that identifies specific words (eg, “Help” or “Help”), screams, moans, etc. issued by the person being monitored by referring to the RAM. Also have.
[0166] [歩行判断処理]  [0166] [Walking judgment process]
上記に説明した老人用ペンダント 1において、監視対象者が歩行中であることを検 出する処理について図 3を用いて説明する。図 3は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の M PU51が実行する歩行判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  With reference to FIG. 3, the process for detecting that the monitoring target person is walking in the elderly pendant 1 described above will be described. FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing the walking determination process executed by the MCU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0167] この歩行判断処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される処理であつ て、まず、 3次元加速度センサ 11からの 3方向の出力を取得 (入力)し (S10)、これら の 3方向の出力を RAM等のメモリに一時的に格納する(S15)。なお、メモリには、例 えば 3秒間分の出力が格納される。  [0167] This walking determination process is a process that is activated periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, three-direction outputs from the three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 are acquired (input) (S10). The outputs in the three directions are temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM (S15). For example, the output for 3 seconds is stored in the memory.
[0168] 続いて、メモリに格納された 3方向の出力に基づいて、各方向における加速度のピ ーク(絶対値の極大値および極小値)をそれぞれ複数検出し、各方向におけるピーク 間時間を検出する(S20 :ピーク間時間検出手段)。そして、検出されたピーク間時間 の平均値を表すピーク周期を各方向毎に算出する (S25 :ピーク周期算出手段)。  [0168] Next, based on the outputs in the three directions stored in the memory, a plurality of acceleration peaks (absolute maximum and minimum values) in each direction are detected, and the peak-to-peak time in each direction is calculated. Detect (S20: Peak-to-peak time detection means). Then, a peak period representing the average value of the detected peak-to-peak times is calculated for each direction (S25: peak period calculating means).
[0169] 次いで、算出された各方向におけるピーク周期のうち、少なくとも 2方向のピーク周 期または該 2方向のピーク周期の倍周期が、例えば 10%の範囲内(第 1設定範囲内 )に収まって ヽるか否かを判定する(S30:歩行判断手段)。  [0169] Next, of the calculated peak periods in each direction, at least the peak period in two directions or the double period of the peak period in the two directions falls within a range of, for example, 10% (within the first set range). It is determined whether or not to hit (S30: walking determination means).
[0170] 少なくとも 2方向のピーク周期または該 2方向のピーク周期の倍周期力 10%の範 囲内であれば (S30 : Yes)、監視対象者が歩行中であるものとして歩行中信号を RA M等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S35)、歩行判断処理を終了する。また、 2方向のピー ク周期または該 2方向のピーク周期の倍周期が、 10%の範囲外であれば(S30 : No )、監視対象者が歩行中とは限らないとして歩行中不明信号を RAM等のメモリに格 納(出力)し (S40)、歩行判断処理を終了する。  [0170] If at least the peak period in two directions or within the range of 10% of the double period's peak period is 10% (S30: Yes), the signal during walking is assumed to be that the person being monitored is walking. (S35), and the walking determination process ends. If the peak period in two directions or the double period of the peak period in the two directions is outside the range of 10% (S30: No), an unidentified signal indicating that the person being monitored is not walking is detected. Store (output) in RAM or other memory (S40), and end the walking determination process.
[0171] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する歩行判断処理によれば、監視対象者が老 人用ペンダント 1を身につけて 、れば、監視対象者が歩行の際に老人用ペンダント 1 に与える周期的な加速度の変化を検出することできる。よって、監視対象者が歩行し て 、ることを半 U定することができる。 [0171] According to the walking determination process performed by the elderly pendant 1 as described above, if the person to be monitored wears the pendant 1 for the elderly person, the person to be monitored is pendant 1 for the elderly person when walking. It is possible to detect a periodic change in acceleration applied to the motor. Therefore, it is possible to determine semi-U that the monitored person is walking.
[0172] [停止判断処理]  [0172] [Stop determination process]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1において、監視対象者が停止中であることを検出する処 理について図 4を用いて説明する。図 4は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が 実行する停止判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the monitoring subject is stopped in the pendant 1 for the elderly will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing the stop determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0173] この停止判断処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される処理であつ て、まず、 3次元加速度センサ 11からの 3方向の出力を取得 (入力)し (S60)、これら の 3方向の出力を RAM等のメモリに一時的に格納する(S65)。なお、メモリには、例 えば 3秒間分の出力が格納される。  [0173] This stop determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, three-direction outputs from the three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 are acquired (input) (S60). The outputs in the three directions are temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM (S65). For example, the output for 3 seconds is stored in the memory.
[0174] 続いて、メモリに格納された 3方向の出力に基づいて、各方向における加速度のピ ークをそれぞれ検出する(S70:ピーク値検出手段)。  Subsequently, acceleration peaks in each direction are detected based on the outputs in the three directions stored in the memory (S70: peak value detecting means).
[0175] 次いで、検出された 3方向のピーク値の全てが、第 1停止判断値 (第 1停止判断閾 値)以下であるか否かを判定する(S75 :停止判断手段)。 3方向のピーク値の全てが 第 1停止判断値以下であれば (S75 :Yes)、監視対象者が停止中であるものとして停 止中信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S80)、停止判断処理を終了する。また 、全てのピーク値が第 1停止判断値以上であれば (S75 :No)、監視対象者が停止中 とは限らな 、ものとして停止中不明信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S80)、 停止判断処理を終了する。  [0175] Next, it is determined whether or not all of the detected peak values in the three directions are equal to or less than the first stop determination value (first stop determination threshold value) (S75: stop determination means). If all the peak values in the three directions are less than or equal to the first stop judgment value (S75: Yes), the stop signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S80), assuming that the monitoring subject is stopping ), The stop determination process is terminated. If all peak values are equal to or greater than the first stop judgment value (S75: No), the monitoring subject is not necessarily stopped, and an unknown stop signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM. (S80), the stop determination process is terminated.
[0176] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する停止判断処理によれば、監視対象者が老 人用ペンダント 1を身につけていれば、監視対象者が停止の際に老人用ペンダント 1 に与える加速度の変化がほとんど感じられないことを検出することができるので、監視 対象者が停止している力否かを判定することができる。  [0176] According to the stop determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1 as described above, if the monitoring subject wears the elderly pendant 1, the monitoring subject gives the elderly pendant 1 when stopping. Since it can be detected that almost no change in acceleration is felt, it is possible to determine whether or not the monitoring target is at a stop.
[0177] [座り動作判断処理]  [0177] [Sitting motion judgment process]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1において、監視対象者が座り動作中であることを検出する 処理について図 5を用いて説明する。図 5は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51 が実行する座り動作判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the person to be monitored is sitting in the elderly pendant 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing the sitting motion determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0178] この座り動作判断処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される処理で あって、まず、 3次元加速度センサ 11からの 3方向の出力を取得 (入力)し (SI 10)、 これらの 3方向の出力を RAM等のメモリに一時的に格納する(S115)。なお、メモリ には、例えば 3秒間分の出力が格納される。 [0178] This sitting motion determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, three-direction outputs from the three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 are acquired (input) (SI 10), and these three-direction outputs are temporarily stored in a memory such as a RAM (S115). The memory stores the output for 3 seconds, for example.
[0179] 続いて、メモリに格納された 3方向の出力に基づいて、各方向における加速度のピ ークをそれぞれ検出する(S120 :ピーク値検出手段)。  Subsequently, based on the outputs in the three directions stored in the memory, acceleration peaks in each direction are detected (S120: peak value detecting means).
[0180] 次いで、検出された鉛直方向下向き(一 Z方向)におけるピーク値が座り動作判断 値以上であって、かつ水平方向(X方向、および Y方向)におけるピーク値の両方が 第 2停止判断閾値未満であるか否かを判定する (S125 :座り動作判断手段)。鉛直 方向下向きにおけるピーク値が座り動作判断値以上であって、かつ水平方向におけ るピーク値の両方が第 2停止判断閾値未満であれば (S125 :Yes)、監視対象者が 座り動作中であるものとして座り動作信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S130) 、座り動作判断処理を終了する。  [0180] Next, the detected peak value in the vertical direction (one Z direction) is equal to or greater than the sitting movement determination value, and both the peak values in the horizontal direction (X direction and Y direction) are determined to be the second stop. It is determined whether it is less than the threshold value (S125: sitting motion determination means). If the peak value in the vertical downward direction is greater than or equal to the sitting movement determination value and both the peak values in the horizontal direction are less than the second stop determination threshold (S125: Yes), the monitored person is sitting As a result, the sitting motion signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S130), and the sitting motion determination process is terminated.
[0181] 鉛直方向下向きにおけるピーク値が座り動作判断値未満である力、或いは水平方 向におけるピーク値の何れかが第 2停止判断閾値以上であれば (S 125 : No)、監視 対象者が座り動作中とは限らな 、ものとして座り動作不明信号を RAM等のメモリに 格納(出力)し (S 135)、座り動作判断処理を終了する。  [0181] If either the force in which the peak value in the downward direction in the vertical direction is less than the sitting motion determination value or the peak value in the horizontal direction is greater than or equal to the second stop determination threshold (S 125: No), The sitting motion unknown signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S135), and the sitting motion determination process is terminated.
[0182] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する座り動作判断処理によれば、監視対象者 が老人用ペンダント 1を身につけていれば、監視対象者が座り動作をしている際に、 鉛直方向下向きの加速度を検出し、その他の方向の加速度がほとんど感じられない ことを検出することができるので、監視対象者が座り動作中であるか否かを判定する ことができる。  [0182] According to the sitting movement determination process performed by the elderly pendant 1, if the monitored person wears the elderly pendant 1, the vertical movement is performed when the monitored person is sitting. By detecting the downward acceleration in the direction and detecting that the acceleration in the other direction is hardly felt, it is possible to determine whether or not the monitoring target person is sitting.
[0183] [立ち上がり動作判断処理]  [0183] [Rising motion judgment process]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1において、監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中であることを検 出する処理について図 6を用いて説明する。図 6は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の M PU51が実行する立ち上がり動作判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the monitoring target person is standing up in the elderly pendant 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing a rising motion determination process executed by the MCU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0184] この立ち上がり動作判断処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される 処理であって、まず、 3次元加速度センサ 11からの 3方向の出力を取得 (入力)し (S 160)、これらの 3方向の出力を RAM等のメモリに一時的に格納する(S165)。なお 、メモリには、例えば 3秒間分の出力が格納される。 [0184] This rising motion determination process is a process that is activated periodically (eg, every 10 ms), and first acquires (inputs) the three-directional output from the three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 (S 160) These three outputs are temporarily stored in a memory such as a RAM (S165). In addition For example, the output for 3 seconds is stored in the memory.
[0185] 続いて、メモリに格納された 3方向の出力に基づいて、各方向における加速度のピ ークをそれぞれ検出する(S170 :ピーク値検出手段)。  Subsequently, acceleration peaks in each direction are detected based on the outputs in the three directions stored in the memory (S170: peak value detecting means).
[0186] 次いで、検出された鉛直方向上向き(+Z方向)におけるピーク値が立ち上がり動 作判断値以上であって、かつ水平方向(X方向、および Y方向)におけるピーク値の 両方が第 3停止判断閾値未満である力否かを判定する(S175 :立ち上がり動作判断 手段)。鉛直方向上向きにおけるピーク値が立ち上がり動作判断値以上であって、か つ水平方向におけるピーク値の両方が第 3停止判断閾値未満であれば (S175 :Yes )、監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中であるものとして立ち上がり動作信号を RAM等 のメモリに格納(出力)し (S180)、立ち上がり動作判断処理を終了する。  [0186] Next, the detected peak value in the vertical direction upward (+ Z direction) is equal to or higher than the rising operation judgment value, and both the peak values in the horizontal direction (X direction and Y direction) are the third stop. It is determined whether or not the force is less than the determination threshold (S175: rising motion determination means). If the peak value in the upward direction in the vertical direction is equal to or greater than the judgment value for rising motion and both the peak values in the horizontal direction are less than the third stop judgment threshold value (S175: Yes), the person being monitored is in the standing motion. As a result, the rising operation signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S180), and the rising operation determination process is terminated.
[0187] 鉛直方向上向きにおけるピーク値が立ち上がり動作判断値未満であるか、或いは 水平方向におけるピーク値の何れ力ゝが第 3停止判断閾値以上であれば(S175 :No) 、監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中とは限らないものとして立ち上がり動作不明信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S 185)、立ち上がり動作判断処理を終了する。  [0187] If the peak value in the upward direction in the vertical direction is less than the judgment value for rising motion, or if any of the peak values in the horizontal direction is greater than or equal to the third stop judgment threshold value (S175: No), the person to be monitored stands up. The rising operation unknown signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S185), and the rising operation determining process is terminated.
[0188] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する立ち上がり動作判断処理によれば、監視 対象者が老人用ペンダント 1を身につけていれば、監視対象者が立ち上がり動作を している際に、鉛直方向上向きの加速度を検出し、その他の方向の加速度がほとん ど感じられないことを検出することができるので、監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中で ある力否かを判定することができる。  [0188] According to the rising motion determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1 as described above, if the monitoring subject wears the elderly pendant 1, when the monitoring subject is standing up, Since the acceleration in the upward direction can be detected and it can be detected that the acceleration in the other direction is hardly felt, it is possible to determine whether or not the person being monitored is in a standing motion.
[0189] [右ターン動作判断処理]  [0189] [Right turn motion judgment process]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1において、監視対象者が右ターン動作中であることを検 出する処理について図 7を用いて説明する。図 7は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の M PU51が実行する右ターン動作判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the monitoring target person is performing a right turn operation in the elderly pendant 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing a right turn operation determination process executed by the MCU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0190] この右ターン動作判断処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される処 理であって、まず、 3軸ジャイロセンサ 13からの 3方向の出力を取得(入力)し(S210 )、これらの 3方向の出力を RAM等のメモリに一時的に格納する(S215)。なお、メモ リには、例えば 3秒間分の出力が格納される。  [0190] This right turn motion determination process is a process that is activated periodically (for example, every 10 ms), and first acquires (inputs) three-direction outputs from the three-axis gyro sensor 13 (S210 ), And temporarily store the outputs in these three directions in a memory such as a RAM (S215). In memory, for example, the output for 3 seconds is stored.
[0191] 次いで、メモリに格納された出力結果に基づいて、予め設定された角度判定時間( 例えば 2秒)内における鉛直方向を回転軸とする正方向(鉛直方向上向きに左回転。 つまり、監視対象者にとっては右回転)の回転角度を検出する(S220)。そして、この 正方向の回転角度が例えば 30度 (角度設定閾値)を超えている力否かを判定する( S225 :順方向ターン動作判断手段)。 [0191] Next, based on the output result stored in the memory, a preset angle determination time ( For example, the rotation angle is detected in the positive direction (rotating leftward in the vertical direction upward direction, that is, rotating to the right for the monitoring subject) with the vertical direction within 2 seconds (S220). Then, it is determined whether or not the force in which the rotation angle in the positive direction exceeds, for example, 30 degrees (angle setting threshold) (S225: forward turn motion determination means).
[0192] 正方向の回転角度が 30度を超えていれば (S225 : Yes)、監視対象者が右方向タ ーン動作中であるものとして右ターン動作信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S 230)、右ターン動作判断処理を終了する。また、正方向の回転角度が 30度を超え ていなければ (S225 :No) )、監視対象者が右方向ターン動作中とは限らないものと して、右ターン動作不明信号を出力し (S235)、右ターン動作判断処理を終了する。  [0192] If the rotation angle in the positive direction exceeds 30 degrees (S225: Yes), store the right-turn motion signal in a memory such as RAM (output) as if the person being monitored is turning in the right direction. (S 230), and the right turn motion determination process is terminated. If the rotation angle in the positive direction does not exceed 30 degrees (S225: No)), it is assumed that the person being monitored is not in the right turn motion and outputs a right turn motion unknown signal (S235 ), The right turn motion determination process is terminated.
[0193] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する右ターン動作判断処理によれば、監視対 象者が老人用ペンダント 1を身につけていれば、監視対象者が順方向にターン(回 転)した際に鉛直方向を回転軸とする正方向の回転角度を検出することができるので 、監視対象者が順方向にターンした力否かを判定することができる  [0193] According to the right turn movement determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1, if the person to be monitored wears the pendant 1 for the elderly person, the person to be monitored turns (rotates) in the forward direction. Since the rotation angle in the positive direction with the vertical direction as the axis of rotation can be detected, it is possible to determine whether or not the monitoring target is turned in the forward direction.
[左ターン動作判断処理]  [Left turn motion judgment process]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1において、監視対象者が左ターン動作中であることを検 出する処理について図 8を用いて説明する。図 8は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の M PU51が実行する左ターン動作判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the monitoring target person is performing a left turn operation in the elderly pendant 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing a left turn operation determination process executed by the MCU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0194] この左ターン動作判断処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される処 理であって、まず、 3軸ジャイロセンサ 13からの 3方向の出力を取得(入力)し(S260 )、これらの 3方向の出力を RAM等のメモリに一時的に格納する(S265)。なお、メモ リには、例えば 3秒間分の出力が格納される。  [0194] This left-turn operation determination process is a process that is activated periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, three-direction outputs from the three-axis gyro sensor 13 are acquired (input) (S260). ), These three outputs are temporarily stored in a memory such as a RAM (S265). In memory, for example, the output for 3 seconds is stored.
[0195] 次いで、メモリに格納された出力結果に基づいて、予め設定された角度判定時間( 例えば 2秒)内における鉛直方向を回転軸とする負方向(鉛直方向上向きに右回転。 つまり、監視対象者にとっては左回転)の回転角度を検出する(S270)。そして、この 負方向の回転角度が例えば 30度 (角度設定閾値)を超えている力否かを判定する( S275:逆方向ターン動作判断手段)。  [0195] Next, based on the output result stored in the memory, the negative direction (vertical upward upward rotation in the vertical direction within the angle determination time (for example, 2 seconds) set in advance, for example, 2 seconds). The rotation angle of left rotation for the subject is detected (S270). Then, it is determined whether or not the force in which the rotation angle in the negative direction exceeds, for example, 30 degrees (angle setting threshold) (S275: reverse turn operation determination means).
[0196] 負方向の回転角度が 30度を超えていれば (S275 : Yes)、監視対象者が左方向タ ーン動作中であるものとして左ターン動作信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S 280)、左ターン動作判断処理を終了する。また、負方向の回転角度が 30度を超え ていなければ (S275 :No) )、監視対象者が右方向ターン動作中とは限らないものと して、左ターン動作不明信号を出力し (S285)、左ターン動作判断処理を終了する。 [0196] If the rotation angle in the negative direction exceeds 30 degrees (S275: Yes), the left turn operation signal is stored in a memory such as RAM (output) as if the monitored person is in the left turn operation. ) (S 280), the left turn motion determination process is terminated. If the rotation angle in the negative direction does not exceed 30 degrees (S275: No)), the left turn operation unknown signal is output assuming that the monitoring target is not necessarily in the right turn operation (S285 ), The left turn motion determination process is terminated.
[0197] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する左ターン動作判断処理によれば、監視対 象者が老人用ペンダント 1を身につけていれば、監視対象者が逆方向にターン(回 転)した際に鉛直方向を回転軸とする負方向の回転角度を検出することができるので 、監視対象者が逆方向にターンした力否かを判定することができる [0197] According to such a left turn motion determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1, if the person to be monitored wears the pendant 1 for the elderly person, the person to be monitored turns (rotates) in the reverse direction. Since the rotation angle in the negative direction with the vertical direction as the axis of rotation can be detected, it is possible to determine whether or not the monitoring target is turned in the reverse direction
[地肌接触状態判断処理]  [Skin contact state judgment processing]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触した状態であることを検出す る処理について図 9を用いて説明する。図 9は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU 51が実行する地肌接触状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the pendant 1 for elderly people is in contact with the background of the monitoring subject will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the background contact state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0198] この地肌接触状態判断処理は、後述する地肌接触服外状態判断処理 (図 10)や、 地肌接触服内状態判断処理 (図 11)の処理中に実行される処理であって、まず、背 面の温度センサ 15からの出力、背面の湿度センサ 17からの出力、正面の温度セン サ 19からの出力、および正面の湿度センサ 21からの出力を取得 (入力)する(S310 〜S325)。 [0198] The background contact state determination process is a process executed during the process of the background contact out-of-clothes state determination process (Fig. 10) and the background contact out-of-clothes state determination process (Figure 11). Obtain (input) the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface, the output from the humidity sensor 17 on the back surface, the output from the temperature sensor 19 on the front surface, and the output from the humidity sensor 21 on the front surface (S310 to S325) .
[0199] そして、背面の温度センサ 15が検出した温度が 30〜40度の範囲内(地肌判定範 囲内)であるか否かを判定する(S330:地肌温度範囲判定手段)。背面の温度セン サ 15が検出した温度が 30〜40度の範囲内であれば(S330 : Yes)、背面の温度セ ンサ 15および正面の温度センサ 19により検出された温度同士の温度差力 例えば 2 度 (地肌温度判定閾値)以上であるか否かを判定する(S335:地肌温度差判定手段 [0199] Then, it is determined whether or not the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface is within the range of 30 to 40 degrees (within the background determination range) (S330: background temperature range determination means). If the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface is within the range of 30 to 40 degrees (S330: Yes), the temperature differential force between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface and the temperature sensor 19 on the front surface. It is determined whether or not it is 2 degrees (background temperature determination threshold) or more (S335: background temperature difference determination means)
) o ) o
[0200] 各温度センサ 15, 19により検出された温度同士の温度差が 2度未満であると判定 されると(S335 :No)、各湿度センサ 17, 21により検出された相対湿度同士の湿度 差が 5% (地肌湿度判定閾値)以上相違して!/、るか否かを判定する(S340:地肌湿 度差判定手段)。  [0200] If it is determined that the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors 15, 19 is less than 2 degrees (S335: No), the humidity between the relative humidity detected by the humidity sensors 17, 21 It is determined whether the difference is more than 5% (background moisture determination threshold) or more! /, (S340: Background moisture difference determining means).
[0201] 各温度センサ 15, 19により検出された温度同士の温度差が 2度以上であると判定 された場合(S335 : No)、および各湿度センサ 17, 21により検出された相対湿度同 士の湿度差が 5% (地肌湿度判定閾値)以上相違している場合 (S340 : Yes)には、 老人用ペンダント 1が使用者の地肌に接触しているものとして、地肌接触状態信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S345)、地肌接触状態判断処理を終了する。 [0201] When it is determined that the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors 15 and 19 is 2 degrees or more (S335: No), and the relative humidity detected by the humidity sensors 17 and 21 is the same. If the humidity difference between the technicians is more than 5% (background moisture judgment threshold) or more (S340: Yes), it is assumed that the pendant 1 for the elderly is in contact with the user's background, and the background contact status signal is stored in the RAM. (S345), and finishes the background contact state determination process.
[0202] 一方、背面の温度センサ 15が検出した温度が 30〜40度の範囲外である場合(S3 30 : No)、および各湿度センサ 17, 21により検出された湿度同士の湿度差が 5%未 満である場合には、老人用ペンダント 1が使用者の地肌に接触しているとは限らない ものとして地肌接触状態不明信号を出力し (S350)、地肌接触状態判断処理を終了 する。なお、 S330〜S340の処理は、地肌接触状態判断手段に相当する。  [0202] On the other hand, when the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 15 on the back is outside the range of 30 to 40 degrees (S3 30: No), and the humidity difference between the humidity detected by each humidity sensor 17, 21 is 5 If it is less than%, it is assumed that the elderly pendant 1 is not in contact with the user's background, and a background contact state unknown signal is output (S350), and the background contact state determination process is terminated. Note that the processing of S330 to S340 corresponds to the background contact state determination means.
[0203] このように温度センサ 15, 19および湿度センサ 17, 21が互いに筐体の正面 5aお よび背面に配置された老人用ペンダント 1において、背面の温度センサ 15および背 面の湿度センサ 17が監視対象者の地肌に接触している場合には、体温や発汗の影 響を受けるので、この温度センサおよび湿度センサからの出力は、他方の温度セン サおよび湿度センサの出力に対して一定以上の温度差および湿度差が生じるはず である。このため、老人用ペンダント 1においては、各温度センサおよび湿度センサ による検出結果の差分に基づいて、閾値以上の温度差および湿度差を検出するよう にしている。  [0203] In this way, the temperature sensor 15, 19 and the humidity sensor 17, 21 are placed on the front 5a and the back of the housing, respectively. If you are in contact with the subject's skin, you will be affected by body temperature and sweating, so the output from this temperature sensor and humidity sensor will be above a certain level relative to the output of the other temperature sensor and humidity sensor. There should be a temperature difference and a humidity difference. For this reason, the elderly pendant 1 detects a temperature difference and a humidity difference equal to or greater than a threshold value based on the difference between the detection results of the temperature sensors and the humidity sensor.
[0204] また、筐体 5の背面が監視対象者の地肌に接触していないときの誤検出を防止す るために、各温度センサ 15, 19や各湿度センサ 17, 21による温度差や湿度差を検 出する前に、背面の温度センサ 15による検出温度が監視対象者の体温に近い温度 であるか否かを検出して 、る。  [0204] Also, in order to prevent false detection when the back of the housing 5 is not in contact with the background of the person being monitored, the temperature difference and humidity by each temperature sensor 15, 19 and each humidity sensor 17, 21 Before detecting the difference, it is detected whether the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface is close to the body temperature of the person being monitored.
[0205] よって、このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌接触状態判断処理によれば、 老人用ペンダント 1が使用者の地肌に接触していることを確実に検出することができ る。  Therefore, according to the background contact state determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1 as described above, it is possible to reliably detect that the elderly pendant 1 is in contact with the user's background.
[0206] [地肌接触服外状態判断処理]  [0206] [Skin contact out-of-clothes state determination processing]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触した状態で監視対象者の衣 服の外側にあることを検出する処理について図 10を用いて説明する。図 10は、救援 依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌接触服外状態判断処理を示すフ ローチャートである。 [0207] この地肌接触服外状態判断処理においては、周期的 (例えば 10ms毎)に起動さ れる処理であって、まず、前述の地肌接触状態判断処理(図 9)を実行する(S360)。 そして、 RAM等のメモリを参照し、地肌接触状態判断処理において地肌接触状態 が出力された力否かを判定する(S365)。 Next, a process for detecting that the elderly pendant 1 is outside the clothing of the monitoring subject while in contact with the background of the monitoring subject will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing the ground contact clothing outside state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50. [0207] The background contact out-of-clothes state determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, the above-described background contact state determination process (Fig. 9) is executed (S360). Then, with reference to a memory such as a RAM, it is determined whether or not the background contact state is output in the background contact state determination process (S365).
[0208] 地肌接触状態判断処理において地肌接触状態が出力されていなければ (S365 :  [0208] If the background contact state is not output in the background contact state determination processing (S365:
No)、この地肌接触服外状態判断処理を終了する。  No), this background contact out-of-clothes state determination process is terminated.
[0209] また、地肌接触状態判断処理において地肌接触状態が出力されていれば (S365 :  [0209] If the background contact state is output in the background contact state determination processing (S365:
Yes)、正面の湿度センサ 21の出力を取得(入力)し(S370)、正面の湿度センサ 21 の出力を 1分毎に RAM等のメモリに一時的に格納する(S375)。なお、メモリには、 例えば 10分間分の出力が格納される。  Yes), obtain (input) the output of the front humidity sensor 21 (S370), and temporarily store the output of the front humidity sensor 21 in a memory such as RAM every minute (S375). For example, the output for 10 minutes is stored in the memory.
[0210] 続いて、例えば 10分間以内(第 1湿度変化判定時間内)に、メモリに格納された正 面の湿度センサ 21からの出力力 例えば 10% (第 1湿度変化判定閾値)以上の湿度 の変化を 2回以上示したか否かを判定する(S380:地肌接触服外状態判断手段)。 湿度センサ 21からの出力力 10%以上の湿度の変化を 2回以上示せば(S380 : Ye s)、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触した状態で衣服の外側にあるも のとして地肌接触服外状態信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S385)、地肌接 触服外状態判断処理を終了する。  [0210] Subsequently, for example, within 10 minutes (within the first humidity change judgment time), the output force from the front humidity sensor 21 stored in the memory, for example, a humidity of 10% (first humidity change judgment threshold) or more. It is determined whether or not the change in the condition has been indicated twice or more (S380: means for determining the out-of-skin contact condition). If the change in humidity of 10% or more from the humidity sensor 21 is shown more than once (S380: Yes), the pendant 1 for the elderly is outside the clothing in contact with the subject's skin. The out-of-skin contact clothing state signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S385), and the out-of-skin contact clothing state determination process is terminated.
[0211] また、湿度センサ 21からの出力力 10%以上の湿度の変化を 2回未満だけ示せば  [0211] Also, if the change in humidity of 10% or more output from the humidity sensor 21 is shown less than twice
(S 380: No)老人用ペンダント 1が衣服の外側にあるとは限らな 、ものとして地肌接 触服外状態不明信号を出力し (S390)、地肌接触服外状態判断処理を終了する。  (S 380: No) The pendant 1 for the elderly is not necessarily on the outside of the garment, but an out-of-ground contact clothing state unknown signal is output (S390), and the out-of-ground contact clothing state determination process is terminated.
[0212] 即ち、老人用ペンダント 1においては、老人用ペンダント 1が衣服の外側にある場合 には、老人用ペンダント 1が衣服の内側にある場合と比較して、湿度の変化が大きく なる特性を利用して、湿度センサによる検出結果が閾値以上の変化を示す力否かに 基づいて、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の衣服の外部に位置することを検出して いる。  [0212] That is, in the elderly pendant 1, when the elderly pendant 1 is on the outside of the clothes, the change in humidity is larger than when the elderly pendant 1 is on the inside of the clothes. Based on whether or not the detection result of the humidity sensor shows a change greater than or equal to the threshold, the elderly pendant 1 is detected to be located outside the clothing of the person being monitored.
[0213] よって、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触し、かつ使用者の衣服の外 部に位置することを検出することができる。  [0213] Therefore, it can be detected that the elderly pendant 1 is in contact with the background of the person being monitored and located outside the clothes of the user.
[0214] [地肌接触服内状態判断処理] 次に、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触した状態で監視対象者の衣 服の外側にあることを検出する処理について図 11を用いて説明する。図 11は、救援 依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌接触服内状態判断処理を示すフ ローチャートである。 [0214] [Skin contact clothes state judgment process] Next, a process of detecting that the elderly pendant 1 is outside the clothing of the monitoring subject while in contact with the background of the monitoring subject will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing the ground contact in-clothing state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0215] この地肌接触服内状態判断処理においては、周期的 (例えば 10ms毎)に起動さ れる処理であって、まず、前述の地肌接触状態判断処理(図 9)を実行する(S410)。 そして、 RAM等のメモリを参照し、地肌接触状態判断処理において地肌接触状態 が出力されたカゝ否かを判定する(S415)。 [0215] This background contact clothing state determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, the above background contact state determination process (Fig. 9) is executed (S410). Then, referring to a memory such as RAM, it is determined whether or not the background contact state is output in the background contact state determination process (S415).
[0216] 地肌接触状態判断処理において地肌接触状態が出力されていなければ (S415 :  [0216] If the background contact state is not output in the background contact state determination processing (S415:
No)、この地肌接触服内状態判断処理を終了する。  No), this background contact state determination process is terminated.
[0217] また、地肌接触状態判断処理において地肌接触状態が出力されていれば (S415 :  [0217] If the background contact state is output in the background contact state determination processing (S415:
Yes)、正面の湿度センサ 21の出力を取得(入力)し(S420)、正面の湿度センサ 21 の出力を 1分毎に RAM等のメモリに一時的に格納する(S425)。なお、メモリには、 例えば 10分間分の出力が格納される。  Yes), the output of the front humidity sensor 21 is acquired (input) (S420), and the output of the front humidity sensor 21 is temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM every minute (S425). For example, the output for 10 minutes is stored in the memory.
[0218] 続いて、例えば 10分間以内(第 2湿度変化判定時間内)に、メモリに格納された正 面の湿度センサ 21からの出力力 例えば 10% (第 2湿度変化判定閾値)以上の湿度 の変化を 2回以上示したか否かを判定する(S430:地肌接触服内状態判断手段)。 湿度センサ 21からの出力力 10%以上の湿度の変化を 2回未満だけ示せば(S430 : Yes)、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触した状態で衣服の内側にあ るものとして地肌接触服内状態信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S435)、地 肌接触服内状態判断処理を終了する。  [0218] Subsequently, for example, within 10 minutes (within the second humidity change judgment time), the output force from the front humidity sensor 21 stored in the memory, for example, a humidity of 10% (second humidity change judgment threshold) or more. It is determined whether or not the change in the condition has been shown twice or more (S430: condition determining means in the skin contact clothes). If the change in humidity of 10% or more from the humidity sensor 21 is indicated less than twice (S430: Yes), the elderly pendant 1 is assumed to be inside the clothing in contact with the subject's background. Stores (outputs) the ground contact in-cloth state signal in a memory such as RAM (S435), and ends the ground contact in-cloth state determination processing.
[0219] また、湿度センサ 21からの出力力 10%以上の湿度の変化を 2回以上示せば(S4 30 :No)老人用ペンダント 1が衣服の内側にあるとは限らないものとして地肌接触服 内状態不明信号を出力し (S440)、地肌接触服内状態判断処理を終了する。  [0219] Moreover, if the change in humidity of 10% or more from the humidity sensor 21 is shown twice or more (S4 30: No), the pendant 1 for the elderly is not necessarily inside the clothes. An internal state unknown signal is output (S440), and the ground contact internal state determination process is terminated.
[0220] 即ち、老人用ペンダント 1においては、湿度センサによる検出結果が閾値未満の変 化を示すか否かに基づいて、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の衣服の内部に位置 することを検出している。  [0220] That is, the elderly pendant 1 detects that the elderly pendant 1 is located inside the clothing of the person to be monitored based on whether the detection result by the humidity sensor shows a change below the threshold. is doing.
[0221] よって、このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌接触服内状態判断処理によ れば、当該位置関係検出装置が監視対象者の地肌に接触し、かつ使用者の衣服の 内部に位置することを検出することができる。 [0221] Therefore, according to the background contact clothes internal state determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1 as described above. If this is the case, it is possible to detect that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the background of the person being monitored and located within the user's clothes.
[0222] [地肌非接触状態判断処理]  [0222] [Non-contact state judgment processing]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触していない状態であることを 検出する処理について図 12を用いて説明する。図 12は、救援依頼信号送信装置 5 0の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the elderly pendant 1 is not in contact with the background of the monitoring subject will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing the background non-contact state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0223] この地肌接触状態判断処理は、後述する地肌非接触服外状態判断処理 (図 13) や、地肌非接触服内状態判断処理(図 14)の処理中に実行される処理であって、ま ず、背面の温度センサ 15力もの出力、背面の湿度センサ 17からの出力、正面の温 度センサ 19からの出力、および正面の湿度センサ 21からの出力を取得 (入力)する( S460〜S475)。  [0223] This background contact state determination process is a process executed during the process of the background non-contact out-of-clothes state determination process (Fig. 13) and the background non-contact out-of-clothes state determination process (Fig. 14). First, obtain (input) the output of 15 power sensors from the rear temperature sensor, the output from the rear humidity sensor 17, the output from the front temperature sensor 19, and the output from the front humidity sensor 21 (S460 ~ S475).
[0224] そして、背面の温度センサ 15が検出した温度が 10〜45度の範囲外 (第 1非地肌 判定範囲外)であるか否かを判定する(S480:第 1非地肌温度範囲判定手段)。背 面の温度センサ 15が検出した温度が 10〜45度の範囲内であれば(S480 :No)、背 面の温度センサ 15および正面の温度センサ 19により検出された温度同士の温度差 力 例えば 1度 (非地肌温度判定閾値)未満であるか否かを判定する(S485:非地肌 温度差判定手段)。  [0224] Then, it is determined whether or not the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface is outside the range of 10 to 45 degrees (outside the first non-background determination range) (S480: first non-background temperature range determination means) ). If the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface is within the range of 10 to 45 degrees (S480: No), the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface and the temperature sensor 19 on the front surface. It is determined whether it is less than 1 degree (non-background temperature determination threshold) (S485: non-background temperature difference determination means).
[0225] 各温度センサ 15, 19により検出された温度同士の温度差が 1度未満であると判定 されると(S485 :Yes)、正面の温度センサ 19からの出力が 35〜38度の範囲外(第 1 非地肌判定範囲外)であるか否かを判定する(S490:第 1非地肌温度範囲判定手段 [0225] If it is determined that the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors 15 and 19 is less than 1 degree (S485: Yes), the output from the front temperature sensor 19 is in the range of 35 to 38 degrees. It is determined whether it is outside (outside the first non-background determination range) (S490: first non-background temperature range determination means)
) o ) o
[0226] 背面の温度センサ 15が検出した温度が 10〜45度の範囲外である場合(S480 :Y es)、および正面の温度センサ 19からの出力が 35〜38度の範囲外である場合(S4 90 : Yes)には、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触していないものとして 地肌非接触状態信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S495)、地肌非接触状態 判断処理を終了する。  [0226] When the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 15 on the rear surface is outside the range of 10 to 45 degrees (S480: Yes), and when the output from the temperature sensor 19 on the front surface is outside the range of 35 to 38 degrees In (S4 90: Yes), it is assumed that the pendant 1 for the elderly is not in contact with the background of the person to be monitored, and the background non-contact state signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S495). The determination process ends.
[0227] また、各温度センサ 15, 19により検出された温度同士の温度差が 1度以上であると 判定された場合(S485 :No)、および正面の温度センサ 19からの出力が 35〜38度 の範囲内である場合 (S490 :No)には、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に 接触していないとは限らないものとして地肌非接触状態不明信号を出力し (S500)、 地肌非接触状態判断処理を終了する。なお、 S480〜S490の処理は地肌非接触状 態判断手段に相当する。 [0227] In addition, when it is determined that the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors 15 and 19 is 1 degree or more (S485: No), and the output from the temperature sensor 19 on the front is 35 to 38 Every time If it is within the range of (S490: No), the elderly person's pendant 1 is not necessarily in contact with the surface of the person being monitored and outputs a non-contact state unknown signal (S500). The contact state determination process ends. Note that the processing from S480 to S490 corresponds to a background non-contact state determination means.
[0228] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触状態判断処理によれば、複数 個配置された温度センサ 15, 19による検出結果に基づいて、老人用ペンダント 1が 監視対象者の地肌に接触しているときには検出されない温度が検出された場合に、 老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触していないと判定するので、老人用 ペンダント 1が使用者の地肌に接触していないことを検出することができる。  [0228] According to the background non-contact state determination process executed by the pendant 1 for elderly people, the pendant 1 for elderly people is applied to the background of the person to be monitored based on the detection results of the temperature sensors 15 and 19 arranged in plurality. When a temperature that is not detected when touching is detected, it is determined that the elderly pendant 1 is not in contact with the subject's background, so the elderly pendant 1 is not in contact with the user's background. Can be detected.
[0229] [地肌非接触服外状態判断処理]  [0229] [Non-contacting out-of-clothes state determination processing]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触して 、な 、状態で監視対象 者の衣服の外側にあることを検出する処理について図 13を用いて説明する。図 13 は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触服外状態判断処 理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the elderly pendant 1 is in contact with the background of the monitoring subject and outside the clothing of the monitoring subject will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the non-texture out-of-clothing state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0230] この地肌非接触服外状態判断処理においては、周期的 (例えば 10ms毎)に起動 される処理であって、まず、前述の地肌非接触状態判断処理 (図 12)を実行する(S5 10)。そして、 RAM等のメモリを参照し、地肌非接触状態判断処理において地肌非 接触状態が出力されたカゝ否かを判定する(S515)。  [0230] This background non-contact out-of-clothes state determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, the above-described background non-contact state determination process (Fig. 12) is executed (S5 Ten). Then, referring to a memory such as RAM, it is determined whether or not the background non-contact state is output in the background non-contact state determination process (S515).
[0231] 地肌非接触状態判断処理にお!、て地肌非接触状態が出力されて!、なければ (S5 15 :No)、この地肌非接触服外状態判断処理を終了する。  [0231] If the background non-contact state is output in the background non-contact state determining process! (S5 15: No), the background non-contact out-of-clothing state determining process is terminated.
[0232] また、地肌非接触状態判断処理にお!、て地肌非接触状態が出力されて!、れば (S 515 :Yes)、照度センサ 23の出力を取得 (入力)し (S520)、照度センサ 23の出力を 1分毎に RAM等のメモリに一時的に格納する(S525)。なお、メモリには、例えば 10 分間分の出力が格納される。  [0232] If the background non-contact state is output in the background non-contact state determination process! (S515: Yes), the output of the illuminance sensor 23 is acquired (input) (S520), The output of the illuminance sensor 23 is temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM every minute (S525). For example, the output for 10 minutes is stored in the memory.
[0233] 続いて、例えば 10分間以内(第 1照度変化判定時間内)に、メモリに格納された照 度センサ 23からの出力が、例えば 10% (第 1照度変化判定閾値)以上の照度の変化 を 5回以上示したか否かを判定する (S530:地肌非接触服外状態判断手段)。照度 センサ 23からの出力力 10%以上の照度の変化を 5回以上示せば(S530 : Yes)、 老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触して 、な 、状態で衣服の外側にある ものとして地肌非接触服外状態信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S535)、地 肌非接触服外状態判断処理を終了する。 [0233] Subsequently, for example, within 10 minutes (within the first illuminance change determination time), the output from the illumination sensor 23 stored in the memory is, for example, 10% (first illuminance change determination threshold) or more. It is determined whether or not the change has been shown five times or more (S530: non-contacting out-of-clothing state judging means). Illuminance Output from the sensor 23 If the change in illuminance of 10% or more is shown 5 times or more (S530: Yes), When the pendant for the elderly 1 is in contact with the background of the person being monitored, the out-of-ground state signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S535). The non-contact out-of-clothes state determination process is terminated.
また、照度センサ 23からの出力が、 10%以上の照度の変化を 5回未満だけ示せば (S530 :No)、老人用ペンダント 1が衣服の外側にあるとは限らないものとして地肌非 接触服外状態不明信号を出力し (S540)、地肌非接触服外状態判断処理を終了す る。  Moreover, if the output from the illuminance sensor 23 shows a change in illuminance of 10% or more for less than 5 times (S530: No), the elderly pendant 1 is not necessarily on the outside of the clothes, and the non-contact clothing An outside state unknown signal is output (S540), and the background non-contact clothing outside state determination process is terminated.
[0234] 即ち、老人用ペンダント 1においては、老人用ペンダント 1が衣服の外側にある場合 には、老人用ペンダント 1が衣服の内側にある場合と比較して、照度の変化が大きく なる特性を利用して、照度センサによる検出結果が閾値以上の変化を示す力否かに 基づいて、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の衣服の外部に位置することを検出して いる。  [0234] That is, in the elderly pendant 1, when the elderly pendant 1 is outside the clothing, the change in illuminance is greater than when the elderly pendant 1 is inside the clothing. Based on whether or not the detection result of the illuminance sensor shows a change greater than or equal to the threshold, the elderly pendant 1 is detected to be located outside the clothing of the person being monitored.
[0235] よって、老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触服外状態判断処理によれば、老 人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触せずに、かつ監視対象者の衣服の外 部に位置することを検出することができる。  [0235] Therefore, according to the background non-contact out-of-clothing state determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1, the elderly pendant 1 does not contact the surface of the monitored person and the outside of the monitored person's clothes. Can be detected.
[0236] [地肌非接触服内状態判断処理] [0236] [Non-contact clothing condition judgment processing]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触して 、な 、状態で監視対象 者の衣服の内側にあることを検出する処理について図 14を用いて説明する。図 14 は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触服内状態判断処 理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the elderly pendant 1 is in contact with the background of the monitoring subject and inside the clothing of the monitoring subject will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing the background non-contact in-clothing state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0237] この地肌非接触服内状態判断処理においては、周期的 (例えば 10ms毎)に起動 される処理であって、まず、前述の地肌非接触状態判断処理 (図 12)を実行する(S5[0237] This background non-contact clothing state determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, the above-described background non-contact state determination process (Fig. 12) is executed (S5
60)。そして、 RAM等のメモリを参照し、地肌非接触状態判断処理において地肌非 接触状態が出力されたカゝ否かを判定する(S565)。 60). Then, referring to a memory such as a RAM, it is determined whether or not the background non-contact state is output in the background non-contact state determination process (S565).
[0238] 地肌非接触状態判断処理にお!、て地肌非接触状態が出力されて!、なければ (S5[0238] In the non-contact state determination process! If the non-contact state is output! If not, (S5
65 : No)、この地肌非接触服外状態判断処理を終了する。 65: No), this background non-contact out-of-clothes state determination processing is terminated.
[0239] また、地肌非接触状態判断処理にお!、て地肌非接触状態が出力されて!、れば (S[0239] If the background non-contact state is output in the non-contact state determination process!
565: Yes)、照度センサ 23の出力を取得 (入力)し (S570)、照度センサ 23の出力を 1分毎に RAM等のメモリに一時的に格納する(S575)。なお、メモリには、例えば 10 分間分の出力が格納される。 565: Yes), obtain (input) the output of the illuminance sensor 23 (S570), and obtain the output of the illuminance sensor 23 It is temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM every minute (S575). For example, the output for 10 minutes is stored in the memory.
[0240] 続いて、例えば 10分間以内(第 2照度変化判定時間内)に、メモリに格納された照 度センサ 23からの出力が、例えば 10% (第 2照度変化判定閾値)以上の照度の変化 を 2回以上示したか否かを判定する (S580:地肌非接触服外状態判断手段)。照度 センサ 23からの出力力 10%以上の照度の変化を 2回未満だけ示せば(S580 : No )、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触していない状態で衣服の外側に あるものとして地肌非接触服内状態信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S585) 、地肌非接触服内状態判断処理を終了する。  Subsequently, for example, within 10 minutes (within the second illuminance change determination time), the output from the illumination sensor 23 stored in the memory has an illuminance of, for example, 10% (second illuminance change determination threshold) or more. It is determined whether or not the change has been indicated twice or more (S580: means for determining the state of non-contacting clothes outside the skin). Illumination sensor 23 If the change in illuminance of 10% or more is shown less than 2 times (S580: No), the elderly pendant 1 is outside the clothing without touching the subject's background. The background non-contact clothes state signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S585), and the background non-contact clothes state determination process is terminated.
[0241] また、照度センサ 23からの出力力 10%以上の照度の変化を 2回以上示せば(S5 80 : Yes)、老人用ペンダント 1が衣服の内側にあるとは限らないものとして地肌非接 触服内状態不明信号を出力し (S590)、地肌非接触服内状態判断処理を終了する  [0241] Moreover, if the change in illuminance of 10% or more from the illuminance sensor 23 is shown more than once (S5 80: Yes), the elderly pendant 1 may not be inside the clothes. A contact unknown condition signal is output (S590), and the background non-contact condition determination process is terminated.
[0242] このような老人用ペンダント 1によれば、照度センサによる検出結果が閾値未満の 変化を示す力否かに基づいて、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の衣服の内部に位 置することを検出している。 [0242] According to such a pendant 1 for the elderly, the pendant 1 for the elderly is placed inside the clothes of the person to be monitored based on whether or not the detection result of the illuminance sensor indicates a change less than the threshold value. Is detected.
[0243] よって、老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触服内状態判断処理によれば、老 人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌に接触しておらず、かつ使用者の衣服の内部 に位置することを検出することができる。 [0243] Thus, according to the background non-contact clothing state determination process performed by the elderly pendant 1, the elderly pendant 1 is not in contact with the subject's skin and is not inside the user's clothing. Positioning can be detected.
[0244] [ペンダント位置判断処理] [0244] [Pendant position determination processing]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1と監視対象者との位置関係を検出する処理について図 1 Next, the process for detecting the positional relationship between the pendant 1 for the elderly and the person to be monitored is shown in FIG.
5を用いて説明する。図 15は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行するぺ ンダント位置判断処理を示すフローチャートである。 5 will be used for explanation. FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing a pendant position determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0245] ペンダント位置判断処理は、後述する暑過ぎ状態判断処理(図 17)等の処理中に 実行される処理であって、処理が開始されると、地肌接触服外状態判断処理 (図 10)[0245] The pendant position determination process is a process executed during processes such as an over-hot state determination process (Fig. 17), which will be described later. )
、地肌接触服内状態判断処理 (図 11)、地肌非接触服外状態判断処理 (図 13)、地 肌非接触服内状態判断処理 (図 14)を順次実行する(S610〜S625 :特定位置判 断手段)。 [0246] そして、これらの処理によりメモリに格納された信号を参照することにより、老人用ぺ ンダント 1と監視対象者との位置関係を特定し (S630 :位置関係特定手段)、ベンダ ント位置判断処理を終了する。 , Sequential contact in-clothing state determination processing (Fig. 11), Non-skin contact out-of-clothing state determination processing (Fig. 13), Non-skin contact in-clothing state determination processing (Fig. 14) are executed in sequence (S610 to S625: specific position) Judgment means). [0246] Then, by referring to the signals stored in the memory by these processes, the positional relationship between the elderly pendant 1 and the monitoring subject is identified (S630: positional relationship identifying means), and the vendor position is determined. The process ends.
[0247] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行するペンダント位置判断処理によれば、老人用 ペンダント 1と監視対象者との位置関係 (老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の地肌と 接触している力否か、および老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の衣服の内部にある か或いは外部にある力 )を精度よく検出することができる。  [0247] According to the pendant position determination process executed by the aged pendant 1, the positional relationship between the aged pendant 1 and the monitoring subject (the force with which the aged pendant 1 is in contact with the monitoring subject's background). Whether or not the old man's pendant 1 is inside or outside the clothes of the person to be monitored) can be accurately detected.
[0248] [運動負荷判断処理]  [0248] [Exercise load judgment processing]
次に、監視対象者が行った運動負荷の大きさを検出する処理について図 16を用 いて説明する。図 16は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する運動負荷 判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting the magnitude of the exercise load performed by the monitoring subject will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an exercise load determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0249] 運動負荷判断処理は、後述する暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)等の処理中に実行さ れる処理であって、処理が開始されると、歩行判断処理(図 3)、停止判断処理(図 4) 、および立ち上がり動作判断処理(図 6)を順に実行する(S660〜S670)。なお、歩 行判断処理、停止判断処理、および立ち上がり動作判断処理にてメモリ(判定回数 記憶手段)に格納された各種信号は、 1秒毎に 10分間 (負荷判定時間)保持される。  [0249] The exercise load determination process is a process executed during processes such as an over-hot state determination process (Fig. 17), which will be described later. When the process is started, a walking determination process (Fig. 3), a stop determination is performed. The processing (FIG. 4) and the rising motion determination processing (FIG. 6) are executed in order (S660 to S670). The various signals stored in the memory (determination count storage means) in the walking determination process, stop determination process, and rising motion determination process are held for 10 minutes (load determination time) every second.
[0250] 続 、て、メモリに格納された立ち上がり動作信号の回数 (立ち上がり動作判定回数) 力 100個(強負荷判定閾値)以上である力否かを判定する(S675:強負荷判断手 段)。立ち上がり動作信号の回数が 100個以上であれば (S675 :Yes)、監視対象者 が強負荷運動を行ったものとして強負荷判断信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力) する(S680)。そして、メモリに格納された負荷判断信号に基づいて監視対象者が行 つた運動の運動負荷の大きさを特定し (S720 :運動負荷特定手段)、運動負荷判断 処理を終了する。  [0250] Next, the number of rising motion signals stored in the memory (the number of times of rising motion judgment) It is judged whether or not the force is 100 or more (strong load judgment threshold) (S675: heavy load judgment means) . If the number of rising motion signals is 100 or more (S675: Yes), a heavy load determination signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S680), assuming that the monitoring subject has performed a heavy load exercise. Then, based on the load determination signal stored in the memory, the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject is specified (S720: exercise load specifying means), and the exercise load determination process is terminated.
[0251] 立ち上がり動作信号の回数が 100個未満であれば (S675 :No)、立ち上がり動作 信号の回数が 50個(中負荷判定閾値:強負荷判定閾値 >中負荷判定閾値)以上で あるか否かを判定する(S685 :中負荷判断手段)。立ち上がり動作信号の回数が 50 個以上であれば (S685 : Yes)、監視対象者が中負荷運動を行ったものとして中負 荷判断信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)する(S690)。そして、前述の S720の 処理を実行し、運動負荷判断処理を終了する。 [0251] If the number of rising motion signals is less than 100 (S675: No), whether the number of rising motion signals is 50 or more (medium load judgment threshold: heavy load judgment threshold> medium load judgment threshold) (S685: medium load determination means). If the number of rising motion signals is 50 or more (S685: Yes), the medium load determination signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S690), assuming that the monitoring subject has performed medium load exercise. And the aforementioned S720 The process is executed, and the exercise load determination process is terminated.
[0252] 立ち上がり動作信号の回数が 50個未満であれば (S685 :No)、歩行中信号の回 数が 300個 (軽負荷判定閾値:負荷の大きさ (例えば消費カロリ)は、中負荷判定閾 値 >軽負荷判定閾値)以上であるか否かを判定する (S695 :軽負荷判断手段)。歩 行中信号の回数が 300個以上であれば (S695 :Yes)、監視対象者が軽負荷運動を 行ったものとして、軽負荷判断信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)する(S700)。そ して、前述の S720の処理を実行し、運動負荷判断処理を終了する。  [0252] If the number of rising motion signals is less than 50 (S685: No), the number of walking signals is 300 (light load judgment threshold: load size (eg calorie consumption)) It is determined whether or not (threshold value> light load determination threshold) or more (S695: light load determination means). If the number of signals during walking is 300 or more (S695: Yes), the light load determination signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S700), assuming that the person to be monitored has performed a light load exercise (S700). . Then, the process of S720 described above is executed, and the exercise load determination process ends.
[0253] 歩行中信号の回数が 300個未満であれば (S695 :No)、停止中信号の回数 (停止 中判定回数)が、 400個 (停止判定閾値)以上である力否かを判定する(S705:無負 荷判断手段)。停止中信号の回数が 400個以上であれば (S705 :Yes)、監視対象 者が負荷運動を行って ヽな 、ものとして負荷なし判断信号を RAM等のメモリに格納 (出力)する(S710)。そして、前述の S720の処理を実行し、運動負荷判断処理を終 了する。  [0253] If the number of signals during walking is less than 300 (S695: No), it is determined whether the number of signals during stopping (number of times during stopping) is 400 (stop determination threshold) or more. (S705: No-load judgment means). If the number of stopped signals is 400 or more (S705: Yes), the monitoring subject performs a load exercise and stores (outputs) a no-load determination signal in a memory such as RAM (S710). . Then, the process of S720 described above is executed, and the exercise load determination process is terminated.
[0254] 停止中信号の回数力 00個未満であれば(S705 :No)、負荷の大きさが不明であ るものとして負荷判断不明信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)する(S710)。そし て、前述の S720の処理を実行し、運動負荷判断処理を終了する。  [0254] If the number of stopped signals is less than 00 (S705: No), the load determination unknown signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S710) as the load size is unknown. . Then, the process of S720 described above is executed, and the exercise load determination process ends.
[0255] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する運動負荷判断処理によれば、監視対象者 が行った運動の種別を検出し、運動を検出した判定回数に応じて負荷の大きさを分 類する。よって、監視対象者が行った運動の運動負荷の大きさを特定することができ る。  [0255] According to such exercise load determination processing executed by the elderly pendant 1, the type of exercise performed by the monitored person is detected, and the magnitude of the load is classified according to the number of times the exercise has been detected. . Therefore, the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject can be specified.
[0256] なお、運動負荷が強!、順に、強負荷、中負荷、軽負荷、負荷なしとなる。  [0256] It should be noted that the exercise load is strong !, in order of heavy load, medium load, light load, and no load.
[0257] [暑過ぎ状態判断処理] [0257] [Over-hot condition judgment processing]
次に、監視対象者にとって暑過ぎる状態であることを検出する処理について図 17 を用いて説明する。図 17は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する暑過 ぎ状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the monitoring target is too hot will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing a hot condition determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0258] この地肌非接触服内状態判断処理においては、周期的 (例えば 10ms毎)に起動 される処理であって、まず、老人用ペンダント 1と監視対象者との位置関係を検出す るペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)を実行し (S760 :位置関係検出手段)、続いて監 視対象者が行う運動の運動負荷を検出する運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)を実行する( S765 :運動負荷検出手段)。 [0258] This non-contact non-contact clothing state determination process is a process that is activated periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, a pendant that detects the positional relationship between the elderly pendant 1 and the monitoring subject is used. Position determination processing (Fig. 15) is executed (S760: Position relationship detection means), and then monitoring Exercise load determination processing (FIG. 16) for detecting the exercise load of the exercise performed by the subject is executed (S765: exercise load detection means).
[0259] そして、ペンダント位置判断処理(図 15)および運動負荷判断処理(図 16)の処理 結果に応じて 1つの処理を選択し、監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるか否かを検出する 処理を実行する(S770:暑過ぎ判断手段)。  [0259] Then, depending on the results of the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15) and the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16), one process is selected and a process is performed to detect whether it is too hot for the person being monitored. Yes (S770: Means of judging too hot).
[0260] 即ち S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服外状態信号が 出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて負荷なし判断信号が出力され ていれば、後述する地肌非接触服外状態'負荷なし処理 (図 18)を実行する。  [0260] That is, in S770, if the background non-contact out-of-clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the no-load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). In this case, the non-skin-out-of-skin-out state 'no load processing (FIG. 18) described later is executed.
[0261] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服外状態信号が 出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて軽負荷判断信号が出力されて Vヽれば、後述する地肌非接触服外状態 ·軽負荷処理 (図 19)を実行する。  [0261] Also, in S770, a non-textured out-of-skin condition signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and a light load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). If this is the case, the background non-contact out-of-clothes state / light load process (Fig. 19) described later is executed.
[0262] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服外状態信号が 出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて中負荷判断信号が出力されて V、れば、後述する地肌非接触服外状態 ·中負荷処理 (図 20)を実行する。  [0262] Also, in S770, a non-skin-out-out-clothes state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and an intermediate load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). Then, the background non-contact out-of-clothes / medium load process (FIG. 20) described later is executed.
[0263] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服外状態信号が 出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて重負荷判断信号が出力されて V、れば、後述する地肌非接触服外状態 ·重負荷処理 (図 21)を実行する。  [0263] Also, in S770, a non-textured out-of-skin condition signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and a heavy load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). Then, the non-texture out-of-clothes state / heavy load process (Fig. 21) described later is executed.
[0264] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服内状態信号が 出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて負荷なし判断信号が出力され ていれば、後述する地肌非接触服内状態'負荷なし処理 (図 22)を実行する。  [0264] Also, in S770, if the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15) outputs a ground non-contact in-clothing state signal and the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16) outputs no load determination signal. In this case, the background non-contact in-clothing state 'no load processing (FIG. 22) described later is executed.
[0265] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服内状態信号が 出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて軽負荷判断信号が出力されて いれば、後述する地肌非接触服内状態'軽負荷処理 (図 23)を実行する。  [0265] Also, in S770, the background non-contact clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the light load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). For example, the background non-contact state “light load processing” (FIG. 23) described later is executed.
[0266] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服内状態信号が 出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて中負荷判断信号が出力されて いれば、後述する地肌非接触服内状態'中負荷処理 (図 24)を実行する。  [0266] Also, in S770, a non-textured contact state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and an intermediate load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). For example, the non-contact-in-clothing state 'medium load process (Fig. 24) described later is executed.
[0267] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服内状態信号が 出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて重負荷判断信号が出力されて 、れば、後述する地肌非接触服内状態 ·重負荷処理 (図 25)を実行する。 [0267] Also, in S770, a non-contact-in-clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and a heavy load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). Then, the background non-contact in-clothes / heavy load process (FIG. 25) described later is executed.
[0268] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌接触服外状態信号が出 力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて負荷なし判断信号が出力されて いれば、後述する地肌接触服外状態'負荷なし処理 (図 26)を実行する。  [0268] Also, in S770, a signal indicating that the background of the skin is not in contact is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and no load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). If this is the case, the out-of-skin contact clothes state 'no load process (FIG. 26) described later is executed.
[0269] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌接触服外状態信号が出 力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて軽負荷判断信号が出力されてい れば、後述する地肌接触服外状態'軽負荷処理 (図 27)を実行する。  [0269] Also, in S770, the signal for out-of-skin contact clothing is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the light load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). If this is the case, execute the “out-of-the-ground contact clothing state” light load process (FIG. 27) described later.
[0270] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌接触服外状態信号が出 力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて中負荷判断信号が出力されてい れば、後述する地肌接触服外状態'中負荷処理 (図 28)を実行する。  [0270] Also, in S770, the ground contact outside condition signal is output in the pendant position determination processing (Fig. 15), and the medium load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination processing (Fig. 16). For example, the “out-of-ground contact clothing state” described later (medium load processing) (FIG. 28) is executed.
[0271] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌接触服外状態信号が出 力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて重負荷判断信号が出力されてい れば、後述する地肌接触服外状態'重負荷処理 (図 29)を実行する。  [0271] In addition, in S770, the signal for out-of-skin contact clothing is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the heavy load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). If this is the case, the “out-of-the-ground contact clothes state” described later (heavy load process (FIG. 29)) is executed.
[0272] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌接触服内状態信号が出 力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて負荷なし判断信号が出力されて いれば、後述する地肌接触服内状態'負荷なし処理 (図 30)を実行する。  [0272] Also, in S770, a background contact clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and no load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). For example, the background contact clothing state 'no load processing (FIG. 30) described later is executed.
[0273] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌接触服内状態信号が出 力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて軽負荷判断信号が出力されてい れば、後述する地肌接触服内状態'軽負荷処理 (図 31)を実行する。  [0273] Also, in S770, the background contact clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the light load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). In this case, the background contact clothing state “light load processing” (FIG. 31) described later is executed.
[0274] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理(図 15)にて地肌接触服内状態信号が出 力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて中負荷判断信号が出力されてい れば、後述する地肌接触服内状態'中負荷処理 (図 32)を実行する。  [0274] Also, in S770, the background contact clothing state signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the medium load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). For example, the inside contact processing state “medium load process” (FIG. 32) described later is executed.
[0275] また S770では、ペンダント位置判断処理(図 15)にて地肌接触服内状態信号が出 力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)にて重負荷判断信号が出力されてい れば、後述する地肌接触服内状態'重負荷処理 (図 33)を実行する。  [0275] Also, in S770, the ground contact status signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the heavy load determination signal is output in the exercise load determination process (Fig. 16). For example, the in-situ contact state “heavy load process” (FIG. 33) described later is executed.
[0276] 続いて、 S770によりが RAM等のメモリに格納された暑過ぎ注意信号を読み込み( 入力し)(S775)、暑過ぎ注意信号がメモリに格納されていれば (つまり、監視対象者 の周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると判断されれば)、暑過ぎである旨を監 視対象者に対して報知する(S780, S785 :暑過ぎ報知手段)。 [0276] Next, S770 reads (inputs) the overheat warning signal stored in the memory such as RAM (S775), and if the overheat warning signal is stored in the memory (that is, the monitoring subject's If it is determined that the surrounding environment is too hot for the person being monitored) Notification is made to the visual target person (S780, S785: too hot notification means).
[0277] 具体的には、暑過ぎ注意のメッセージ音をスピーカ 65から出力させ (S780)、電飾 63を赤色に発光させるとともに、ディスプレイ 61に暑過ぎである旨を示すメッセージ を表示させる。 [0277] Specifically, a message sound indicating that it is too hot is output from the speaker 65 (S780), the illumination 63 is lit in red, and a message indicating that it is too hot is displayed on the display 61.
[0278] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する暑過ぎ状態判断処理によれば、監視対象 者にとって暑過ぎると判断した場合には、暑過ぎである旨を監視対象者に報知するこ とでさる。  [0278] According to the over-hot state determination process executed by such an elderly pendant 1, when it is determined that it is too hot for the monitoring target, the monitoring target is notified that it is too hot. Monkey.
[0279] [地肌非接触服外状態'負荷なし処理]  [0279] [Non-contact out-of-skin condition 'no load treatment]
次に、地肌非接触服外状態'負荷なし処理について図 18を用いて説明する。図 18 は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触服外状態'負荷な し処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the background non-contact outer state 'no load processing will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the non-skin-out-out-clothes state unloading process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0280] 地肌非接触服外状態 '負荷なし処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処 理中に実行される処理であって、まず、正面の温度センサ 19の出力および正面の湿 度センサ 21を取得 (入力)する(S810, S815)。 [0280] Out-of-skin contact outside condition 'No load process is a process executed during the above-described over-hot condition determination process (Fig. 17). First, the output of the front temperature sensor 19 and the front Acquire (input) the humidity sensor 21 (S810, S815).
[0281] そして、温度湿度指数 DI (いわゆる不快指数)を算出する(S820)。ここで、温度湿 度指数 DIの算出は、周知の演算式に温度および湿度を代入することにより求める。 この演算式としては、例えば、以下のような数式が使用される。 [0281] Then, a temperature / humidity index DI (so-called discomfort index) is calculated (S820). Here, the calculation of the temperature and humidity index DI is obtained by substituting the temperature and humidity into a well-known arithmetic expression. As this arithmetic expression, for example, the following mathematical expression is used.
DI = 0. 81T+0. 01H (0. 99T— 14. 3) +46. 3  DI = 0. 81T + 0. 01H (0. 99T— 14. 3) +46.3
ただし、 T:気温 (摂氏温度)、 H :相対湿度(%)である。  Where T: temperature (degrees Celsius) and H: relative humidity (%).
[0282] なお、一般的な人の多くは、温度湿度指数 DIが 70〜75のときには快適に感じ、温 度湿度指数 DIが 75を超えると暑さがやや不快に感じ、温度湿度指数 DIが 80を超え ると暑さが不快に感じ、温度湿度指数 DIが 85を超えると暑さが極めて不快に感じる。 [0282] It should be noted that many people feel comfortable when the temperature / humidity index DI is between 70 and 75, and that the temperature / humidity index DI exceeds 75, the heat feels somewhat uncomfortable, and the temperature / humidity index DI is When it exceeds 80, the heat feels uncomfortable, and when the temperature / humidity index DI exceeds 85, the heat feels extremely uncomfortable.
[0283] しかし、監視対象者が行う運動負荷の大きさによっては、運動していないときには快 適と感じる温度湿度指数 DIであっても、激しい運動をしているときには不快に感じて しまう。そこで、本実施形態では、運動負荷に応じて監視対象者が暑過ぎると感じる 温度湿度指数 DI (不快閾値)を設定して!/、る。 [0283] However, depending on the magnitude of the exercise load performed by the person being monitored, the temperature / humidity index DI, which feels comfortable when not exercising, may be uncomfortable when exercising vigorously. Therefore, in this embodiment, the temperature / humidity index DI (discomfort threshold) that the monitoring subject feels too hot is set according to the exercise load!
[0284] つまり、 S770ではペンダント位置判断処理(図 15)および運動負荷判断処理(図 1[0284] That is, in S770, the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15) and the exercise load determination process (Fig. 1).
6)による検出結果に応じて実行する処理を選択しているのである力 処理によって 不快閾値が異なる値に設定されて 、るので、運動負荷に応じて不快閾値を選択して いるともいえる。なお、本実施形態においては、運動負荷に応じて不快閾値を選択し ているが、老人用ペンダント 1と監視対象者との位置関係が温度湿度指数 DIの測定 に及ぼす影響を考慮して、この位置関係に応じて不快閾値を設定するようにしてもよ い。 The processing to be executed is selected according to the detection result of 6). Since the discomfort threshold is set to a different value, it can be said that the discomfort threshold is selected according to the exercise load. In this embodiment, the discomfort threshold is selected according to the exercise load, but in consideration of the influence of the positional relationship between the elderly pendant 1 and the person to be monitored on the measurement of the temperature / humidity index DI. The discomfort threshold may be set according to the positional relationship.
[0285] 続、て、温度湿度指数 DIが 85 (不快閾値)以上である力否かを判定する(S825: 不快閾値判定手段)。  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the temperature / humidity index DI is greater than or equal to 85 (discomfort threshold) (S825: discomfort threshold determination means).
[0286] そして、温度湿度指数 DIが 85以上であれば(S825 : Yes)、監視対象者の周囲の 環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるものとして暑過ぎ注意状態信号を RAM等のメ モリに格納(出力)する(S830 :暑過ぎ判断手段)。また、温度湿度指数 DIが 85未満 であれば (S825 : No)、監視対象者の周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると は限らないものとして暑過ぎ注意状態不明信号を出力する(S835 :暑過ぎ判断手段 [0286] If the temperature / humidity index DI is 85 or more (S825: Yes), an over-hot attention state signal is stored in a memory such as a RAM as the surrounding environment of the monitoring target is too hot for the monitoring target. (Output) (S830: too hot judgment means). If the temperature / humidity index DI is less than 85 (S825: No), an overheated attention state unknown signal is output assuming that the environment surrounding the monitored person is not necessarily too hot for the monitored person (S835: Too hot
) o ) o
[0287] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触服外状態 '負荷なし処理によ れば、不快指数を演算し、この不快指数と、位置関係検出手段による検出結果およ び運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じて設定された不快閾値とを比較すること により、暑過ぎ状態であることを検出する。特に、本処理においては、運動をしていな V、人にとっても極めて暑さが不快に感じる不快閾値 (DI = 85)を設定して!/、る。  [0287] The state of non-contact out-of-skin clothing performed by the pendant 1 for elderly people is calculated according to the no-load process, and the discomfort index is calculated and the detection result and motion by the positional relationship detection means. By comparing with a discomfort threshold set according to the detection result by the load detection means, it is detected that the state is too hot. In particular, in this process, set a discomfort threshold (DI = 85) that makes the heat extremely unpleasant for people who are not exercising.
[0288] よって、監視対象者が行う運動負荷に応じて暑過ぎる力否力を良好に判断すること ができる。  [0288] Therefore, it is possible to satisfactorily determine whether the power is too hot according to the exercise load performed by the monitoring subject.
[0289] [地肌非接触服外状態'軽負荷処理]  [0289] [Outside condition of non-contact clothes' light load treatment]
次に、地肌非接触服外状態'軽負荷処理について図 19を用いて説明する。図 19 は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触服外状態'軽負荷 処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the background non-contact outer state 'light load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing a non-skin-out-of-skin condition 'light load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
[0290] 地肌非接触服外状態 ·軽負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理 中に実行される処理であって、まず、正面の温度センサ 19の出力および正面の湿度 センサ 21を取得(入力)する(S860, S865)。 [0290] Out-of-skin-out-of-skin condition · The light load process is a process that is executed during the process of determining the overheat condition (Fig. 17) described above. Acquire (input) the humidity sensor 21 (S860, S865).
[0291] そして、温度湿度指数 DIを算出する(S870)。ここで、温度湿度指数 DIの算出は、 前述の地肌非接触服外状態'負荷なし処理 (図 18)と同様の手法により行う。 [0291] Then, the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated (S870). Here, the calculation of the temperature and humidity index DI is This is done by the same method as described above for the non-skin-out-of-skin condition 'no load process (Fig. 18).
[0292] 続 、て、温度湿度指数 DIが 80 (不快閾値)以上である力否かを判定する(S875: 不快閾値判定手段)。 Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the temperature / humidity index DI is 80 (discomfort threshold) or more (S875: discomfort threshold determination means).
[0293] そして、温度湿度指数 DIが 80以上であれば(S875 : Yes)、監視対象者の周囲の 環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるものとして暑過ぎ注意状態信号を RAM等のメ モリに格納(出力)する(S880 :暑過ぎ判断手段)。また、温度湿度指数 DIが 80未満 であれば (S875 : No)、監視対象者の周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると は限らないものとして暑過ぎ注意状態不明信号を出力する(S885 :暑過ぎ判断手段 [0293] If the temperature / humidity index DI is 80 or more (S875: Yes), an over-hot attention state signal is stored in a memory such as a RAM as the surrounding environment of the monitoring target is too hot for the monitoring target. (Output) (S880: too hot judgment means). If the temperature / humidity index DI is less than 80 (S875: No), an overheated attention state unknown signal is output assuming that the environment surrounding the monitored person is not necessarily too hot for the monitored person (S885: Too hot
) o ) o
[0294] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触服外状態 '軽負荷処理によれ ば、不快指数を演算し、この不快指数と、位置関係検出手段による検出結果および 運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じて設定された不快閾値とを比較することに より、暑過ぎ状態であることを検出する。特に、本処理においては、運動をしていない 人にとっては暑さが不快に感じる程度である力 軽負荷運動をしている人にとっては 暑さが極めて不快に感じる不快閾値 (DI = 80)を設定して!/、る。  [0294] Non-skin-out-of-skin condition performed by such a pendant 1 for elderly people 'According to the light load processing, the discomfort index is calculated, the discomfort index, the detection result by the positional relationship detection means, and the exercise load detection means By comparing with the discomfort threshold value set according to the detection result of, it is detected that the state is too hot. In particular, in this process, a force that makes the heat feel uncomfortable for people who are not exercising is set to a discomfort threshold (DI = 80) that makes the heat extremely uncomfortable for people who do light exercise. Set!
[0295] よって、監視対象者が行う運動負荷に応じて暑過ぎる力否力を良好に判断すること ができる。 [0295] Therefore, it is possible to satisfactorily determine whether the power is too hot according to the exercise load performed by the monitoring subject.
[0296] [地肌非接触服外状態 ·中負荷処理]  [0296] [Non-contact out-of-skin clothing / medium load treatment]
次に、地肌非接触服外状態'中負荷処理について図 20を用いて説明する。図 20 は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触服外状態 ·中負荷 処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the non-skin-out-of-skin-out state 'medium load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing the non-contact-out-clothes state / medium load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
[0297] 地肌非接触服外状態 ·中負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理 中に実行される処理であって、まず、正面の温度センサ 19の出力および正面の湿度 センサ 21を取得(入力)する(S910, S915)。 [0297] Out-of-skin-out-of-skin condition / medium load process is a process executed during the process of the above-mentioned over-hot condition determination process (FIG. 17). Acquire (input) the humidity sensor 21 (S910, S915).
[0298] そして、温度湿度指数 DIを算出する(S920)。ここで、温度湿度指数 DIの算出は、 前述の地肌非接触服外状態'負荷なし処理 (図 18)と同様の手法により行う。 [0298] Then, the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated (S920). Here, the calculation of the temperature / humidity index DI is performed by the same method as the above-described non-skin-out-out-clothes state 'no load process (FIG. 18).
[0299] 続 、て、温度湿度指数 DIが 75 (不快閾値)以上である力否かを判定する(S925: 不快閾値判定手段)。 [0300] そして、温度湿度指数 DIが 75以上であれば(S925 : Yes)、監視対象者の周囲の 環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるものとして暑過ぎ注意状態信号を RAM等のメ モリに格納(出力)する(S930 :暑過ぎ判断手段)。また、温度湿度指数 DIが 75未満 であれば (S925 : No)、監視対象者の周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると は限らないものとして暑過ぎ注意状態不明信号を出力する(S935 :暑過ぎ判断手段Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the temperature / humidity index DI is 75 (discomfort threshold) or more (S925: discomfort threshold determination means). [0300] If the temperature / humidity index DI is 75 or more (S925: Yes), an over-hot attention state signal is stored in a memory such as a RAM, because the environment around the monitored person is too hot for the monitored person. (Output) (S930: too hot judgment means). If the temperature / humidity index DI is less than 75 (S925: No), an overheated attention state unknown signal is output assuming that the environment surrounding the monitored person is not necessarily too hot for the monitored person (S935: Too hot
) o ) o
[0301] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触服外状態 '中負荷処理によれ ば、不快指数を演算し、この不快指数と、位置関係検出手段による検出結果および 運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じて設定された不快閾値とを比較することに より、暑過ぎ状態であることを検出する。特に、本処理においては、運動をしていない 人にとっては暑さがやや不快に感じる程度である力 中負荷運動をしている人にとつ ては暑さが極めて不快に感じる不快閾値 (DI= 75)を設定して!/、る。  [0301] Under the condition of non-contacting out-of-skin clothing performed by such a pendant 1 for the elderly, the discomfort index is calculated, the discomfort index, the detection result by the positional relationship detection means, and the exercise load detection means. By comparing with the discomfort threshold set according to the detection result of, it is detected that the state is too hot. In particular, in this process, the unpleasant threshold (DI) where heat is extremely uncomfortable for those who are in a medium-load exercise where the heat feels somewhat uncomfortable for those who are not exercising. = 75) and set! /
[0302] よって、監視対象者が行う運動負荷に応じて暑過ぎる力否力を良好に判断すること ができる。 [0302] Therefore, it is possible to determine well whether the force is too hot according to the exercise load performed by the monitoring subject.
[0303] [地肌非接触服外状態 ·重負荷処理]  [0303] [Non-contact out-of-skin condition / heavy load treatment]
次に、地肌非接触服外状態 '重負荷処理について図 21を用いて説明する。図 21 は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触服外状態 ·重負荷 処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the background non-contact outer state 'heavy load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the non-contact-out-clothes state / heavy load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0304] 地肌非接触服外状態 ·重負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理 中に実行される処理であって、まず、正面の温度センサ 19の出力および正面の湿度 センサ 21を取得(入力)する(S960, S965)。 [0304] Non-skin-out-of-skin condition · The heavy load process is a process that is executed during the process of determining the over-hot condition (Fig. 17). First, the output of the front temperature sensor 19 and the front Acquires (inputs) the humidity sensor 21 (S960, S965).
[0305] そして、温度湿度指数 DIを算出する(S970)。ここで、温度湿度指数 DIの算出は、 前述の地肌非接触服外状態'負荷なし処理 (図 18)と同様の手法により行う。 [0305] Then, the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated (S970). Here, the calculation of the temperature / humidity index DI is performed by the same method as the above-described non-skin-out-out-clothes state 'no load process (FIG. 18).
[0306] 続、て、温度湿度指数 DIが 70 (不快閾値)以上である力否かを判定する(S975: 不快閾値判定手段)。 [0306] Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the temperature / humidity index DI is 70 (discomfort threshold) or more (S975: discomfort threshold determination means).
[0307] そして、温度湿度指数 DIが 70以上であれば(S975 : Yes)、監視対象者の周囲の 環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるものとして暑過ぎ注意状態信号を RAM等のメ モリに格納(出力)する(S980 :暑過ぎ判断手段)。また、温度湿度指数 DIが 70未満 であれば (S975 : No)、監視対象者の周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると は限らないものとして暑過ぎ注意状態不明信号を出力する(S985 :暑過ぎ判断手段[0307] Then, if the temperature / humidity index DI is 70 or more (S975: Yes), an over-hot attention state signal is stored in a memory such as a RAM as the surrounding environment of the monitored person is too hot for the monitored person. (Output) (S980: too hot judgment means). Temperature humidity index DI is less than 70 If this is the case (S975: No), an excessively hot attention state unknown signal is output assuming that the surrounding environment of the monitored person is not necessarily too hot for the monitored person (S985: Overheat determination means)
) o ) o
[0308] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触服外状態 '重負荷処理によれ ば、不快指数を演算し、この不快指数と、位置関係検出手段による検出結果および 運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じて設定された不快閾値とを比較することに より、暑過ぎ状態であることを検出する。特に、本処理においては、運動をしていない 人にとっては快適に感じる力 中負荷運動をしている人にとっては暑さが極めて不快 に感じる不快閾値 (DI = 70)を設定して!/、る。  [0308] The state of non-contact non-clothes performed by such a pendant 1 for elderly people 'According to heavy load processing, the discomfort index is calculated, and the discomfort index, the detection result by the positional relationship detection means, and the exercise load detection means By comparing with the discomfort threshold set according to the detection result of, it is detected that the state is too hot. In particular, in this process, set a discomfort threshold (DI = 70) that makes the heat feel very uncomfortable for people who are not exercising, and feels uncomfortable for those who are doing medium-duty exercise! The
[0309] よって、監視対象者が行う運動負荷に応じて暑過ぎる力否力を良好に判断すること ができる。 [0309] Therefore, it is possible to satisfactorily determine whether the power is too hot according to the exercise load performed by the monitoring subject.
[0310] [地肌非接触服内状態'負荷なし処理]  [0310] [Non-contact clothes inside condition 'no load treatment]
次に、地肌非接触服内状態 ·負荷なし処理について図 22を用いて説明する。図 22 は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触服内状態'負荷な し処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the non-contact in-clothes state / no load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing the non-loading state of the ground non-contact clothing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0311] 地肌非接触服内状態 '負荷なし処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処 理中に実行される処理であって、基本的には前述の地肌非接触服外状態 '負荷なし 処理(図 18)と同様の処理である。ただし、本処理は老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象 者の衣服の内部にあることが検出されたときに実行される処理であるので、監視対象 者の体温による影響を排除するための補正処理(S1010)を S815の処理と S820の 処理との間で実行する。  [0311] State of non-contact clothing in the background 'No load processing is executed during the above-described over-hot state determination processing (Fig. 17). State 'Same processing as no load processing (Fig. 18). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, correction processing (S1010) is performed to eliminate the influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject. ) Is executed between S815 processing and S820 processing.
[0312] この補正処理は、まず、正面の温度センサ 19の出力が監視対象者の体温の影響 を受けて!/、るか否かを判定するために、正面の温度センサ 19の出力が 36度以上で ある力否かを判定する(S 1015)。正面の温度センサ 19の出力が 36度以上であれば (S1015 : Yes)、体温の影響を受けているものとして正面の温度センサ 19の出力を 減少させる補正 (例えば出力を 0. 9倍する処理)を実行する(S 1020 :減少補正手段 ) oそして、補正処理を終了し、 S820に移行する。  [0312] In this correction process, first, in order to determine whether the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is affected by the body temperature of the person being monitored! It is determined whether the force is greater than or equal to the degree (S 1015). If the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is 36 degrees or more (S1015: Yes), a correction that reduces the output of the front temperature sensor 19 as being affected by body temperature (for example, processing to multiply the output by 0.9) ) (S 1020: Decrease correction means) o Then, the correction process is terminated, and the process proceeds to S820.
[0313] また、正面の温度センサ 19の出力が 36度未満であれば(S1015 :No)、体温の影 響を受けていないものとして、出力補正をすることなく補正処理を終了し、 S820に移 行する。 [0313] Also, if the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is less than 36 degrees (S1015: No), the effect of body temperature Assuming that the sound is not affected, the correction process is terminated without correcting the output, and the process proceeds to S820.
[0314] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触服内状態 ·負荷なし処理によ れば、監視対象者の体温により正面の温度センサ 19の出力が大きな値になってい たとしても、監視対象者の体温の影響を排除することができる。  [0314] According to such a non-contact-in-clothing condition / no load process performed by the pendant 1 for elderly people, even if the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is large due to the body temperature of the person being monitored, The influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject can be eliminated.
[0315] [地肌非接触服内状態'軽負荷処理]  [0315] [Non-contact clothes inside condition 'light load treatment]
次に、地肌非接触服内状態'軽負荷処理について図 23を用いて説明する。図 23 は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触服内状態'軽負荷 処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the background non-contact state “light load processing” will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing a non-contact-in-clothing state 'light load process performed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0316] 地肌非接触服内状態'軽負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理 中に実行される処理であって、基本的には前述の地肌非接触服外状態 ·軽負荷処 理(図 19)と同様の処理である。ただし、本処理は老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者 の衣服の内部にあることが検出されたときに実行される処理であるので、監視対象者 の体温による影響を排除するための補正処理(S1010)を S865の処理と S870の処 理との間で実行する。  [0316] The condition of the non-contact clothes in the background 'light load process is executed during the process of determining the over-hot condition (Fig. 17), and basically the condition in the non-contact condition of the background described above. · This is the same process as the light load process (Fig. 19). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, correction processing (S1010) is performed to eliminate the influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject. ) Is executed between the processing of S865 and the processing of S870.
[0317] なお、本処理における補正処理は、前述の地肌非接触服内状態 ·負荷なし処理( 図 22)における補正処理と同様の処理である。  [0317] The correction process in this process is the same process as the correction process in the above-described background non-contact in-clothes state / no load process (FIG. 22).
[0318] よって、このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触服内状態 ·軽負荷処 理によれば、監視対象者の体温により正面の温度センサ 19の出力が大きな値になつ て!、たとしても、監視対象者の体温の影響を排除することができる。  [0318] Thus, according to such a non-contact-in-ground condition / light load process performed by the pendant 1 for elderly people, the output of the temperature sensor 19 on the front surface becomes a large value due to the body temperature of the person being monitored! Even if it is, the influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject can be eliminated.
[0319] [地肌非接触服内状態'中負荷処理]  [0319] [Non-contact surface condition 'medium load treatment]
次に、地肌非接触服内状態 ·中負荷処理について図 24を用いて説明する。図 24 は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触服内状態 ·中負荷 処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the non-contact-in-clothes state / medium load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the non-contact-in-clothing state / medium load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
[0320] 地肌非接触服内状態'中負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理 中に実行される処理であって、基本的には前述の地肌非接触服外状態 ·中負荷処 理(図 20)と同様の処理である。ただし、本処理は老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者 の衣服の内部にあることが検出されたときに実行される処理であるので、監視対象者 による発汗の影響を排除するための補正処理 (SI 030 :減少補正手段)を S 915の処 理と S920の処理との間で実行する。 [0320] The state of non-contact clothes in the skin 'medium load process is a process executed during the process of determining the over-hot state (Fig. 17), and basically the above-described non-contact condition of the background of the skin. · This is the same process as the medium load process (Fig. 20). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, A correction process (SI 030: reduction correction means) for eliminating the effect of sweating due to spilling is executed between the process of S915 and the process of S920.
[0321] 本処理における補正処理は、前述の地肌非接触服内状態 ·負荷なし処理(図 22) における補正処理とは異なり、正面の湿度センサ 21からの出力を減少させる補正( 例えば出力を 0. 9倍する処理)を実行する。 [0321] The correction process in this process is different from the correction process in the above-described non-contact-in-clothing-in-clothes state / no-load process (Fig. 22). The correction process reduces the output from the front humidity sensor 21 (for example, outputs 0). Execute 9 times the process.
[0322] よって、このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触服内状態 ·中負荷処 理によれば、監視対象者の発汗により正面の湿度センサ 21の出力が大きな値になつ ていたとしても、監視対象者の発汗の影響を排除することができる。 [0322] Therefore, according to the non-textured contact state / medium load processing performed by the pendant 1 for elderly people, the output of the humidity sensor 21 on the front surface has become a large value due to the sweat of the person being monitored. Even so, it is possible to eliminate the influence of perspiration of the monitoring subject.
[0323] [地肌非接触服内状態 ·重負荷処理] [0323] [Non-contact in-clothes condition, heavy load treatment]
次に、地肌非接触服内状態 ·重負荷処理について図 25を用いて説明する。図 25 は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌非接触服内状態 ·重負荷 処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the non-contact in-clothes state / heavy load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the background non-contact in-clothes / heavy load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0324] 地肌非接触服内状態 ·重負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理 中に実行される処理であって、基本的には前述の地肌非接触服外状態 ·重負荷処 理(図 21)と同様の処理である。ただし、本処理は老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者 の衣服の内部にあることが検出されたときに実行される処理であるので、監視対象者 による発汗の影響を排除するための補正処理 (S1030:減少補正手段)を S965の処 理と S970の処理との間で実行する。 [0324] The condition of non-contact clothes in the background · The heavy load process is a process executed during the process of determining the overheat condition (Fig. 17), and basically the condition of the non-contact condition of the background described above. · Same processing as heavy load processing (Fig. 21). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, correction processing for eliminating the influence of sweating by the monitoring subject (S1030 : Reduction correction means) is executed between the processing of S965 and the processing of S970.
[0325] なお、本処理における補正処理は、前述の地肌非接触服内状態 ·中負荷処理(図[0325] It should be noted that the correction process in this process is the above-mentioned background non-contact in-clothes state / medium load process (Fig.
24)における補正処理とは、正面の湿度センサ 21からの出力を減少させる係数のみ が異なる(例えば本処理では発汗量が最も多いことが予想されるため、出力をより小 さな 0. 8倍にする)。 24) differs from the correction process only in the coefficient that decreases the output from the humidity sensor 21 on the front side (for example, since this process is expected to produce the most perspiration, the output is reduced by a factor of 0.8). ).
[0326] よって、このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌非接触服内状態 ·重負荷処 理によれば、監視対象者の発汗により正面の湿度センサ 21の出力が非常に大きな 値になっていたとしても、監視対象者の発汗の影響を排除することができる。  [0326] Therefore, according to such a non-contact-in-clothing condition / heavy load process performed by the pendant 1 for elderly people, the output of the humidity sensor 21 on the front side becomes a very large value due to sweating of the person being monitored. Even if it is, the influence of the perspiration of the monitoring subject can be eliminated.
[0327] [地肌接触服外状態'負荷なし処理]  [0327] [Out-of-skin contact condition 'no load processing]
次に、地肌接触服外状態 '負荷なし処理について図 26を用いて説明する。図 26は 、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌接触服外状態 ·負荷なし処 理を示すフローチャートである。 Next, the background contact out-of-clothes state 'no load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 26 shows a state where the skin contact clothes are out of the load / unloaded state executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50. It is a flowchart which shows reason.
[0328] 地肌接触服外状態 '負荷なし処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理 中に実行される処理であって、まず、正面の温度センサ 19の出力、正面の湿度セン サ 21の出力、および背面の温度センサ 15の出力を取得 (入力)する(S1060〜S10 70)。  [0328] The condition where the skin is not in contact with the clothes' The process without load is a process executed during the process of determining the over-hot condition (Fig. 17). First, the output of the front temperature sensor 19 and the humidity of the front Obtain (input) the output of sensor 21 and the output of temperature sensor 15 on the back (S1060 to S1070).
[0329] そして、温度湿度指数 DIを算出する(S1075)。ここで、温度湿度指数 DIの算出は 、前述の地肌非接触服外状態'負荷なし処理 (図 18)と同様の手法により行う。  [0329] Then, the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated (S1075). Here, the calculation of the temperature / humidity index DI is performed by the same method as the above-mentioned non-skin-out-of-skin condition 'no load process (FIG. 18).
[0330] 続、て、温度湿度指数 DIが 85 (不快閾値)以上である力否かを判定する(S1080: 不快閾値判定手段)。  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the temperature / humidity index DI is 85 (discomfort threshold) or more (S1080: discomfort threshold determination means).
[0331] そして、また、温度湿度指数 DIが 85未満であれば(S 1080 : No)、背面の温度セ ンサ 15からの出力が監視対象者にとって熱射病の危険がある 38度 (高体温閾値)以 上であるか否かを判定する(S 1085:高体温判定手段)。  [0331] If the temperature / humidity index DI is less than 85 (S 1080: No), the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface is at risk of heat stroke for the monitored person 38 degrees (high body temperature It is determined whether or not (threshold)) (S 1085: hyperthermia determination means).
[0332] 温度湿度指数 DIが 85以上である場合(S1080 : Yes)、および背面の温度センサ 1 5からの出力が 38度以上である場合(S1085 : Yes)には、監視対象者の周囲の環 境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるものとして暑過ぎ注意状態信号を RAM等のメモリ に格納(出力)する(S 1090:暑過ぎ判断手段)。  [0332] If the temperature / humidity index DI is 85 or more (S1080: Yes) and the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back is 38 degrees or more (S1085: Yes), An over-hot attention state signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S 1090: Means of over-hot judgment), assuming that the environment is too hot for the monitoring target.
[0333] また、背面の温度センサ 15からの出力が 38度未満である場合(S1085 :No)には 、監視対象者の周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるとは限らないものとして 暑過ぎ注意状態不明信号を出力する (S1095 :暑過ぎ判断手段)。  [0333] If the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface is less than 38 degrees (S1085: No), the surrounding environment of the monitoring target is not necessarily too hot for the monitoring target. An attention state unknown signal is output (S1095: too hot judgment means).
[0334] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌接触服外状態 '負荷なし処理によれ ば、正面の温度センサ 19により監視対象者の体温 (または体温により高温となった周 囲の温度)を検出し、この温度が高体温閾値以上になった場合にも暑過ぎると判断 するので、監視対象者の体温が異常に高温になったことを検出することができる。  [0334] The state of skin contact clothing outside that such an elderly pendant 1 performs' With no load processing, the body temperature of the person being monitored by the front temperature sensor 19 (or the temperature around the temperature increased by the body temperature) Even if this temperature exceeds the hyperthermia threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too hot, so that it is possible to detect that the body temperature of the monitoring subject has become abnormally high.
[0335] [地肌接触服外状態'軽負荷処理]  [0335] [Skin contact clothes outside condition 'light load treatment]
次に、地肌接触服外状態 '軽負荷処理について図 27を用いて説明する。図 27は、 救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌接触服外状態 ·軽負荷処理 を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the background contact clothes outside state 'light load processing will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing the ground contact outer state / light load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0336] 地肌接触服外状態 ·軽負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理中 に実行される処理であって、まず、正面の温度センサ 19の出力、正面の湿度センサ[0336] Out-of-skin contact condition · Light load processing is during the above-mentioned over-hot state determination processing (Fig. 17) First, the output of the front temperature sensor 19 and the front humidity sensor
21の出力、背面の温度センサ 15の出力、および濡れセンサ 25の出力を取得 (入力Get 21 outputs, output of temperature sensor 15 on the back, and output of wetness sensor 25 (input
)する(S1110〜S1125)。 ) (S1110 to S1125).
[0337] そして、温度湿度指数 DIを算出する(S 1130)。ここで、温度湿度指数 DIの算出は[0337] Then, the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated (S1130). Here, the temperature and humidity index DI is calculated
、前述の地肌非接触服外状態'負荷なし処理 (図 18)と同様の手法により行う。 The same method as in the above-mentioned non-skin-out-of-skin condition 'no load process (Fig. 18) is used.
[0338] 続、て、温度湿度指数 DIが 80 (不快閾値)以上である力否かを判定する(S1135: 不快閾値判定手段)。 Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the temperature / humidity index DI is greater than or equal to 80 (discomfort threshold) (S1135: discomfort threshold determination means).
[0339] 温度湿度指数 DIが 80未満であれば(S1135 :No)、背面の温度センサ 15からの 出力が監視対象者にとって熱射病の危険がある 38度 (高体温閾値)以上である力否 かを判定する(S 1140 :高体温判定手段)。背面の温度センサ 15からの出力が 38度 未満である場合 (S 1140 : No)には、濡れセンサ 25の出力が監視対象者の皮膚の 濡れ (筐体 5の濡れ)を検出したか否かを判定する(S 1145:濡れ判定手段)  [0339] If the temperature / humidity index DI is less than 80 (S1135: No), the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface is at a risk of heat stroke for the monitored person. (S1140: hyperthermia determination means). If the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back is less than 38 degrees (S 1140: No), whether or not the output of the wetting sensor 25 has detected the wetting of the monitoring subject's skin (wetting of the housing 5) (S 1145: Wetting judgment means)
温度湿度指数 DIが 80以上である場合(S 1135: Yes)、背面の温度センサ 15から の出力が 38度以上である場合(S 1140: Yes)、および濡れセンサ 25の出力が監視 対象者の皮膚の濡れを検出した場合 (S1145 : Yes)には、監視対象者の周囲の環 境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるものとして暑過ぎ注意状態信号を RAM等のメモリ に格納(出力)する(S 1150:暑過ぎ判断手段)。  If the temperature / humidity index DI is 80 or higher (S 1135: Yes), the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back is 38 degrees or higher (S 1140: Yes), and the output of the wetting sensor 25 is If wetting of the skin is detected (S1145: Yes), the overheated caution signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S) because the surrounding environment of the monitored person is too hot for the monitored person. 1150: Means for determining too hot).
[0340] また、濡れセンサ 25の出力が監視対象者の皮膚の濡れを検出しな力つた場合 (S1 145 :No)には、監視対象者の周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるとは限ら ないものとして暑過ぎ注意状態不明信号を出力する(S1155 :暑過ぎ判断手段)。  [0340] If the output of the wetting sensor 25 does not detect the wetting of the monitoring subject's skin (S1 145: No), the surrounding environment of the monitoring subject is too hot for the monitoring subject. An over-hot attention state unknown signal is output as not limited (S1155: Over-hot judgment means).
[0341] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌接触服外状態 '軽負荷処理によれば 、監視対象者の発汗を検出することができるので、不快指数が不快閾値未満であつ て、背面の温度センサ 19による検出結果が高体温閾値未満であったとしても、監視 対象者の発汗を検出すれば暑過ぎであると判断することができる。  [0341] The state of skin contact clothing outside that such an aged pendant 1 performs' Slight load processing can detect sweating of the person being monitored, so that the discomfort index is less than the discomfort threshold and the back surface Even if the detection result by the temperature sensor 19 is less than the hyperthermia threshold, it can be determined that the subject is too hot if sweating of the monitoring subject is detected.
[0342] [地肌接触服外状態 ·中負荷処理]  [0342] [Skin contact out-of-clothes condition / medium load treatment]
次に、地肌接触服外状態 '中負荷処理について図 28を用いて説明する。図 28は、 救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌接触服外状態,中負荷処理 を示すフローチャートである。 [0343] 地肌接触服外状態 ·中負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理中 に実行される処理であって、前述の地肌接触服外状態'軽負荷処理(図 27)の S113 5の処理に換えて S 1160の処理を実行する以外は、地肌接触服外状態'軽負荷処 理(図 27)と同様の処理を実行する。 Next, the “out-of-ground contact clothes state” medium load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing the ground contact out-of-clothes state / medium load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50. [0343] Out-of-skin contact clothing state · The medium load process is a process executed during the above-described over-hot state determination process (Fig. 17). The same process as the “under-skin contact outer condition” light load process (FIG. 27) is executed except that the process of S 1160 is executed instead of the process of S113 5 of 27).
[0344] ここで、 S 1160の処理では、温度湿度指数 DIが 75以上であるか否かを判定する( S1160)。温度湿度指数 DIが 75以上であれば(SI 160 : Yes)、 SI 150に移行し、 温度湿度指数 DIが 75未満であれば(SI 160 : No)、 S1140に移行する。  Here, in the process of S 1160, it is determined whether or not the temperature / humidity index DI is 75 or more (S 1160). If the temperature / humidity index DI is 75 or more (SI 160: Yes), the process proceeds to SI 150. If the temperature / humidity index DI is less than 75 (SI 160: No), the process proceeds to S1140.
[0345] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌接触服外状態 '中負荷処理によれば 、監視対象者の発汗を検出することができるので、不快指数が不快閾値未満であつ て、背面の温度センサ 19による検出結果が高体温閾値未満であったとしても、監視 対象者の発汗を検出すれば暑過ぎであると判断することができる。  [0345] According to the above-mentioned state of skin contact clothes executed by the pendant 1 for elderly people's medium load processing, it is possible to detect perspiration of the monitoring subject, and therefore the discomfort index is less than the discomfort threshold and the back surface Even if the detection result by the temperature sensor 19 is less than the hyperthermia threshold, it can be determined that the subject is too hot if sweating of the monitoring subject is detected.
[0346] [地肌接触服外状態 ·重負荷処理]  [0346] [Out-of-skin contact outfit / heavy load treatment]
次に、地肌接触服外状態 '重負荷処理について図 29を用いて説明する。図 29は、 救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌接触服外状態,重負荷処理 を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the state outside the skin contact clothing 'heavy load processing will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the ground contact out-of-clothes state and heavy load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
[0347] 地肌接触服外状態 ·重負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理中 に実行される処理であって、前述の地肌接触服外状態'軽負荷処理(図 27)の S113 5の処理に換えて S 1165の処理を実行する以外は、地肌接触服外状態'軽負荷処 理(図 27)と同様の処理を実行する。  [0347] Out-of-skin contact clothing state · The heavy load processing is performed during the above-described over-hot state determination processing (Fig. 17). The same process as the “under-skin contact state” light load process (FIG. 27) is executed except that the process of S 1165 is executed instead of the process of S113 5 of 27).
[0348] ここで、 S 1165の処理では、温度湿度指数 DIが 70以上であるか否かを判定する( S1165)。温度湿度指数 DIが 70以上であれば(SI 165 : Yes)、 SI 150に移行し、 温度湿度指数 DIが 70未満であれば(SI 165 : No)、 S1140に移行する。  Here, in the process of S 1165, it is determined whether or not the temperature / humidity index DI is 70 or more (S 1165). If the temperature / humidity index DI is 70 or more (SI 165: Yes), the process proceeds to SI 150. If the temperature / humidity index DI is less than 70 (SI 165: No), the process proceeds to S1140.
[0349] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌接触服外状態 '重負荷処理によれば 、監視対象者の発汗を検出することができるので、不快指数が不快閾値未満であつ て、背面の温度センサ 19による検出結果が高体温閾値未満であったとしても、監視 対象者の発汗を検出すれば暑過ぎであると判断することができる。  [0349] The condition of the skin contact clothing outside that the pendant 1 for the elderly performs such as' heavy load processing can detect sweating of the person being monitored, so that the discomfort index is less than the discomfort threshold and the back surface Even if the detection result by the temperature sensor 19 is less than the hyperthermia threshold, it can be determined that the subject is too hot if sweating of the monitoring subject is detected.
[0350] [地肌接触服内状態'負荷なし処理]  [0350] [Skin contact clothes state 'no load processing]
次に、地肌接触服内状態 ·負荷なし処理について図 30を用いて説明する。図 30は 、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌接触服内状態 ·負荷なし処 理を示すフローチャートである。 Next, the state of contact with the background contact / no load will be described with reference to FIG. Figure 30 FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a background contact clothes state / no load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50. FIG.
[0351] 地肌接触服内状態'負荷なし処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理 中に実行される処理であって、基本的には前述の地肌接触服外状態 '負荷なし処理 (図 26)と同様の処理である。ただし、本処理は老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の 衣服の内部にあることが検出されたときに実行される処理であるので、監視対象者の 体温による影響を排除するための補正処理(S1010)を S1070の処理と S1075の処 理との間で実行する。 [0351] The condition of the skin contact clothes 'no load' is a process that is executed during the process of determining the overheat condition (Fig. 17). This is the same process as the none process (Fig. 26). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for elderly people is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, correction processing (S1010 for eliminating the influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject) ) Is executed between the processing of S1070 and the processing of S1075.
[0352] なお、本処理における補正処理は、前述の地肌非接触服内状態 ·負荷なし処理( 図 22)における補正処理と同様の処理である。  It should be noted that the correction process in this process is the same process as the correction process in the background non-contact in-clothing state / no load process (FIG. 22).
[0353] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌接触服内状態 ·負荷なし処理によれ ば、監視対象者の体温により正面の温度センサ 19の出力が大きな値になっていたと しても、監視対象者の体温の影響を排除することができる。また、正面の温度センサ 1 9により監視対象者の体温 (または体温により高温となった周囲の温度)を検出し、こ の温度が高体温閾値以上になった場合にも暑過ぎると判断するので、監視対象者の 体温が異常に高温になったことを検出することができる。  [0353] According to the condition of the skin contact garment performed by such a pendant 1 for elderly people · No load processing, even if the output of the temperature sensor 19 on the front is large due to the body temperature of the person being monitored, The influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject can be eliminated. In addition, the temperature sensor 19 on the front detects the body temperature of the person being monitored (or the ambient temperature that has risen due to body temperature), and if this temperature exceeds the high body temperature threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too hot. It is possible to detect that the body temperature of the monitoring subject has become abnormally high.
[0354] [地肌接触服内状態'軽負荷処理]  [0354] [Skin contact clothes' light load treatment]
次に、地肌接触服内状態'軽負荷処理について図 31を用いて説明する。図 31は、 救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌接触服内状態 ·軽負荷処理 を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the background contact clothes state 'light load processing will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing the ground contact inner state / light load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0355] 地肌接触服内状態'軽負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理中 に実行される処理であって、基本的には前述の地肌接触服外状態'軽負荷処理(図 27)と同様の処理である。ただし、本処理は老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の衣服 の内部にあることが検出されたときに実行される処理であるので、監視対象者の体温 による影響を排除するための補正処理(S1010)を S1125の処理と S1130の処理と の間で実行する。  [0355] The condition of the skin contact clothes' light load processing is executed during the process of the above-mentioned over-hot condition determination process (Fig. 17). This is the same processing as load processing (Fig. 27). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for elderly people is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, correction processing (S1010) is performed to eliminate the influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject. ) Is executed between the processing of S1125 and the processing of S1130.
[0356] なお、本処理における補正処理は、前述の地肌非接触服内状態 ·負荷なし処理( 図 22)における補正処理と同様の処理である。 [0357] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌接触服内状態 ·軽負荷処理によれば 、 監視対象者の体温により正面の温度センサ 19の出力が大きな値になっていたと しても、監視対象者の体温の影響を排除することができる。また、正面の温度センサ 1 9により監視対象者の体温 (または体温により高温となった周囲の温度)を検出し、こ の温度が高体温閾値以上になった場合にも暑過ぎると判断するので、監視対象者の 体温が異常に高温になったことを検出することができる。 It should be noted that the correction process in this process is the same process as the correction process in the background non-contact in-clothing state / no load process (FIG. 22). [0357] According to such a condition of the skin contact clothes that the pendant 1 for the elderly performs · light load processing, even if the output of the front temperature sensor 19 has become a large value due to the body temperature of the person being monitored, The influence of the body temperature of the monitoring subject can be eliminated. In addition, the temperature sensor 19 on the front detects the body temperature of the person being monitored (or the ambient temperature that has risen due to body temperature), and if this temperature exceeds the high body temperature threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too hot. It is possible to detect that the body temperature of the monitoring subject has become abnormally high.
[0358] [地肌接触服内状態'中負荷処理]  [0358] [Skin contact clothes state 'medium load treatment]
次に、地肌接触服内状態 ·中負荷処理について図 32を用いて説明する。図 32は、 救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌接触服内状態,中負荷処理 を示すフローチャートである。  Next, explanation will be given on the condition of inside contact clothes / medium load processing with reference to FIG. FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing the ground contact inner condition and medium load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0359] 地肌接触服内状態'中負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理中 に実行される処理であって、基本的には前述の地肌接触服外状態 ·中負荷処理(図 28)と同様の処理である。ただし、本処理は老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の衣服 の内部にあることが検出されたときに実行される処理であるので、監視対象者による 発汗の影響を排除するための補正処理 (S 1030:減少補正手段)を S 1125の処理と S 1130の処理との間で実行する。  [0359] The condition of the inside of the skin contact clothes' medium load process is a process executed during the process of the above-mentioned overheat condition determination process (Fig. 17). This is the same processing as the load processing (Fig. 28). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, the correction processing (S 1030: Reduction correction means) is executed between the processing of S1125 and the processing of S1130.
[0360] 本処理における補正処理は、前述の地肌非接触服内状態 ·中負荷処理(図 24)に おける補正処理と同様の処理である。  [0360] The correction process in this process is the same as the correction process in the above-described background non-contact in-clothes / medium load process (Fig. 24).
[0361] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌接触服内状態 ·中負荷処理によれば 、監視対象者の発汗により正面の湿度センサ 21の出力が大きな値になっていたとし ても、監視対象者の発汗の影響を排除することができる。また、正面の温度センサ 19 により監視対象者の体温 (または体温により高温となった周囲の温度)を検出し、この 温度が高体温閾値以上になった場合にも暑過ぎると判断するので、監視対象者の体 温が異常に高温になったことを検出することができる。  [0361] According to the background contact clothes state / medium load process performed by the pendant 1 for elderly people, even if the output of the humidity sensor 21 on the front side is a large value due to sweating by the person being monitored, It is possible to eliminate the influence of perspiration of the monitoring subject. In addition, the temperature sensor 19 on the front detects the body temperature of the person to be monitored (or the ambient temperature that has risen due to the body temperature), and if this temperature exceeds the high body temperature threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too high. It is possible to detect that the subject's body temperature has become abnormally high.
[0362] [地肌接触服内状態 ·重負荷処理]  [0362] [Skin contact clothes condition · heavy load treatment]
次に、地肌接触服内状態 ·重負荷処理について図 33を用いて説明する。図 33は、 救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する地肌接触服内状態,重負荷処理 を示すフローチャートである。 [0363] 地肌接触服内状態'重負荷処理は、前述の暑過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 17)の処理中 に実行される処理であって、基本的には前述の地肌接触服外状態'重負荷処理(図 29)と同様の処理である。ただし、本処理は老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の衣服 の内部にあることが検出されたときに実行される処理であるので、監視対象者による 発汗の影響を排除するための補正処理 (S 1030:減少補正手段)を S 1125の処理と S 1130の処理との間で実行する。 Next, the condition of the ground contact clothing / heavy load processing will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing the ground contact clothing state and heavy load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50. [0363] The condition of the skin contact clothing 'heavy load process is executed during the process of determining the overheat state (Fig. 17). This is the same processing as the load processing (Fig. 29). However, since this processing is executed when it is detected that the pendant 1 for the elderly is inside the clothing of the monitoring subject, the correction processing (S 1030: Reduction correction means) is executed between the processing of S1125 and the processing of S1130.
[0364] 本処理における補正処理は、前述の地肌非接触服内状態 ·重負荷処理(図 25)に おける補正処理と同様の処理である。  [0364] The correction process in this process is the same as the correction process in the background non-contact in-clothing state / heavy load process (Fig. 25).
[0365] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する地肌接触服内状態'重負荷処理によれば 、監視対象者の発汗により正面の湿度センサ 21の出力が大きな値になっていたとし ても、監視対象者の発汗の影響を排除することができる。また、正面の温度センサ 19 により監視対象者の体温 (または体温により高温となった周囲の温度)を検出し、この 温度が高体温閾値以上になった場合にも暑過ぎると判断するので、監視対象者の体 温が異常に高温になったことを検出することができる。  [0365] According to such a heavy contact process performed by the pendant 1 for elderly people, even if the output of the humidity sensor 21 on the front surface is a large value due to the sweat of the person being monitored, It is possible to eliminate the influence of perspiration of the monitoring subject. In addition, the temperature sensor 19 on the front detects the body temperature of the person to be monitored (or the ambient temperature that has risen due to the body temperature), and if this temperature exceeds the high body temperature threshold, it is determined that the temperature is too high. It is possible to detect that the subject's body temperature has become abnormally high.
[0366] [寒すぎ状態判断処理]  [0366] [Too cold condition judgment processing]
次に、監視対象者にとって寒過ぎる状態であることを検出する処理について図 34 を用いて説明する。図 34は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する寒過 ぎ状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for detecting that the monitoring subject is too cold will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing a cold state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0367] この寒過ぎ状態判断処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される処理 であって、まず、老人用ペンダント 1と監視対象者との位置関係を検出するペンダント 位置判断処理 (図 15)を実行し (S1210 :位置関係検出手段)、続いて監視対象者 が行う運動の運動負荷を検出する運動負荷判断処理(図 16)を実行する(S1215 : 運動負荷検出手段)。  [0367] This too cold state determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, a pendant position determination process that detects the positional relationship between the elderly pendant 1 and the monitoring subject ( 15) is executed (S1210: Position relation detecting means), and then an exercise load determination process (FIG. 16) for detecting the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject is executed (S1215: exercise load detecting means).
[0368] そして、ペンダント位置判断処理(図 15)および運動負荷判断処理(図 16)の処理 結果に応じて 1つの処理を選択し、監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるか否かを検出する 処理を実行する(S 1220 :寒過ぎ判断手段)。  [0368] Then, one process is selected according to the results of the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15) and the exercise load determination process (Figure 16), and a process is performed to detect whether it is too cold for the person being monitored. (S 1220: Means for determining too cold).
[0369] 即ち S1220では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服外状態信号 または地肌接触服外状態信号が出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)に て負荷なし判断信号または軽負荷判断信号が出力されていれば、後述する服外状 態'負荷なし'軽負荷処理 (図 35)を実行する。 [0369] That is, in S1220, a non-skin contact out-of-skin condition signal or a non-skin contact out-of-skin condition signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Figure 15), and the exercise load determination process (Figure 16) If no load determination signal or light load determination signal is output, the outside state “no load” light load processing (FIG. 35) described later is executed.
[0370] また S1220では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服外状態信号 または地肌接触服外状態信号が出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)に て中負荷判断信号または重負荷判断信号が出力されていれば、後述する服外状態[0370] In S1220, a non-skin contact out-of-skin condition signal or a non-skin contact out-of-skin condition signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and the medium load is determined in the exercise load determination process (Figure 16). If the judgment signal or heavy load judgment signal is output,
•中負荷'重負荷処理 (図 36)を実行する。 • Execute medium load and heavy load processing (Fig. 36).
[0371] また S1220では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服内状態信号 または地肌接触服内状態信号が出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)に て負荷なし判断信号または軽負荷判断信号が出力されていれば、後述する服内状 態'負荷なし'軽負荷処理 (図 37)を実行する。 [0371] Also, in S1220, a non-skin contact condition signal or a contact condition signal is output in the pendant position determination process (Fig. 15), and there is no load in the exercise load determination process (Figure 16). If the judgment signal or the light load judgment signal is output, the in-clothes state 'no load' light load processing (Fig. 37) described later is executed.
[0372] また S1220では、ペンダント位置判断処理 (図 15)にて地肌非接触服内状態信号 または地肌接触服内状態信号が出力されており、かつ運動負荷判断処理 (図 16)に て中負荷判断信号または重負荷判断信号が出力されていれば、後述する服内状態[0372] Also, in S1220, the background non-contact clothing state signal or the ground contact clothing state signal is output in the pendant position judgment processing (Fig. 15), and the medium load is determined in the exercise load judgment processing (Fig. 16). If the judgment signal or heavy load judgment signal is output,
•中負荷'重負荷処理 (図 38)を実行する。 • Execute medium load and heavy load processing (Fig. 38).
[0373] 続いて、 S1220により RAM等のメモリに格納された寒過ぎ注意信号を読み込み( 入力し)(S 1225)、寒過ぎ注意信号力メモリに格納されていれば (つまり、監視対象 者の周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって寒過ぎると判断されれば)、寒過ぎである旨を 監視対象者に対して報知する(S1230, S1235 :寒過ぎ報知手段)。 [0373] Next, S1220 reads (inputs) the too cold warning signal stored in the RAM or other memory (S 1225), and if it is stored in the too cold warning signal memory (that is, the monitoring target's If it is determined that the surrounding environment is too cold for the monitoring subject), the monitoring subject is notified that it is too cold (S1230, S1235: too cold notification means).
[0374] 具体的には、寒過ぎ注意のメッセージ音をスピーカ 65から出力させ(S1230)、電 飾 63を青色に発光させるとともに、ディスプレイ 61に寒過ぎである旨を示すメッセ一 ジを表示させる(S 1235)。 [0374] Specifically, a message sound indicating that it is too cold is output from the speaker 65 (S1230), the illumination 63 emits blue light, and a message indicating that the display is too cold is displayed on the display 61. (S 1235).
[0375] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する寒過ぎ状態判断処理によれば、監視対象 者にとって寒過ぎると判断した場合には、寒過ぎである旨を監視対象者に報知するこ とでさる。 [0375] According to such a too cold state determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1, when it is determined that the monitoring subject is too cold, the monitoring subject is notified that the monitoring subject is too cold. Monkey.
[0376] [服外状態 '負荷なし ·軽負荷処理]  [0376] [Out-of-clothes state 'no load · light load processing]
次に、服外状態 ·負荷なし'軽負荷処理について図 35を用いて説明する。図 35は 、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する服外状態'負荷なし'軽負荷処 理を示すフローチャートである。 [0377] 服外状態'負荷なし'軽負荷処理は、前述の寒過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 34)の処理 中に実行される処理であって、まず、正面の温度センサ 19の出力を取得 (入力)する (S1260)。 Next, the out-of-clothes state / no load 'light load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing an out-of-clothes state “no load” light load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50. [0377] The out-of-clothes state 'no load' light load process is a process executed during the process of the above-mentioned too cold state determination process (Fig. 34), and first obtains the output of the front temperature sensor 19 ( Input) (S1260).
[0378] そして、正面の温度センサ 19による検出結果が例えば 0度 (第 1低温閾値)未満で ある力否かを判定する(S 1265:第 1低温閾値判定手段)。正面の温度センサ 19によ る検出結果が 0度以上であれば(S1265 :No)、正面の温度センサ 19による検出結 果が 10度 (第 2低温閾値:第 1低温閾値よりも大きく設定されて 、る。)未満であるか 否かを判定する(S 1270:第 2低温閾値判定手段)。  [0378] Then, it is determined whether or not the detection result of the temperature sensor 19 on the front side is less than 0 degrees (first low temperature threshold), for example (S1265: first low temperature threshold determination means). If the detection result by the front temperature sensor 19 is 0 degree or more (S1265: No), the detection result by the front temperature sensor 19 is 10 degrees (the second low temperature threshold: set to be larger than the first low temperature threshold). (S 1270: second low temperature threshold determination means).
[0379] 正面の温度センサ 19による検出結果が 10度未満であれば(S1270 : Yes)、風速 センサ 29の出力を取得 (入力)し(S1275)、風速センサ 29の出力が風速 5m (風速 閾値)以上であるか否かを判定する(S 1280:風速判定手段)。  [0379] If the detection result by the front temperature sensor 19 is less than 10 degrees (S1270: Yes), the output of the wind speed sensor 29 is acquired (input) (S1275), and the output of the wind speed sensor 29 is 5 m (wind speed threshold) ) It is determined whether or not (S 1280: wind speed determination means).
[0380] 正面の温度センサ 19による検出結果力 ^度未満である場合(S1265 :Yes)、風速 センサ 29の出力が風速 5m以上である場合(S1280 :Yes)には、監視対象者の周 囲の環境が監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるものとして寒過ぎ注意状態信号を RAM等 のメモリに格納(出力)し (S1285 :寒過ぎ判断手段)、服外状態'負荷なし'軽負荷処 理を終了する。  [0380] If the detection result force by the temperature sensor 19 on the front is less than ^ degrees (S1265: Yes), and the output of the wind speed sensor 29 is 5 m or higher (S1280: Yes), Stores (outputs) a too cold attention state signal in a memory such as RAM (S1285: Means of determining too cold) and terminates the light load process without load. .
[0381] また、正面の温度センサ 19による検出結果が 10度以上である場合(S1270 :No) 、風速センサ 29の出力が風速 5m以上である場合(S1280 :No)には、監視対象者 の周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるかどうかは不明であるものとして寒過ぎ 注意状態不明信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S1290 :寒過ぎ判断手段)、 服外状態'負荷なし'軽負荷処理を終了する。  [0381] If the detection result by the temperature sensor 19 on the front is 10 degrees or higher (S1270: No), and the output of the wind speed sensor 29 is 5 m or higher (S1280: No), It is unclear whether the surrounding environment is too cold for the person being monitored. It is too cold. An attention state unknown signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S1290: too cold judgment means). 'End light load processing.
[0382] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する服外状態 ·負荷なし'軽負荷処理によれば 、正面の温度センサ 19により検出された温度力 第 1低温閾値未満である場合に、 監視対象者にとって寒すぎると判断するとともに、正面の温度センサ 19により検出さ れた温度が第 1低温閾値よりも高温であったとしても、第 2低温閾値よりも低温であつ て、風速センサ 23により風速閾値以上の風速を検出すると監視対象者にとって寒す ぎると判断する。  [0382] Out-of-clothes state that such an elderly pendant 1 performs · No load 'Light load processing, if the temperature force detected by the front temperature sensor 19 is less than the first low-temperature threshold, Even if the temperature detected by the front temperature sensor 19 is higher than the first low temperature threshold, the wind speed sensor 23 determines that the temperature is lower than the second low temperature threshold. If a wind speed above the threshold is detected, it is judged that the person being monitored is too cold.
[0383] よって、このような携帯監視装置によれば、風速が増すと体感温度が下がる特性を 利用しているので、監視対象者にとって寒すぎることを良好に検出することができる。 [0383] Therefore, according to such a portable monitoring device, the temperature of the sensible temperature decreases as the wind speed increases. Since it uses, it can detect well that it is too cold for the monitoring subject.
[0384] [服外状態'中負荷'重負荷処理]  [0384] [Out-of-clothes 'medium load' heavy load processing]
次に、服外状態 ·中負荷 ·重負荷処理について図 36を用いて説明する。図 36は、 救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する服外状態 ·中負荷 ·重負荷処理を 示すフローチャートである。  Next, the out-of-clothes / medium load / heavy load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an out-of-clothes state / medium load / heavy load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
[0385] 服外状態'中負荷'重負荷処理は、前述の寒過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 34)の処理中 に実行される処理であって、まず、正面の温度センサ 19の出力を取得 (入力)する(S 1310)。  [0385] The out-of-clothes state 'medium load' heavy load process is a process executed during the process of the above-mentioned too cold state determination process (Fig. 34). First, the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is acquired ( (S 1310).
[0386] そして、正面の温度センサ 19による検出結果が例えば— 5度 (第 1低温閾値)未満 であるか否かを判定する(S 1315:第 1低温閾値判定手段)。正面の温度センサ 19 による検出結果が 5度以上であれば(S 1315: No)、正面の温度センサ 19による 検出結果が 5度 (第 2低温閾値:第 1低温閾値よりも大きく設定されて 、る。)未満であ るか否かを判定する(S1320 :第 2低温閾値判定手段)。  Then, it is determined whether or not the detection result by the front temperature sensor 19 is less than −5 degrees (first low temperature threshold), for example (S 1315: first low temperature threshold determination means). If the detection result by the front temperature sensor 19 is 5 degrees or more (S 1315: No), the detection result by the front temperature sensor 19 is 5 degrees (second low temperature threshold: set larger than the first low temperature threshold, (S1320: second low temperature threshold determination means).
[0387] 正面の温度センサ 19による検出結果が 5度未満であれば(S1320 : Yes)、風速セ ンサ 29の出力を取得 (入力)し (S1325)、風速センサ 29の出力が風速 5m (風速閾 値)以上であるか否かを判定する(S 1330:風速判定手段)。  [0387] If the detection result of the front temperature sensor 19 is less than 5 degrees (S1320: Yes), the output of the wind speed sensor 29 is acquired (input) (S1325), and the output of the wind speed sensor 29 is 5 m (wind speed). It is determined whether or not (threshold value) or more (S 1330: wind speed determination means).
[0388] 正面の温度センサ 19による検出結果が— 5度未満である場合(S 1315 : Yes)、風 速センサ 29の出力が風速 5m以上である場合(S1330 :Yes)には、監視対象者の 周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるものとして寒過ぎ注意状態信号を RAM 等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S1335 :寒過ぎ判断手段)、服外状態 '中負荷'重負荷 処理を終了する。  [0388] If the detection result of the front temperature sensor 19 is less than 5 degrees (S 1315: Yes), and the output of the wind speed sensor 29 is 5 m or more (S1330: Yes), Stores (outputs) a too cold caution signal in RAM or other memory, assuming that the surrounding environment is too cold for the person being monitored (S1335: Means of determining too cold), and terminates the 'medium load' heavy load process. To do.
[0389] また、正面の温度センサ 19による検出結果が 5度以上である場合(S1320 :No)、 風速センサ 29の出力が風速 5m以上である場合(SI 330 : No)には、監視対象者の 周囲の環境が監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるかどうかは不明であるものとして寒過ぎ注 意状態不明信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S1340 :寒過ぎ判断手段)、服 外状態 ·中負荷 ·重負荷処理を終了する。  [0389] If the detection result by the front temperature sensor 19 is 5 degrees or more (S1320: No), and the output of the wind speed sensor 29 is 5 m or more (SI 330: No), the person to be monitored It is unclear whether the surrounding environment is too cold for the person being monitored, and it is too cold to store (output) an attention state unknown signal in a memory such as RAM (S1340: too cold judgment means) Medium load · Ends heavy load processing.
[0390] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する服外状態'中負荷'重負荷処理によれば、 正面の温度センサ 19により検出された温度が、第 1低温閾値未満である場合に、監 視対象者にとって寒すぎると判断するとともに、正面の温度センサ 19により検出され た温度が第 1低温閾値よりも高温であったとしても、第 2低温閾値よりも低温であって 、風速センサ 23により風速閾値以上の風速を検出すると監視対象者にとって寒すぎ ると判断する。 [0390] According to such an out-of-clothes state 'medium load' heavy load process executed by the elderly pendant 1, when the temperature detected by the front temperature sensor 19 is lower than the first low temperature threshold, Even if the temperature detected by the front temperature sensor 19 is higher than the first low temperature threshold, the temperature is lower than the second low temperature threshold and the wind speed sensor 23 If a wind speed above the wind speed threshold is detected, it is judged that the person being monitored is too cold.
[0391] よって、このような携帯監視装置によれば、風速が増すと体感温度が下がる特性を 利用しているので、監視対象者にとって寒すぎることを良好に検出することができる。  [0391] Therefore, according to such a portable monitoring device, it is possible to satisfactorily detect that it is too cold for the person being monitored because it uses the characteristic that the sensible temperature decreases as the wind speed increases.
[0392] なお、本処理における第 1低温閾値および第 2低温閾値は、前述の服外状態 '負 荷なし'軽負荷処理(図 35)における第 1低温閾値および第 2低温閾値よりもそれぞ れ小さな値に設定されている。このように設定されているのは、監視対象者が激しい 運動(中負荷運動および重負荷運動)を実施して 、る場合には、監視対象者がほと んど運動をして 、な 、状態 (負荷なしまたは軽負荷運動)のときよりも寒さを感じ難!ヽ 力もである。従って、老人用ペンダント 1によれば監視対象者が行う運動負荷の大き さに応じて良好に寒過ぎることを検出することができる。  [0392] The first low temperature threshold and the second low temperature threshold in this process are different from the first low temperature threshold and the second low temperature threshold in the aforementioned out-of-clothes 'no load' light load process (Fig. 35), respectively. This is set to a small value. In this way, the person being monitored performs intense exercise (medium-load exercise and heavy-load exercise). It is harder to feel the cold than in the state (no load or light exercise)! Therefore, according to the pendant 1 for elderly people, it can be detected that it is too cold according to the magnitude of the exercise load performed by the monitoring subject.
[0393] [服内状態 '負荷なし'軽負荷処理]  [0393] [In-clothes 'no load' light load treatment]
次に、服内状態 ·負荷なし'軽負荷処理について図 37を用いて説明する。図 37は 、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する服内状態'負荷なし'軽負荷処 理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the in-clothes state / no load 'light load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing the in-clothes state “no load” light load processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0394] 服内状態'負荷なし'軽負荷処理は、前述の寒過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 34)の処理 中に実行される処理であって、まず、背面の温度センサ 15の出力および正面の温度 センサ 19の出力を取得(入力)する(S1360, S1365)。  [0394] The in-clothes state 'no load' light load process is a process executed during the process of the above-mentioned too cold state determination process (Fig. 34). Obtain (input) the output of the temperature sensor 19 (S1360, S1365).
[0395] そして、背面の温度センサ 15の出力および正面の温度センサ 19の出力の差分が 3度 (第 3低温閾値)以上であるか否かを判定する(S 1370:第 3低温閾値判定手段) 。背面の温度センサ 15の出力および正面の温度センサ 19の出力の差分が 3度未満 であれば(S 1370 : No)、正面の温度センサ 19の出力が 5度(第 5低温閾値)未満で ある力否かを判定する(S 1375:第 5低温閾値判定手段)  [0395] Then, it is determined whether the difference between the output of the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface and the output of the temperature sensor 19 on the front surface is 3 degrees (third low temperature threshold value) or more (S 1370: third low temperature threshold value determining means) ) If the difference between the output of the rear temperature sensor 15 and the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is less than 3 degrees (S1370: No), the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is less than 5 degrees (5th low temperature threshold). Judgment of power or not (S 1375: Fifth low temperature threshold judgment means)
背面の温度センサ 15の出力および正面の温度センサ 19の出力の差分が 3度以上 であれば (S 1370: Yes)、背面の温度センサ 19の出力が 20度 (第 4低温閾値)未満 であるか否かを判定する(S 1380:第 4低温閾値判定手段)。 [0396] 正面の温度センサ 19の出力が 5度未満である場合(S1375 :Yes)、および背面の 温度センサ 19の出力が 20度未満である場合 (S1380 : Yes)には、監視対象者の周 囲の環境が監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるものとして寒過ぎ注意状態信号を RAM等 のメモリに格納(出力)し (S1385 :寒過ぎ判断手段)、服内状態 ·負荷なし'軽負荷処 理を終了する。 If the difference between the output of the rear temperature sensor 15 and the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is 3 degrees or more (S1370: Yes), the output of the rear temperature sensor 19 is less than 20 degrees (fourth low temperature threshold). (S 1380: Fourth low-temperature threshold determination means). [0396] When the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is less than 5 degrees (S1375: Yes) and when the output of the rear temperature sensor 19 is less than 20 degrees (S1380: Yes), Stores (outputs) a too cold caution signal in RAM or other memory, assuming that the surrounding environment is too cold for the person being monitored (S1385: Means of determining too cold), and the in-clothes condition · No load 'light load processing finish.
[0397] 正面の温度センサ 19の出力が 5度以上である場合(S1375 :No)、および背面の 温度センサ 19の出力が 20度以上である場合 (S1380 :No)には、監視対象者の周 囲の環境が監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるかどうかは不明であるものとして寒過ぎ注意 状態不明信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S1390 :寒過ぎ判断手段)、服内 状態'負荷なし'軽負荷処理を終了する。  [0397] When the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is 5 degrees or more (S1375: No), and when the output of the rear temperature sensor 19 is 20 degrees or more (S1380: No), It is unclear whether the surrounding environment is too cold for the person being monitored, and it is too cold. A state unknown signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S1390: too cold judgment means), and the clothes state 'load None 'Ends light load processing.
[0398] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する服内状態 ·負荷なし'軽負荷処理によれば 、服外状態'中負荷'重負荷処理 (図 36)と同様に、監視対象者にとって寒すぎること を良好に検出することができる。  [0398] The in-clothes state that such an elderly pendant 1 performs · No load 'light load processing, the same as in the out-of-clothes' medium load' heavy load processing (Fig. 36), Too much can be detected well.
[0399] [服内状態'中負荷'重負荷処理]  [0399] [In-clothes 'medium load' heavy load processing]
次に、服内状態 ·中負荷 ·重負荷処理について図 38を用いて説明する。図 38は、 救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する服内状態 ·中負荷 ·重負荷処理を 示すフローチャートである。  Next, the in-clothes / medium load / heavy load process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing the in-clothes / medium load / heavy load process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50.
[0400] 服内状態'中負荷'重負荷処理は、前述の寒過ぎ状態判断処理 (図 34)の処理中 に実行される処理であって、まず、背面の温度センサ 15の出力および正面の温度セ ンサ 19の出力を取得 (入力)する(S1410, S1415)。  [0400] The in-clothes state 'medium load' heavy load process is a process executed during the process of the above-described too cold state determination process (Fig. 34). Acquire (input) the output of the temperature sensor 19 (S1410, S1415).
[0401] そして、背面の温度センサ 15の出力および正面の温度センサ 19の出力の差分が 3度 (第 3低温閾値)以上であるか否かを判定する(S 1420:第 3低温閾値判定手段) 。背面の温度センサ 15の出力および正面の温度センサ 19の出力の差分が 3度未満 であれば(S 1420 : No)、正面の温度センサ 19の出力が 0度(第 5低温閾値)未満で ある力否かを判定する(S 1425:第 5低温閾値判定手段)  [0401] Then, it is determined whether the difference between the output of the temperature sensor 15 on the back surface and the output of the temperature sensor 19 on the front surface is 3 degrees (third low temperature threshold value) or more (S1420: third low temperature threshold value determining means) ) If the difference between the output of the temperature sensor 15 on the back and the output of the temperature sensor 19 on the front is less than 3 degrees (S1420: No), the output of the temperature sensor 19 on the front is less than 0 degrees (5th low temperature threshold) Judgment of force or not (S 1425: Fifth low temperature threshold judgment means)
背面の温度センサ 15の出力および正面の温度センサ 19の出力の差分が 3度以上 であれば (S 1420 : Yes)、背面の温度センサ 19の出力が 15度 (第 4低温閾値)未満 であるか否かを判定する(S 1430:第 4低温閾値判定手段)。 [0402] 正面の温度センサ 19の出力力^)度未満である場合(S1425 :Yes)、および背面の 温度センサ 19の出力が 15度未満である場合 (S 1430 : Yes)には、監視対象者の周 囲の環境が監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるものとして寒過ぎ注意状態信号を RAM等 のメモリに格納(出力)し (S1435 :寒過ぎ判断手段)、服内状態'中負荷'重負荷処 理を終了する。 If the difference between the output of the rear temperature sensor 15 and the output of the front temperature sensor 19 is 3 degrees or more (S1420: Yes), the output of the rear temperature sensor 19 is less than 15 degrees (fourth low temperature threshold). (S 1430: Fourth low temperature threshold determination means). [0402] If the output power of the temperature sensor 19 on the front is less than ()) (S1425: Yes), and if the output of the temperature sensor 19 on the back is less than 15 degrees (S1430: Yes) If the surrounding environment of the person is too cold for the person being monitored, a too cold attention state signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S1435: too cold judgment means), and the in-clothes state 'medium load' End the process.
[0403] 正面の温度センサ 19の出力力^)度以上である場合(S1425 :No)、および背面の 温度センサ 19の出力が 15度以上である場合 (S 1430 : No)には、監視対象者の周 囲の環境が監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるかどうかは不明であるものとして寒過ぎ注意 状態不明信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S1440:寒過ぎ判断手段)、服内 状態 ·中負荷 ·重負荷処理を終了する。  [0403] When the output power of the front temperature sensor 19 is greater than or equal to (°) (S1425: No) and when the output of the rear temperature sensor 19 is greater than 15 ° (S 1430: No) It is unclear whether the surrounding environment of the person is too cold for the person being monitored. It is too cold. A state unknown signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S1440: Too cold judgment means) · Medium load · End heavy load processing.
[0404] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する服内状態 ·中負荷 ·重負荷処理によれば、 服外状態'中負荷'重負荷処理 (図 36)と同様に、監視対象者にとって寒すぎること を良好に検出することができる。  [0404] According to such an in-clothes state / medium load / heavy load process performed by the pendant 1 for elderly people, it is cold for the monitoring subject in the same manner as the outside state 'medium load' heavy load process (FIG. 36). Too much can be detected well.
[0405] [寒暖救援依頼処理]  [0405] [Cold / warm relief request processing]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1において、監視対象者を救援する必要があるか否かを判 定する処理について図 39を用いて説明する。図 39は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50 の MPU51が実行する寒暖救援依頼処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, with reference to FIG. 39, the process for determining whether or not the monitoring subject needs to be rescued in the elderly pendant 1 will be described. FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing the cold / warm rescue request process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitter 50.
[0406] この寒暖救援依頼処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される処理で あって、まず、救援依頼の猶予中であるか否かを判定する(S1460 :作動禁止手段) 。この救援依頼の猶予中とは、 RAM等のメモリに後述する救援依頼猶予信号が格 納されて 、る力否かに基づ 、て判断する。  [0406] This cold / warm rescue request process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms), and first, it is determined whether or not the rescue request is being suspended (S1460: operation prohibiting means). Whether the relief request is being suspended is determined based on whether or not a relief request suspension signal, which will be described later, is stored in a memory such as a RAM and the like.
[0407] 救援依頼の猶予中であれば (S 1460 : Yes)、寒暖救援依頼処理を終了する。  [0407] If the relief request is being suspended (S1460: Yes), the cold / warm relief request processing is terminated.
[0408] また、救援依頼の猶予中でなければ(S 1460 : No)、メモリに格納された寒過ぎ注 意信号および暑過ぎ注意信号を取得 (入力)する(S1465, S1470)。  [0408] If the relief request is not being suspended (S1460: No), the excessively cold attention signal and the excessively hot attention signal stored in the memory are acquired (input) (S1465, S1470).
[0409] そして、暑過ぎ注意信号または寒過ぎ注意信号を取得したか否かを判定する(S 14 75)。暑過ぎ注意信号または寒過ぎ注意信号を取得していなければ (S 1475 : No)、 寒暖救援依頼処理を終了する。暑過ぎ注意信号または寒過ぎ注意信号を取得して いれば (S 1475 : Yes)、監視対象者に暑過ぎまたは寒すぎである旨を報知する(S1 480)。具体的には例えば、暑過ぎまたは寒すぎを表す警告のメッセージ音をスピー 力 65から出力させ、電飾 63を赤色に発光させるとともに、ディスプレイ 61に警告を示 すメッセージを表示させる。 [0409] Then, it is determined whether an over-hot caution signal or a too cold caution signal has been acquired (S 14 75). If an overheat warning signal or a too cold warning signal has not been acquired (S 1475: No), the cold / warm relief request processing is terminated. If an over-hot warning signal or a too cold warning signal is acquired (S1475: Yes), the monitoring subject is notified that it is too hot or too cold (S1 480). Specifically, for example, a warning message sound indicating that the temperature is too hot or too cold is output from the speaker 65, the illumination 63 is lit red, and a message indicating the warning is displayed on the display 61.
[0410] そして、タイマをスタートさせ(S 1485)、確認ボタン 73の操作を受け付け(S 1490) 、確認ボタン 73が操作されたカゝ否かを判定する(S 1495 :操作判定手段)。確認ボタ ン 73が操作されていなければ(S 1495 : No)、タイマがスタートしてから 1分 (待機時 間)が経過したか否かを判定する(S1500 :第 1救援判断手段)。  [0410] Then, the timer is started (S 1485), the operation of the confirmation button 73 is accepted (S 1490), and it is determined whether or not the confirmation button 73 has been operated (S 1495: operation determination means). If confirmation button 73 has not been operated (S1495: No), it is determined whether 1 minute (standby time) has elapsed since the timer started (S1500: first rescue determination means).
[0411] タイマがスタートしてから 1分が経過していなければ(S1500 :No)、 S1490の処理 に戻り、タイマがスタートしてから 1分が経過していれば(S 1500 : Yes)、監視対象者 を救援する必要があるものとして救援依頼状態信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力) し (S 1505)、寒暖救援依頼処理を終了する。  [0411] If one minute has not elapsed since the timer started (S1500: No), the process returns to S1490. If one minute has elapsed since the timer started (S 1500: Yes), The rescue request status signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S 1505) as the monitoring target needs to be rescued, and the cold / warm rescue request process is terminated.
[0412] また、確認ボタン 73が操作されていれば(S 1495 : Yes)、 30分間の救援依頼猶予 信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S1510)、寒暖救援依頼処理を終了する。  [0412] If the confirmation button 73 is operated (S 1495: Yes), the relief request postponement signal for 30 minutes is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S1510), and the cold / warm relief request processing is terminated. .
[0413] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する寒暖救援依頼処理によれば、監視対象者 にとつて暑過ぎることまたは寒すぎることが検出されたときにおいて、確認ボタン 73が 操作されたか否かに基づ!/ヽて、監視対象者に意識障害や運動障害等の異常が発生 したカゝ否かを判断する。よって、監視対象者が操作部の操作ができなカゝつた場合等、 確認ボタン 73が操作されない場合には、監視対象者に異常が発生したものとして監 視対象者を救援する必要があると判断することができる。また、確認ボタン 73が操作 された後、猶予時間が経過するまでは一定時間は監視対象者を救援する判断を禁 止することができるので、監視対象者に異常が発生して!/ヽな ヽ場合に救援する必要 力 Sあると判断されることを防止することができる。  [0413] According to the cold / warm relief request processing executed by the elderly pendant 1, whether or not the confirmation button 73 is operated when it is detected that the monitoring subject is too hot or too cold. Based on! / Determine whether or not there is an abnormality such as disturbance of consciousness or movement disorder in the monitored person. Therefore, when the confirmation button 73 is not operated, such as when the monitoring subject cannot operate the operation unit, it is necessary to rescue the monitoring subject as an abnormality has occurred in the monitoring subject. Judgment can be made. In addition, after the confirmation button 73 is operated, the decision to rescue the monitored person can be prohibited for a certain period of time until the grace period elapses. It is possible to prevent a person from being judged to have the necessary power S to help in the event of a drought.
[0414] [救援依頼の猶予中設定処理]  [0414] [Relief request grace period setting process]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1において、救援依頼の猶予中である設定を解除する処理 について図 40を用いて説明する。図 40は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51 が実行する救援依頼の猶予中設定処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, with reference to FIG. 40, a process for canceling the setting for the relief request in the elderly pendant 1 will be described. FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing a relief request grace period setting process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0415] この救援依頼の猶予中設定処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動され る処理であって、まず、メモリに格納された救援依頼猶予信号を取得 (入力)する(S1 520) oそして、救援依頼猶予信号が取得されたカゝ否かを判定する(S1525)。 [0415] This relief request grace setting process is a process that is activated periodically (eg, every 10 ms), and first obtains (inputs) a relief request grace signal stored in memory (S1). 520) o Then, it is determined whether or not the rescue request postponement signal has been acquired (S1525).
[0416] 救援依頼猶予信号が取得されていなければ (S1525 :No)、救援依頼の猶予中設 定処理を終了する。また、救援依頼猶予信号が取得されていれば (S1525 :Yes)、 タイマをクリア後スタートし(SI 530)、タイマがスタートしてから 30分が経過した力否 かを判定する(S 1535)。 [0416] If the relief request postponement signal has not been acquired (S1525: No), the setup process during the postponement of the rescue request is ended. Also, if a relief request postponement signal has been acquired (S1525: Yes), the timer is cleared and then started (SI 530), and it is determined whether or not 30 minutes have passed since the timer started (S 1535). .
[0417] タイマがスタートしてから 30分が経過していなければ(S1535 :No)、 S1535の処 理を繰り返し、タイマがスタートしてから 30分が経過していれば(S 1535 : Yes)、 RA[0417] If 30 minutes have not elapsed since the timer started (S1535: No), repeat the processing of S1535, and if 30 minutes have elapsed since the timer started (S 1535: Yes) , RA
M等のメモリに格納された救援依頼猶予信号を削除することにより救援依頼の判断 猶予状態を解除し (S 1540)、救援依頼の猶予中設定処理を終了する。 The relief request grace signal is canceled by deleting the relief request grace signal stored in the memory such as M (S 1540), and the grace period setting process for the rescue request is terminated.
[0418] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する救援依頼の猶予中設定処理によれば、一 定時間 (ここでは 30分間)が経過した際に、良好に救援依頼の判断猶予状態を解除 することができる。 [0418] According to the setting process for the grace period of the relief request executed by the elderly pendant 1, when the fixed time (here 30 minutes) has elapsed, the grace state of the judgment for the relief request is successfully canceled. be able to.
[0419] [救援依頼の送信処理] [0419] [Relief request transmission process]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1において、救援依頼を送信する処理について図 41を用 いて説明する。図 41は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する救援依頼 の送信処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for transmitting a rescue request in the elderly pendant 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing a rescue request transmission process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0420] この救援依頼の送信処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される処理 であって、まず、メモリに格納された救援依頼状態信号を取得 (入力)する(S1560)[0420] This rescue request transmission process is a process activated periodically (for example, every 10 ms), and first obtains (inputs) a rescue request status signal stored in the memory (S1560).
。そして、救援依頼状態信号が取得された力否かを判定する(S1565)。 . Then, it is determined whether or not the force with which the rescue request state signal is acquired (S1565).
[0421] 救援依頼状態信号が取得されていなければ (S1565 :No)、救援依頼の送信処理 を終了する。 [0421] If the rescue request status signal is not acquired (S1565: No), the transmission process of the rescue request is terminated.
[0422] 救援依頼状態信号が取得されていれば (S1565 : Yes)、 GPS受信機 27により検 出された老人用ペンダント 1の現在地の情報を入力し (S1570)、この現在地の情報 を含む救援依頼メールを生成し、このメールを予め設定された連絡先に対して送信 する(S1575)。そして、この処理が終了すると、救援依頼の送信処理を終了する。  [0422] If the rescue request status signal has been acquired (S1565: Yes), the information on the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly detected by the GPS receiver 27 is input (S1570), and the rescue including the current location information is entered. A request mail is generated, and this mail is transmitted to a preset contact (S1575). When this process ends, the rescue request transmission process ends.
[0423] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する救援依頼の送信処理によれば、救援依頼 を送信する必要がある場合に、良好に救援依頼を連絡先に対して送信することがで きる。 [0424] [徘徊判断処理] [0423] According to such a relief request transmission process executed by the aged pendant 1, when a relief request needs to be transmitted, the relief request can be successfully transmitted to the contact. [0424] [Decision processing]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1において、監視対象者力 S徘徊していることを検出する処 理について図 42を用いて説明する。図 42は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU5 1が実行する徘徊判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, with reference to FIG. 42, the process for detecting that the monitoring target person's power S is reduced in the pendant 1 for the elderly will be described. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing the wrinkle determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0425] この徘徊判断処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される処理であつ て、まず、 GPS受信機 27により検出された老人用ペンダント 1の現在地の情報を入 力するとともに(S1610)、訪問先メモリ 55に格納された立ち回り先の位置情報を読 み出す(S1615)。  [0425] This defect determination process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, information on the current location of the pendant 1 for elderly people detected by the GPS receiver 27 is input ( S1610), the location information of the turn-around destination stored in the visited memory 55 is read (S1615).
[0426] そして、老人用ペンダント 1の現在地が立ち回り先として登録されている位置以外の 位置であるか否かを判定する(S 1620)。老人用ペンダント 1の現在地が立ち回り先 として登録されている位置であれば(S 1620 : No)、徘徊判断処理を終了する。  [0426] Then, it is determined whether or not the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly is a position other than the position registered as the turnaround destination (S 1620). If the current position of the pendant 1 for the elderly is a position registered as a turnaround destination (S 1620: No), the wrinkle determination process is terminated.
[0427] また、老人用ペンダント 1の現在地が立ち回り先として登録されている位置でなけれ ば (S1620 :Yes)、後述する歩行 *停止のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理 (S1625 :図 43)、後述する歩行 '左'右ターンのランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理 (S1630 : 図 44)、後述する歩行'座り動作のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理 (S1635:図 45 )を順に実行する。即ち、 S1625〜S1635の処理では、監視対象者の動作が、徘徊 を行う者に特有の特定パターンであるカゝ否かを判定することにより、監視対象者が心 神喪失状態であるか否かを判定する (心神喪失判定手段)。  [0427] Also, if the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly is not the position registered as the turnaround destination (S1620: Yes), the walking * stop random short-term repeated determination process (S1625: Fig. 43), which will be described later, will be described later. The walking “left” and right turn random short-term repetition judgment processing (S1630: FIG. 44) and the walking “sitting” random short-term repetition judgment processing (S1635: FIG. 45) described later are executed in this order. That is, in the processing of S1625 to S1635, whether or not the monitoring target person is in a state of mental loss is determined by determining whether or not the monitoring target person's action is a specific pattern specific to the person who performs the monitoring. (Measles loss determination means).
[0428] 続いて、 S1625〜S1635の処理にて心神喪失の可能性信号が出力されたか否か を判定する(S1640)。心神喪失の可能性信号が出力されて!ヽれば (S 1640: Yes) 、監視対象者を救援する必要があるものとして救援依頼状態信号を出力し (S1645 : 第 1救援判断手段)、徘徊判断処理を終了する。  [0428] Subsequently, it is determined whether or not a possibility signal of loss of spirituality has been output in the processing of S1625 to S1635 (S1640). If a signal indicating the possibility of loss of spirituality is output! (S 1640: Yes), a rescue request status signal is output (S1645: first rescue decision means) as a need to rescue the monitored subject. The determination process ends.
[0429] また、心神喪失の可能性信号が出力されていなければ (S1640 :No)、徘徊判断 処理を終了する。  [0429] Further, if the possibility signal of loss of spirituality is not output (S1640: No), the trap determination process is terminated.
[0430] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する徘徊判断処理によれば、現在地を表す情 報が訪問先メモリ 55に記憶された位置情報と一致しない場合に、監視対象者が徘徊 して 、る可能性があるものとして、監視対象者の動作が特定のパターンである力否か を判定する。そして、監視対象者の動作が特定のパターンであることが検出されれば 、監視対象者が心神喪失状態であるものとして救援する必要があると判断する。 [0430] According to the trapping determination process executed by the elderly pendant 1, when the information indicating the current location does not match the location information stored in the visited memory 55, the monitoring target It is determined whether the power of the monitoring subject is a specific pattern. And if it is detected that the behavior of the monitored person is a specific pattern Therefore, it is determined that the person to be monitored needs to be relieved as being in a state of heart loss.
[0431] 従って、このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者が徘徊していることを検出 することができる。  [0431] Therefore, according to such a mobile monitoring device, it is possible to detect that the monitoring subject is hesitant.
[0432] [歩行'停止のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理]  [0432] [Random short stop repetition process for walking]
次に、歩行 '停止のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理について図 43を用いて説明 する。図 43は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する歩行'停止のラン ダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the walk / stop random short-term repetition determination process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing a random walking short stop repetitive determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0433] 歩行 亭止のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理は、前述の徘徊判断処理(図 42)の 処理中に実行される処理であって、まず、メモリに格納された歩行中信号および停止 中信号を取得 (入力)する(S1660. S1665)。  [0433] Random short-term repeated determination processing for walking and stopping is a processing executed during the processing of the above-described sputum determination processing (Fig. 42). First, the walking signal and the stopping signal stored in the memory Is acquired (input) (S1660. S1665).
[0434] そして、歩行中信号力も停止中信号への変更を抽出し (S1670)、歩行中信号から 停止中信号への変更を検出した力否かを判定する(S1675)。歩行中信号から停止 中信号への変更を検出していなければ(S1675 :No)、歩行 ·停止のランダム短時間 繰り返し判断処理を終了する。  [0434] Then, the change of the signal during walking to the signal during stop is extracted (S1670), and it is determined whether or not the force detected from the signal during walking to the signal during stop is determined (S1675). If no change from the walking signal to the stopping signal is detected (S1675: No), the walking / stop random short-term repeated judgment process is terminated.
[0435] また、歩行中信号力も停止中信号への変更を検出していれば (S1675 :Yes)、 1分 間 (第 1心神喪失判定時間内)の歩行中信号から停止中信号への変更回数を RAM 等のメモリに格納する(S1680)。そして、 1分間の変更回数が 3回 (第 1心神喪失閾 値)以上であるか否かを判定する(S 1685:心神喪失判定手段)。  [0435] In addition, if the signal power during walking is also detected as a change to the stop signal (S1675: Yes), the change from the walk signal to the stop signal for 1 minute (within the first heart loss determination time) The number of times is stored in a memory such as RAM (S1680). Then, it is determined whether or not the number of changes per minute is equal to or greater than 3 (first heart loss threshold value) (S 1685: heart loss determination means).
[0436] 1分間における歩行中信号力 停止中信号への変更回数が 3回未満であれば (S1 685 :No)、歩行 ·停止のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を終了する。また、 1分間 における歩行中信号力も停止中信号への変更回数が 3回以上であれば (S1685 :Y es)、監視対象者が心神喪失状態である可能性があるものとして心神喪失の可能性 信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S 1690)、歩行 ·停止のランダム短時間繰り 返し判断処理を終了する。  [0436] Signal power during walking in 1 minute If the number of changes to the signal during stop is less than 3 times (S1 685: No), the determination processing of random walk / stop is repeated for a short time. In addition, if the signal power during walking for one minute is changed to a stop signal more than 3 times (S1685: Yes), the person being monitored may be in a state of loss of gods, and there is a possibility of god loss. The signal is stored (output) in a memory such as RAM (S 1690), and the walk / stop random short-term repeated judgment process is terminated.
[0437] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する歩行'停止のランダム短時間繰り返し判断 処理によれば、監視対象者の動作における特定のパターンとして、歩行する動作お よび停止する動作を繰り返す動作を検出することにより監視対象者が心神喪失状態 であるか否かを判定するので、より確実に監視対象者の徘徊を検出することができる [0438] [歩行 ·左 ·右ターンのランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理] [0437] According to such a process of determining the walking 'stop randomly for a short time performed by the pendant 1 for elderly people, as a specific pattern in the motion of the monitoring target person, the motion of walking and the motion of stopping are repeated. Since it is determined whether or not the monitoring subject is in a state of loss of spirituality by detecting it, it is possible to detect the trap of the monitoring subject more reliably. [0438] [Walking · Left · Right turn random short-term repeated judgment processing]
次に、歩行 '左 ·右ターンのランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理について図 44を用い て説明する。図 44は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する歩行'左 '右 ターンのランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the random short-time repeat determination process for walking 'left and right turns will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 44 is a flowchart showing the walking “left” and right turn random short-term repetition determination processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0439] 歩行 '左 ·右ターンのランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理は、前述の徘徊判断処理( 図 42)の処理中に実行される処理であって、まず、メモリに格納された歩行中信号、 右ターン信号、および左ターン信号を取得 (入力)する(S1710〜S1720)。  [0439] Walking 'Right / Right Turn Random Short-Time Repeat Judgment Process is a process executed during the process of the aforementioned wrinkle judgment process (Fig. 42). Acquire (input) a right turn signal and a left turn signal (S1710 to S1720).
[0440] そして、歩行中信号から右ターン信号への変更、および歩行中信号から左ターン 信号への変更を抽出し (S1725)、歩行中信号力も右 (左)ターン信号への変更を検 出した力否かを判定する(S1730)。歩行中信号力も右 (左)ターン信号への変更を 検出していなければ(S1730 :No)、歩行.左.右ターンのランダム短時間繰り返し判 断処理を終了する。  [0440] Then, the change from the walking signal to the right turn signal and the change from the walking signal to the left turn signal are extracted (S1725), and the signal power during walking is also detected to be the right (left) turn signal. It is determined whether or not the force has been applied (S1730). If no signal change to the right (left) turn signal is detected during walking (S1730: No), the random short-term repeated judgment process of walking. Left.
[0441] また、歩行中信号力も右 (左)ターン信号への変更を検出していれば (S1730 :Yes )、 1分間 (第 2心神喪失判定時間内)の歩行中信号から停止中信号への変更回数を RAM等のメモリに格納する(S 1735)。そして、 1分間の変更回数が 6回(第 2心神喪 失閾値)以上であるか否かを判定する (S 1740:心神喪失判定手段)。  [0441] In addition, if the signal power during walking is also detected as a change to the right (left) turn signal (S1730: Yes), the signal during walking from the signal during walking for 1 minute (within the second loss of heart loss judgment time) will be changed to the stop signal. Is stored in a memory such as a RAM (S 1735). Then, it is determined whether or not the number of changes per minute is 6 or more (second mind loss threshold) (S 1740: mind loss determination means).
[0442] 1分間における歩行中信号力 右 (左)ターン信号への変更回数が 6回未満であれ ば (S 1740: No)、歩行 ·左 ·右ターンのランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を終了する 。また、 1分間における歩行中信号力も右 (左)ターン信号への変更回数が 6回以上 であれば (S 1740 : Yes)、監視対象者が心神喪失状態である可能性があるものとし て心神喪失の可能性信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S 1745)、歩行'左右ターンのランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を終了する。  [0442] Signal power during walking in 1 minute If the number of changes to the right (left) turn signal is less than 6 (S 1740: No), the random short-term repeated judgment process for walking · left · right turn ends. . In addition, if the signal power during walking for 1 minute is changed to the right (left) turn signal more than 6 times (S 1740: Yes), it is assumed that the person being monitored may be in a state of losing soul. The loss possibility signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S 1745), and the walking / left / right turn random short-term repeat determination process is terminated.
[0443] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する歩行 '左 ·右ターンのランダム短時間繰り返 し判断処理によれば、監視対象者の動作における特定のパターンとして、歩行する 動作から右ターン (順方向ターン)および左ターン (逆方向ターン)をする動作を検出 することにより監視対象者が心神喪失状態である力否かを判定するので、より確実に 監視対象者の徘徊を検出することができる。 [0444] [歩行'座り動作のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理] [0443] According to the walking 'left-right turn random random short-term judgment process performed by the elderly pendant 1 as described above, the right turn ( By detecting movements that make a forward turn) and a left turn (reverse turn), it is determined whether or not the monitored person is in a state of losing heart. it can. [0444] [Random, short and repeated judgment process of walking and sitting]
次に、歩行'座り動作のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理について図 45を用いて説 明する。図 45は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する歩行'座り動作 のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the random short-time repeated judgment process for walking and sitting will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing a random short-time repeated determination process for walking and sitting performed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0445] 歩行'座り動作のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理は、前述の徘徊判断処理(図 42 )の処理中に実行される処理であって、まず、メモリに格納された歩行中信号、および 座り動作信号を取得(入カ)する 1760〜31765)。  [0445] The walking / sitting motion random short-term repeated determination process is a process executed during the above-described wrinkle determination process (Fig. 42). First, the walking signal stored in the memory, and the sitting Acquire (input) the operation signal (1760 to 31765).
[0446] そして、歩行中信号から座り動作信号への変更を抽出し (S1770)、歩行中信号か ら座り動作信号への変更を検出した力否かを判定する(S1775)。歩行中信号から 座り動作信号への変更を検出していなければ (S1775 :No)、歩行'座り動作のラン ダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を終了する。  [0446] Then, a change from the walking signal to the sitting motion signal is extracted (S1770), and it is determined whether or not the force is detected from the walking signal to the sitting motion signal (S1775). If a change from the walking signal to the sitting motion signal is not detected (S1775: No), the walking / sitting motion random short-term repeated judgment process is terminated.
[0447] また、歩行中信号から座り動作信号への変更を検出していれば (S1775 : Yes)、 1 分間 (第 3心神喪失判定時間内)の歩行中信号力 座り動作信号への変更回数を R AM等のメモリに格納する(S 1780)。そして、 1分間の変更回数が 3回(第 3心神喪 失閾値)以上であるか否かを判定する (S 1785:心神喪失判定手段)。  [0447] In addition, if a change from a walking signal to a sitting motion signal is detected (S1775: Yes), the number of changes to the sitting motion signal during walking for 1 minute (within the 3rd god loss determination time) Is stored in a memory such as a RAM (S 1780). Then, it is determined whether or not the number of changes per minute is three times (the third heart loss loss threshold) or more (S 1785: loss of heart determination means).
[0448] 1分間における歩行中信号から座り動作信号への変更回数が 3回未満であれば (S 1785 :No)、歩行'座り動作のランダム短時間繰り返し判断処理を終了する。また、 1 分間における歩行中信号から座り動作信号への変更回数が 3回以上であれば (S17 85 : Yes)、監視対象者が心神喪失状態である可能性があるものとして心神喪失の可 能性信号を RAM等のメモリに格納(出力)し (S 1790)、歩行'座り動作のランダム短 時間繰り返し判断処理を終了する。  [0448] If the number of changes from a walking signal to a sitting motion signal in less than 3 minutes is less than 3 (S1785: No), the walking / sitting motion random short-term repeated determination process is terminated. In addition, if the number of changes from a walking signal to a sitting motion signal in one minute is 3 or more (S17 85: Yes), it is possible that the person to be monitored may be in a state of losing gods. The sex signal is stored (output) in a memory such as a RAM (S 1790), and the random short-time repeated judgment process for walking and sitting is completed.
[0449] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する歩行'座り動作のランダム短時間繰り返し 判断処理によれば、監視対象者の動作における特定のパターンとして、歩行する動 作から座る動作を検出することにより監視対象者が心神喪失状態であるか否かを判 定するので、より確実に監視対象者の徘徊を検出することができる。  [0449] According to such a random short-time repetition of walking and sitting motion performed by the elderly pendant 1, the sitting motion is detected as a specific pattern in the motion of the monitored person. Therefore, it is determined whether or not the monitoring subject is in a state of loss of spirituality, so that the trap of the monitoring subject can be detected more reliably.
[0450] [立ち回り先登録処理]  [0450] [Standby registration process]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1において、監視対象者の立ち回り先 (訪問先)を登録する 処理について図 46を用いて説明する。図 46は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU 51が実行する立ち回り先登録処理を示すフローチャートである。 Next, the process of registering the turnaround destination (visit destination) of the monitoring subject in the elderly pendant 1 will be described with reference to FIG. Figure 46 shows the MPU of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50. 5 is a flowchart showing a turnaround destination registration process executed by 51.
[0451] この立ち回り先登録処理においては、周期的(例えば 10ms毎)に起動される処理 であって、まず、操作部 70 (タツチパッド 71、確認ボタン 73)の操作により学習モード に切り替える旨の信号の入力を受け付ける(S1810 :モード切替手段)。なお、支援 制御依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51は、学習モードに切り替える旨の信号を受け ると、前述の各種処理を実行する通常モードから、立ち回り先を登録する学習モード に切り替える。 [0451] This turnaround destination registration process is a process that is started periodically (for example, every 10 ms). First, a signal to switch to the learning mode by operating the operation unit 70 (touch pad 71, confirmation button 73). Is received (S1810: mode switching means). When the MPU 51 of the support control request signal transmission device 50 receives a signal to switch to the learning mode, the MPU 51 switches from the normal mode in which the above-described various processes are performed to the learning mode in which the turnaround destination is registered.
[0452] 続いて、現在のモードが学習モードであるか否かを判定する(S1815)。現在のモ ードが学習モードであれば (S1815 : Yes)、GPS受信機 27により検出された老人用 ペンダント 1の現在地の情報を入力する(S1820)。そして、この現在地の情報を立ち 回り先として訪問先メモリ 55に格納し (S1825)、立ち回り先登録処理を終了する。  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the current mode is a learning mode (S1815). If the current mode is the learning mode (S1815: Yes), information on the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly detected by the GPS receiver 27 is input (S1820). Then, the current location information is stored in the visited memory 55 as a turnaround destination (S1825), and the turnaround destination registration process ends.
[0453] また、現在のモードが学習モードでなければ(S1815 :No)、 GPS受信機 27により 検出された老人用ペンダント 1の現在地の情報を入力し (S1830)、訪問先メモリ 55 に格納された立ち回り先の位置情報を読み出す (S1835)。  [0453] If the current mode is not the learning mode (S1815: No), the information on the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly detected by the GPS receiver 27 is input (S1830) and stored in the visiting memory 55. The position information of the turnaround destination is read (S1835).
[0454] そして、 GPS受信機 27により検出された老人用ペンダント 1の現在地と、訪問先メ モリ 55に格納された立ち回り先の位置との距離が、 100m (所定距離)以上離間して いること力否かを判定する(S1840)。老人用ペンダント 1の現在地と立ち回り先の位 置との距離が 100m未満しか離間して 、なければ(S 1840: No)、立ち回り先登録処 理を終了する。  [0454] The distance between the current location of the pendant 1 for elderly people detected by the GPS receiver 27 and the position of the turn-around destination stored in the visited memory 55 must be at least 100 m (predetermined distance). It is determined whether or not the force is applied (S1840). If the distance between the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly and the location of the turnaround is less than 100m (S1840: No), the turnaround registration process ends.
[0455] また、老人用ペンダント 1の現在地と立ち回り先の位置との距離が 100m以上離間 して 、れば(S 1840: Yes)、老人用ペンダント 1の現在地の情報を RAM等のメモリ に仮登録する(S1845)。なお、老人用ペンダント 1の現在地の情報をメモリに仮登録 する際には、同じ仮登録位置 (例えば 100m以内の仮登録位置)における仮登録の 回数と、登録日の情報とを併せて登録する。  [0455] In addition, if the distance between the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly and the position of the turnaround is more than 100m (S1840: Yes), the information on the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly is temporarily stored in a memory such as RAM. Register (S1845). When temporarily registering information on the current location of the pendant 1 for the elderly in the memory, register the number of temporary registrations at the same temporary registration position (for example, a temporary registration position within 100 m) and information on the registration date. .
[0456] 続、て、仮登録された情報が、本登録条件 (例えば同じ位置の仮登録が異なる 5日 間になされた場合)を満たすか否かを判定する(S1850)。仮登録された情報が、本 登録条件を満たさなければ (S 1850 : No)、立ち回り先登録処理を終了する。  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the temporarily registered information satisfies the main registration condition (for example, when temporary registration at the same location is performed for five different days) (S1850). If the provisionally registered information does not satisfy this registration condition (S 1850: No), the turnaround registration process is terminated.
[0457] また、仮登録された情報が、本登録条件を満たせば (S1850 : Yes)、仮登録されて いた地点を立ち回り先として訪問先メモリ 55に記憶させ (S1855)、立ち回り先登録 処理を終了する。 [0457] In addition, if the temporarily registered information satisfies this registration condition (S1850: Yes), The visited location is stored in the visited memory 55 as a turnaround destination (S1855), and the turnaround destination registration process is terminated.
[0458] なお、本処理において、 S1815〜S1825の処理は、本発明でいう第 1記憶制御手 段に相当し、 S1830〜S1855の処理は、本発明でいう第 2記憶制御手段に相当す る。  [0458] In this process, the processes of S1815 to S1825 correspond to the first storage control means in the present invention, and the processes of S1830 to S1855 correspond to the second storage control means in the present invention. .
[0459] このような老人用ペンダント 1が実行する立ち回り先登録処理によれば、監視対象 者または監視対象者の保護者が監視対象者の立ち回り先で操作部を操作し、学習 モードに切り替えることにより、この立ち回り先を監視対象者が訪問する立ち回り先と して登録することができる。つまり、位置情報を入力する等の煩雑な作業を必要とす ることなく立ち回り先を登録することができる。また、通常モードのときであっても、監 視対象者が頻繁に (登録閾値以上の回数)訪問した立ち回り先を位置情報として登 録することができるので、監視対象者およびその保護者は特に操作をすることなく立 ち回り先を登録させることができる。  [0459] According to such a turnaround registration process executed by the elderly pendant 1, the monitored person or the guardian of the monitored person operates the operation unit at the turnaround of the monitored person and switches to the learning mode. Thus, this destination can be registered as a destination for the monitoring target person to visit. That is, the turnaround destination can be registered without requiring complicated work such as inputting position information. In addition, even in the normal mode, the monitoring target person and his / her guardian can be registered as location information since the monitoring target person frequently visited (number of times more than the registration threshold) can be registered as location information. It is possible to register a turnaround destination without any operation.
[0460] なお、本処理では、学習モードに切り替えられると自動的にている際に、現在地の 情報を立ち回り先の位置情報として訪問先メモリ 55に記憶させるよう構成したが、例 えば、学習モードに切り替えられており、かつ操作部が操作されたときに、現在地の 情報を立ち回り先の位置情報として訪問先メモリ 55に記憶させるよう構成してもよい。  [0460] Note that this processing is configured to store the current location information in the visited memory 55 as the location information of the turnaround destination when the mode is automatically switched to the learning mode. When the operation unit is operated, the current location information may be stored in the visited memory 55 as the location information of the destination.
[0461] [安否判断可能判断処理]  [0461] [Safety judgment judgment process]
次に、老人用ペンダント 1が監視対象者の安否を判断することができる状態にある か否かを判定する処理について図 47を用いて説明する。図 47は、救援依頼信号送 信装置 50の MPU51が実行する安否判断可能判断処理を示すフローチャートであ る。  Next, processing for determining whether the pendant 1 for the elderly is in a state where the safety of the monitoring subject can be determined will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing the safety judgment possible determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50.
[0462] この安否判断可能判断処理は、予め設定された所定周期毎に起動される処理であ つて、まず、 3次元加速度センサ 11からの出力を入力し(S1910)、このセンサ 11の 出力に変化がある力否かを判定する(S 1915)。このセンサ 11の出力に変化があれ ば (S1915 :YES)、監視対象者の安否の判断をすることができるものとして安否判 断可能信号を出力し (S1930)、安否判断可能判断処理を終了する。  [0462] This safety determination possibility determination process is a process that is activated at a predetermined cycle set in advance. First, an output from the three-dimensional acceleration sensor 11 is input (S1910). It is determined whether or not there is a change in force (S 1915). If there is a change in the output of this sensor 11 (S1915: YES), the safety judgment possible signal is output (S1930), and the safety judgment possible judgment process is terminated. .
[0463] また、このセンサ 11の出力に変化がなければ (S 1915 : NO)、地肌接触状態信号 、地肌接触服外状態信号、地肌接触服内状態信号、地肌非接触状態信号、地肌非 接触服外状態信号、および地肌非接触服内状態信号を検出し (S1920)、これらの うちの何れかの信号の入力があった力否力 (検出できた力否力)を判定する(S1925[0463] If there is no change in the output of the sensor 11 (S 1915: NO), the ground contact state signal Detects the skin contact out-of-situation state signal, the skin contact in-situ state signal, the non-skin contact state signal, the non-skin contact out-of-skin state signal, and the non-skin contact in-situ state signal (S1920). The force / force force (force / force that was detected) with the input of the signal was determined (S1925)
) o ) o
[0464] 何れかの信号の入力があれば (S1925 :YES)、安否判断可能信号を出力し (S19 30)、安否判断可能判断処理を終了する。何れの信号の入力もなければ (S1925 : NO)、監視対象者の安否の判断をすることができないものとして安否判断不可信号 を出力し (S1935)、安否判断可能判断処理を終了する。  If any signal is input (S1925: YES), a safety judgment possible signal is output (S19 30), and the safety judgment possibility judgment processing is terminated. If there is no input of any signal (S1925: NO), a safety judgment impossible signal is output (S1935) assuming that it is impossible to judge the safety of the monitoring subject, and the safety judgment possible judgment process is terminated.
[0465] [安否状態判断処理 (脈拍数関係) ]  [0465] [Safety state judgment processing (related to pulse rate)]
次に、監視対象者の脈拍数関係の情報に基づ!、て監視対象者の安否を判断する 処理について図 48を用いて説明する。図 48は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU 51が実行する脈拍数関係の安否状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for determining the safety of the monitoring subject based on the information on the pulse rate of the monitoring subject will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing a pulse rate-related safety state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0466] この脈拍数関係の安否状態判断処理は、予め設定された所定周期毎に起動され る処理であって、まず安否判断可能信号が出力されているか否かを判定する(S196 0)。安否判断可能信号が出力されていなければ (S1960 :NO)、直ちに脈拍数関 係の安否状態判断処理を終了する。  [0466] This pulse rate-related safety state determination process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals set in advance, and first determines whether or not a safety determination enable signal is output (S196 0). If the safety judgment enable signal is not output (S1960: NO), the pulse rate related safety status judgment processing is immediately terminated.
[0467] 一方、安否判断可能信号が出力されていれば(S1960 : YES)、心電センサ 33か らの出力を取得し (S1965)、この心電センサ 33からの出力に基づいて監視対象者 の心拍数を算出する(S1970)。この処理では、例えば過去 5秒間の心拍数を算出 する。  [0467] On the other hand, if the safety judgment possible signal is output (S1960: YES), the output from the electrocardiographic sensor 33 is acquired (S1965), and the person to be monitored is based on the output from the electrocardiographic sensor 33. The heart rate is calculated (S1970). In this process, for example, the heart rate for the past 5 seconds is calculated.
[0468] そして、心電センサ 33による過去の心拍数の 9割と、 S1970で算出した心拍数の 1 割とを足し合わせた加重平均値を求め、この加重平均値の 12倍の値 (つまり 1分当 たりの値)を心電センサ 33による心拍数として RAM等のメモリに記録する(S1975) 。なお、この処理にて算出した加重平均値は、再度、安否状態判断処理が実施され たときに上記の「過去の心拍数」として利用される。  [0468] Then, a weighted average value obtained by adding 90% of the past heart rate obtained by the electrocardiographic sensor 33 and 10% of the heart rate calculated in S1970 is obtained, which is 12 times the weighted average value (that is, (Value per minute) is recorded as a heart rate by the electrocardiographic sensor 33 in a memory such as RAM (S1975). The weighted average value calculated in this process is used as the “past heart rate” described above when the safety state determination process is performed again.
[0469] 続いて、心音センサ 35からの出力を取得し(S1980)、心音センサ 35による過去の 心拍数の 9割と、 S1985で算出した心拍数の 1割とを足し合わせた加重平均値を求 め、この加重平均値の 12倍の値(つまり 1分当たりの値)を心音センサ 35による心拍 数として RAM等のメモリに記録する(SI 985)。 [0469] Subsequently, the output from the heart sound sensor 35 is acquired (S1980), and a weighted average value obtained by adding 90% of the past heart rate by the heart sound sensor 35 and 10% of the heart rate calculated in S1985 is obtained. Therefore, a value 12 times the weighted average value (that is, the value per minute) Record as a number in a memory such as RAM (SI 985).
[0470] そして、心電センサ 33による心拍数 (心電心拍数)と、心音センサ 35による心拍数( 心音心拍数)とが概ね一致するか否か (整合性があるか否力 )を判定する(S 1990: 整合性判定手段)。ここで、この処理は、心電センサ 33および心音センサ 35が機能 していることを確認することが趣旨であるため、「概ね一致する」とは、心電センサ 33 および心音センサ 35が機能していることを確認できる程度の範囲に設定されていれ ばよい。なお、具体的な数値については、実験的に求められるべきである。  [0470] Then, it is determined whether or not the heart rate (electrocardiographic heart rate) by the electrocardiographic sensor 33 and the heart rate (heart sound heart rate) by the heart sound sensor 35 substantially match (whether or not there is consistency). (S 1990: Consistency judging means). Here, the purpose of this process is to confirm that the electrocardiogram sensor 33 and the heart sound sensor 35 are functioning. Therefore, “almost match” means that the electrocardiogram sensor 33 and the heart sound sensor 35 function. It is only necessary to set it within a range where it can be confirmed. In addition, about a concrete numerical value, it should obtain | require experimentally.
[0471] 心電心拍数と心音拍数とが概ね一致していなければ(S1990 :NO)、心拍数の信 頼性が低ぐ心拍数が不明である旨を表す心拍数不明信号を出力し (S1995 :整合 性判定手段)、脈拍数関係の安否状態判断処理を終了する。一方、心電心拍数と心 音心拍数とが概ね一致していれば (S 1990 : YES)、心電心拍数と心音心拍数との 平均値を監視対象者の心拍数として RAM等のメモリに記録する(S2000)。  [0471] If the electrocardiogram heart rate and the heart rate do not substantially match (S1990: NO), a heart rate unknown signal indicating that the heart rate is unreliable and the heart rate is unreliable is output. (S1995: Consistency determining means), the pulse rate related safety state determining process is terminated. On the other hand, if the electrocardiogram heart rate and the heart sound heart rate are approximately the same (S 1990: YES), the average value of the electrocardiogram heart rate and the heart sound heart rate is used as the heart rate of the monitored person and the memory such as RAM. (S2000).
[0472] そして、 S2000にて記録された監視対象者の心拍数力 過大であるか否か(S200 5)、或いは過小である力否か (S2015)を判定する (心拍数判断手段)。つまり、監視 対象者の心拍数が、予め設定された上限心拍数よりも多いか否か、或いは予め設定 された下限心拍数よりも少ないか否かを判定する。  [0472] Then, it is determined whether or not the heart rate power of the monitoring subject recorded in S2000 is excessive (S2005), or whether the power is excessive (S2015) (heart rate determination means). That is, it is determined whether or not the heart rate of the person to be monitored is higher than a preset upper limit heart rate or less than a preset lower limit heart rate.
[0473] 監視対象者の心拍数が上限心拍数よりも多ければ (S2005 :YES)、心拍数が過 大であると判断し、心拍数過大信号を出力し (S2010)、脈拍数関係の安否状態判 断処理を終了する。また、監視対象者の心拍数が下限心拍数よりも少なければ (S2 015 : YES)、心拍数が過小であると判断し、心拍数過小信号を出力し (S2025)、脈 拍数関係の安否状態判断処理を終了する。  [0473] If the heart rate of the monitored person is higher than the upper limit heart rate (S2005: YES), it is determined that the heart rate is excessive, and an excessive heart rate signal is output (S2010). The state judgment process ends. If the heart rate of the person being monitored is less than the lower limit heart rate (S2 015: YES), it is determined that the heart rate is too low and an under heart rate signal is output (S2025). The state determination process ends.
[0474] また、監視対象者の心拍数が上限心拍数および下限心拍数の範囲内であれば (S 2005 : NO, S2015 :NO)、心拍数が正常であると判断し、心拍数正常信号を出力 し、脈拍数関係の安否状態判断処理を終了する。  [0474] If the heart rate of the monitoring subject is within the range between the upper limit heart rate and the lower limit heart rate (S 2005: NO, S2015: NO), it is determined that the heart rate is normal, and the heart rate normal signal Is output, and the pulse rate related safety state determination process is terminated.
[0475] 以上のような脈拍数関係の安否状態判断処理によれば、監視対象者の心拍数によ つて、監視対象者に異常が発生した力否かを判定することができる。  [0475] According to the pulse rate-related safety state determination process as described above, it is possible to determine whether or not a force has occurred in the monitoring target person based on the heart rate of the monitoring target person.
[0476] また、脈拍数関係の安否状態判断処理によれば、複数の手段によって監視対象者 の心拍数を検出し、これらによって検出された心拍数に整合性がなければ、心拍数 が不明であると判断するので、心拍数の検出に対する信頼性を向上させることができ る。 [0476] Also, according to the pulse rate-related safety state determination process, the heart rate of the monitoring subject is detected by a plurality of means, and if the heart rate detected by these is not consistent, the heart rate Therefore, the reliability of heart rate detection can be improved.
[0477] [安否状態判断処理 (体温関係) ]  [0477] [Safety status judgment process (body temperature)]
次に、監視対象者の体温関係の情報に基づ!、て監視対象者の安否を判断する処 理について図 49を用いて説明する。図 49は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU5 1が実行する体温関係の安否状態判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, the process for determining the safety of the monitoring subject based on the temperature related information of the monitoring subject will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing a body temperature-related safety state determination process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0478] この体温関係の安否状態判断処理は、予め設定された所定周期毎に起動される 処理であって、まず安否判断可能信号が出力されているか否かを判定する(S2060 )。安否判断可能信号が出力されていなければ (S2060 :NO)、直ちに体温関係の 安否状態判断処理を終了する。  [0478] This body temperature-related safety state determination process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals set in advance, and first determines whether a safety determination possible signal is output (S2060). If the safety judgment enable signal is not output (S2060: NO), the body temperature related safety status judgment process is immediately terminated.
[0479] 一方、安否判断可能信号が出力されていれば (S2060 : YES)、地肌接触状態信 号が出力されているか否かを判定する(S2065)。地肌接触状態信号が出力されて いなければ(S2065 : NO)、体温を検出することができない旨を表す体温不明信号 を出力し (S2070)、体温関係の安否状態判断処理を終了する。  [0479] On the other hand, if a safety determination possible signal is output (S2060: YES), it is determined whether a ground contact state signal is output (S2065). If the background contact state signal is not output (S2065: NO), a body temperature unknown signal indicating that the body temperature cannot be detected is output (S2070), and the body temperature related safety state determination process is terminated.
[0480] 地肌接触状態信号が出力されていれば (S2065 : YES)、背面の温度センサ 15か らの出力を取得し(S2075)、過去の体温(1分毎の体温)の値の 9割と、 S2075で取 得した体温の値の 1割とを足し合わせた加重平均値を求め、この加重平均値を監視 対象者の体温として RAM等のメモリに記録する(S2080)。なお、この処理にて算出 した加重平均値は、再度、安否状態判断処理が実施されたときに上記の「過去の体 温」として利用される。  [0480] If the background contact status signal is output (S2065: YES), the output from the temperature sensor 15 on the back is acquired (S2075), and 90% of the past body temperature (body temperature per minute) is obtained. Then, a weighted average value obtained by adding 10% of the body temperature values obtained in S2075 is obtained, and this weighted average value is recorded in a memory such as RAM as the body temperature of the monitoring subject (S2080). The weighted average value calculated in this process is used as the “past body temperature” when the safety state determination process is performed again.
[0481] そして、 S2080にて記録された監視対象者の体温力 過大であるか否か(S2085) 、或いは過小である力否か (S2095)を判定する。つまり、監視対象者の体温が、予 め設定された上限体温よりも高いか否か、或いは予め設定された下限体温よりも低い か否かを判定する。  [0481] Then, it is determined whether or not the body temperature of the monitoring subject recorded in S2080 is excessive (S2085), or whether or not it is excessive (S2095). That is, it is determined whether or not the body temperature of the monitoring subject is higher than the preset upper limit body temperature or lower than the preset lower limit body temperature.
[0482] 監視対象者の体温が上限体温よりも高ければ (S2080: YES)、監視対象者の体 温が高すぎるものとして、体温過大信号を出力し (S2090)、体温関係の安否状態判 断処理を終了する。また、監視対象者の体温が下限体温よりも低ければ (S2080 :Y ES)、監視対象者の体温が低すぎるものとして、体温過小信号を出力し (S2105)、 体温関係の安否状態判断処理を終了する。 [0482] If the body temperature of the monitored person is higher than the upper limit body temperature (S2080: YES), the body temperature of the monitored person is assumed to be too high, and an overtemperature signal is output (S2090) to determine the safety status related to body temperature. The process ends. If the body temperature of the monitoring subject is lower than the lower limit body temperature (S2080: Y ES), the body temperature of the monitoring subject is too low and an undertemperature signal is output (S2105) The body temperature related safety state determination process is terminated.
[0483] また、監視対象者の体温が上限体温と下限体温との範囲内であれば(S2085 :NO 、 S2095 : NO)、監視対象者の体温が正常であるものとして、体温正常信号を出力 し (S2100)、体温関係の安否状態判断処理を終了する。  [0483] If the body temperature of the monitored subject is within the range between the upper and lower body temperatures (S2085: NO, S2095: NO), the body temperature of the monitored subject is assumed to be normal and a body temperature normal signal is output. (S2100), and the body temperature-related safety state determination process ends.
[0484] 以上のような体温関係の安否状態判断処理によれば、監視対象者の体温によって 、監視対象者に異常が発生したカゝ否かを判定することができる。  [0484] According to the body temperature-related safety state determination process as described above, whether or not an abnormality has occurred in the monitoring target person can be determined based on the body temperature of the monitoring target person.
[0485] [救援依頼判断処理 (音声) ]  [0485] [Rescue Request Judgment Processing (Voice)]
次に、監視対象者の音声に基づいて監視対象者の救援を求める信号を出力する 処理について図 50を用いて説明する。図 50は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU 51が実行する音声に関する救援依頼判断処理を示すフローチャートである。  Next, processing for outputting a signal for requesting rescue of the monitoring subject based on the voice of the monitoring subject will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing a relief request determination process related to sound executed by the MPU 51 of the relief request signal transmission device 50.
[0486] この救援依頼判断処理は、予め設定された所定周期毎に起動される処理であって 、まずマイク 37からの音声信号を取得し(S2110)、周囲の音をデータとして取り込む (S2115) 0そして、予め登録された監視対象者の登録音のデータ (監視対象者が録 音した「助けて」「ヘルプ」という音声や、うめき声等)と、取り込んだデータとを対比し( S2120)、周囲の音のデータが登録音の何れかと一致するか否かを判定する(S212 5 :音声一致判定手段)。 [0486] This rescue request determination process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals that are set in advance. First, an audio signal from the microphone 37 is acquired (S2110), and surrounding sounds are captured as data (S2115). 0 Then, the registered sound data of the monitoring subject registered in advance (such as “help” and “help” voices recorded by the monitoring subject, and moans) and the captured data are compared (S2120). It is determined whether or not the surrounding sound data matches any of the registered sounds (S212 5: voice match determination means).
[0487] 周囲の音のデータが登録音の何れかと一致すれば(S2125 :YES)、救援依頼信 号を出力し (S2130 :第 2救援判断手段)、その後、救援依頼判断処理を終了する。 また、周囲の音のデータが登録音の何れとも一致しなければ(S2125 :NO)、直ちに 救援依頼判断処理を終了する。  [0487] If the surrounding sound data matches any of the registered sounds (S2125: YES), a rescue request signal is output (S2130: second rescue determination means), and then the rescue request determination process ends. Further, if the surrounding sound data does not match any of the registered sounds (S2125: NO), the rescue request determination process is immediately terminated.
[0488] このような救援依頼判断処理によれば、例えば「助けて」、「ヘルプ」、或いはうめき 声等、監視対象者の特定パターンの音声を検出することができるので、監視対象者 を救援する必要があると判定することができる。  [0488] According to such a relief request determination process, for example, it is possible to detect a specific pattern of the monitoring target person such as "help", "help", or a moaning voice. It can be determined that it is necessary.
[0489] [注意状態設定処理]  [0489] [Caution state setting process]
次に、注意状態設定処理について図 51を用いて説明する。図 51は、救援依頼信 号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する注意状態設定処理を示すフローチャートであ る。ここで、注意状態とは、現時点では救援を求める程度ではないが、監視対象者自 身が体調等の違和感を覚えたときに、早めに救援を求めることができるように、自動 的に救援を実施するか否かを決定するための閾値を変更した状態を表す。 Next, the attention state setting process will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing attention state setting processing executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50. Here, the attention state is not a level that asks for help at this time, but if the person being monitored feels uncomfortable, such as physical condition, he / she can ask for help as soon as possible. Represents a state in which the threshold value for determining whether or not to carry out relief is changed.
[0490] つまり、注意状態に設定されると、後述する救援依頼実行処理により、注意状態に 設定されて ヽな 、場合と比較して、早めに救援を求めることができるようになる。  [0490] In other words, when the attention state is set, the rescue request execution process described later can request the rescue earlier than the case where the attention state is set.
[0491] ここで、注意状態設定処理は、予め設定された所定周期毎に起動される処理であ つて、まず、安否判断可能信号が出力されているか否かを判定する(S2160)。安否 判断可能信号が出力されて!、なければ (S2160: NO)、直ちに注意状態設定処理 を終了する。  [0491] Here, the attention state setting process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals set in advance, and first, it is determined whether or not a safety determination possible signal is output (S2160). If there is no safety judgment possible signal output! (S2160: NO), the attention state setting process is immediately terminated.
[0492] 一方、安否判断可能信号が出力されていれば (S2160 : YES)、指紋センサ 75か らの出力を取得し (S2165)、その出力をデータとして取り込む(S2170)。そして、予 め登録された監視対象者の指紋データ (登録指紋)との対比を行 、 (S2175)、取り 込んだデータが登録指紋 (登録指紋が複数ある場合には、そのうちの何れか 1つ)と 一致する力否かを判定する(S2180)。  [0492] On the other hand, if the safety judgment possible signal is output (S2160: YES), the output from fingerprint sensor 75 is acquired (S2165), and the output is taken in as data (S2170). Then, comparison is made with the fingerprint data (registered fingerprint) of the monitored person registered in advance (S2175), and the captured data is registered fingerprint (if there are multiple registered fingerprints, one of them) ) Or not (S2180).
[0493] 取り込んだデータが登録指紋と一致すれば (S2180 : YES)、注意状態反転信号 を出力し (S2185)、注意状態設定処理を終了する。このように注意状態反転信号が 出力されると、注意状態の解除状態から注意状態の設定状態にされ、或いは、注意 状態の設定状態から、注意状態の解除状態にされる。  [0493] If the captured data matches the registered fingerprint (S2180: YES), an attention state inversion signal is output (S2185), and the attention state setting process is terminated. When the attention state inversion signal is output in this way, the attention state is released from the attention state release state, or the attention state setting state is changed to the attention state release state.
[0494] 一方、取り込んだデータが登録指紋と一致しなければ (S2180 : NO)、直ちに注意 状態設定処理を終了する。  [0494] On the other hand, if the captured data does not match the registered fingerprint (S2180: NO), the attention state setting process is immediately terminated.
[0495] このような携帯監視装置によれば、監視対象者本人以外が救援を不要とする旨を 当該装置に入力することができないので、監視対象者の意志を尊重することができる  [0495] According to such a portable monitoring device, it is not possible to input to the device that a person other than the monitoring target person does not need relief, and therefore the will of the monitoring target can be respected.
[0496] なお、本実施形態にぉ ヽては、監視対象者の身体的特徴を検出するために、指紋 センサ 75を用いたが、予め登録された特定の監視対象者の身体的特徴と一致する か否かの認証を実施することができる手段を代用することができる。 [0496] Note that for the present embodiment, the fingerprint sensor 75 is used to detect the physical characteristics of the monitored person, but this coincides with the physical characteristics of the specific monitored person registered in advance. It is possible to substitute a means that can perform authentication of whether or not to do so.
[0497] [注意状態反転処理]  [0497] [Caution state reversal processing]
次に、注意状態反転処理について図 52を用いて説明する。図 52は、救援依頼信 号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する注意状態反転処理を示すフローチャートであ る。 [0498] 注意状態反転処理は、前述の注意状態設定処理を踏まえた処理であって、予め設 定された所定周期毎に起動される処理である。この注意状態判定処理では、まず、 注意状態反転信号を入力 (検出)し (S2210)、注意状態反転信号が入力されたか 否かを判定する(S 2215)。 Next, the attention state inversion processing will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing the attention state inversion process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting apparatus 50. [0498] The attention state inversion process is a process based on the above-described attention state setting process, and is started at a predetermined cycle set in advance. In this attention state determination process, first, an attention state inversion signal is input (detected) (S2210), and it is determined whether or not an attention state inversion signal has been input (S 2215).
[0499] 注意状態反転信号が入力されていなければ (S2215 :NO)、直ちに注意状態反転 処理を終了する。また、注意状態反転信号が入力されていれば (S2215 :YES)、現 在、注意状態に設定されているか否かを判定する(S2220)。注意状態に設定されて いれば (S2220 : YES)、注意状態を解除する処理を実施する。即ち、通常状態信 号を出力し (S2225)、ディスプレイ 61に表示された注意状態表示 (詳細は後述)を 消去し (S2230)、注意状態反転処理を終了する。  [0499] If the attention state inversion signal has not been input (S2215: NO), the attention state inversion processing is immediately terminated. If the attention state inversion signal is input (S2215: YES), it is determined whether or not the attention state is currently set (S2220). If the caution state is set (S2220: YES), the processing to release the caution state is performed. That is, the normal state signal is output (S2225), the caution state display (details will be described later) displayed on the display 61 is deleted (S2230), and the caution state inversion process is terminated.
[0500] また、注意状態に設定されていなければ (S2220 : NO)、注意状態に設定する処 理を実施する。即ち、注意状態信号を出力し (S2235)、ディスプレイ 61に例えば「 !」等の注意を喚起するためのマークを表示させる注意状態表示を実施し (S2240) 、注意状態反転処理を終了する。  [0500] If the caution state is not set (S2220: NO), the process for setting the caution state is performed. That is, a caution state signal is output (S2235), a caution state display for displaying a mark for calling attention such as “!” On the display 61 is performed (S2240), and the caution state inversion process is terminated.
[0501] [救援依頼判断処理 (救援依頼レバー) ]  [0501] [Rescue Request Judgment Processing (Rescue Request Lever)]
次に、救援依頼レバー 77に関する救援依頼判断処理について図 53を用いて説明 する。図 53は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する救援依頼レバー 7 7に関する救援依頼判断処理を示すフローチャートである。この救援依頼判断処理 は、予め設定された所定周期毎に起動される処理であって、まず、救援依頼レバー 7 7の状態を入力する(S2260)。  Next, the relief request determination process regarding the relief request lever 77 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 53 is a flowchart showing a rescue request determination process related to the rescue request lever 77 performed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50. This rescue request determination process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals that are set in advance. First, the state of the rescue request lever 77 is input (S2260).
[0502] ここで、救援依頼レバー 77について図 54を用いて説明する。図 54は救援依頼レ バー 77の作動形態を示す説明図である。救援依頼レバー 77は、老人用ペンダント 1 を構成する筐体 5の側面部に配置されており(図 2A参照)、救援依頼レバー 77の下 部を支点として回動可能に構成されている。  Here, the relief request lever 77 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 54 is an explanatory view showing an operation mode of the rescue request lever 77. FIG. The rescue request lever 77 is disposed on the side surface of the housing 5 constituting the elderly pendant 1 (see FIG. 2A), and is configured to be rotatable about the lower part of the rescue request lever 77 as a fulcrum.
[0503] 即ち、救援依頼レバー 77は、通常時においては、老人用ペンダント 1の側面部と同 一平面状において収納された収納状態(図 54A参照)とされており、一旦、奥 (筐体 5 の内側)に押し込まれると(図 54B参照)、図示しないパネの作用によって手前側に 飛び出し (図 54C参照)、監視対象者の操作によってさらに変位するよう構成されて いる。即ち、救援依頼レバー 77は、収納状態から 180度回動する(図 54D参照)よう に構成されている。そして、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51は、この救援依頼 レバー 77が収納状態力も概ね 90度以上変位されていれば、引出状態であることを 検出するように構成されて 、る。 [0503] In other words, the rescue request lever 77 is normally stored in the same plane as the side surface of the pendant 1 for the elderly (see FIG. 54A), and once in the rear (housing) 5) (see Fig. 54B), it pops out to the near side by the action of a panel (not shown) (see Fig. 54C) and is further displaced by the operation of the person being monitored. Yes. That is, the rescue request lever 77 is configured to rotate 180 degrees from the stored state (see FIG. 54D). The MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmitting device 50 is configured to detect that the rescue request lever 77 is in the pulled-out state when the retracted state force is also displaced by approximately 90 degrees or more.
[0504] このような救援依頼レバー 77の構成では、救援依頼レバー 77をー且押し込み、そ の後引き出すと 、う 2つの動作を実施しなければ、引出状態にすることができな!/、の で、例えばレバーに換えて、 1つの動作のみ状態を検出するボタン式のスィッチとし て構成されて 、る場合と比較して、誤作動を防止することができるようにされて 、る。  [0504] With such a configuration of the rescue request lever 77, if the rescue request lever 77 is pushed in and then pulled out, it cannot be brought into the pulled out state unless two other operations are performed! So, for example, instead of a lever, it is configured as a button-type switch that detects the state of only one action, so that it can prevent malfunctions compared to the case where .
[0505] さて、図 53に戻り、救援依頼レバー 77の状態を入力すると、救援依頼レバー 77が 操作されて ヽるか(引出状態にされて ヽるカゝ)否かを判定する(S2265)。救援依頼レ バー 77が操作されて 、れば (S2265: YES)、救援依頼信号を出力し (S2270:第 3 救援判断手段)、救援依頼レバー 77に関する救援依頼判断処理を終了する。  Now, referring back to FIG. 53, when the state of the rescue request lever 77 is entered, it is determined whether the rescue request lever 77 is operated (or pulled out) (S2265). . If the rescue request lever 77 is operated (S2265: YES), a rescue request signal is output (S2270: third rescue judgment means), and the rescue request judgment process for the rescue request lever 77 is terminated.
[0506] また、救援依頼レバー 77が操作されて 、なければ (S2265 : NO)、直ちに救援依 頼レバー 77に関する救援依頼判断処理を終了する。  [0506] If the rescue request lever 77 is not operated (S2265: NO), the rescue request determination process for the rescue request lever 77 is immediately terminated.
[0507] このような救援依頼判断処理によれば、監視対象者の意志で即座に救援依頼を要 請することができる。  [0507] According to such a relief request determination process, it is possible to request a relief request immediately at the will of the monitoring subject.
[0508] [救援依頼実行処理]  [0508] [Rescue request execution process]
次に、実際に救援依頼の送信を実行する処理について図 55を用いて説明する。 図 55は、救援依頼信号送信装置 50の MPU51が実行する救援依頼実行処理を示 すフローチャートである。  Next, a process for actually transmitting a rescue request will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing a rescue request execution process executed by the MPU 51 of the rescue request signal transmission device 50.
[0509] この救援依頼実行処理は、予め設定された所定周期毎に起動される処理であって 、まず、救援依頼信号が出力されているか否かを判定する (S2310)。救援依頼信号 が出力されていれば(S2310 : YES)、現在地の情報を取得し、この現在地の情報、 監視対象者を識別するための識別情報 (ID、名前等)、および救援依頼メッセージ 含む救援依頼メールを生成し、このメールを予め設定された連絡先に対して送信す る(S2315)。そして、この処理が終了すると、救援依頼実行処理を終了する。  [0509] This rescue request execution process is a process that is activated at predetermined intervals that are set in advance, and first determines whether or not a rescue request signal is output (S2310). If the rescue request signal is output (S2310: YES), the current location information is acquired, and the current location information, identification information (ID, name, etc.) for identifying the monitoring target, and the rescue request message are included. A request mail is generated, and this mail is transmitted to a preset contact (S2315). And when this process is complete | finished, a relief request execution process is complete | finished.
[0510] また、救援依頼信号が出力されていなければ (S2310 :NO)、注意状態信号が出 力されて!ヽるか否かを判定する(S2320:意志検出変更手段)。注意状態信号が出 力されていれば (S2320 : YES)、心拍数過小信号、心拍数過大信号、体温過小信 号、体温過大信号の何れかが出力されているか否かを判定する(S2325, S2330, S2335, S2340)。 [0510] If the rescue request signal is not output (S2310: NO), it is determined whether or not the attention state signal is output! (S2320: will detection change means). Caution state signal If it is applied (S2320: YES), it is determined whether any of the heart rate under-signal, heart-rate over-signal, body under-temperature signal, or over-temperature signal is output (S2325, S2330, S2335, S2340). ).
[0511] 心拍数過小信号、心拍数過大信号、体温過小信号、体温過大信号の何れかが出 力されて!ヽれば、(S2325, S2330, S2335, S2340の何れ力で YES)、後述する送 信の意志確認処理 1を実施し (S2345)、救援依頼実行処理を終了する。また、心拍 数過小信号、心拍数過大信号、体温過小信号、体温過大信号の何れもが出力され ていなければ(S2325, S2330, S2335, S2340の全てで NO)、直ちに救援依頼 実行処理を終了する。  [0511] If any of the heart rate signal, heart rate signal, body temperature signal, body temperature signal is output (if any of S2325, S2330, S2335, S2340), it will be described later. The transmission will confirmation process 1 is executed (S2345), and the rescue request execution process is terminated. Also, if none of the heart rate under-signal, heart-rate over-signal, under-temperature signal, or over-temperature signal is output (NO in all of S2325, S2330, S2335, S2340), the rescue request execution process is immediately terminated. .
[0512] 一方、注意状態信号が出力されていない場合にも(S2320 : YES)、心拍数過小信 号、心拍数過大信号、体温過小信号、体温過大信号の何れかが出力されているか 否力を判定する(S2350, S2355, S2360, S2365)。  [0512] On the other hand, even when the attention state signal is not output (S2320: YES), whether any of the heart rate under-signal, heart-rate over-signal, under-temperature signal, or over-temperature signal is output Is determined (S2350, S2355, S2360, S2365).
[0513] ただし、心拍数過小信号、心拍数過大信号、体温過小信号、体温過大信号の何れ 力力 S出力されて ヽれば、(S2350, S2355, S2360, S2365の何れ力で YES)、送信 の意志確認処理 1とは異なる後述する送信の意志確認処理 2を実施し (S2370)、救 援依頼実行処理を終了する。また、心拍数過小信号、心拍数過大信号、体温過小 信号、体温過大信号の何れも力 s出力されていなければ(S2350, S2355, S2360, S2365の全てで NO)、直ちに救援依頼実行処理を終了する。 [0513] However, if any of the following signals are output: S2350, S2355, S2360, S2365, YES The will confirmation process 2 of transmission, which will be described later, is different from the will confirmation process 1 (S2370), and the rescue request execution process is terminated. Also, termination heart rate excessively small signals, heart rate excessive signal, temperature excessively small signal, if any have been force s output of the temperature excessive signal (S2350, S2355, S2360, NO in all S2365), immediately rescue request execution To do.
[0514] 次に、送信の意志確認処理 1について図 56を用いて説明する。図 56は送信の意 思確認処理 1を示すフローチャートである。  Next, transmission will confirmation processing 1 will be described using FIG. FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing the intention determination process 1 for transmission.
[0515] この送信の意思確認処理 1では、まず、救援依頼を 30秒後に実施する旨、および 救援依頼の中止は 30秒以内に行うべきことを報知するアナウンスを、スピーカ 65を 介して実施する(S2410)。このとき、同趣旨の内容をディスプレイ 61にも表示させる  [0515] In the intention confirmation process 1 of this transmission, first, an announcement is made via the speaker 65 that the rescue request is made 30 seconds later and that the rescue request should be canceled within 30 seconds. (S2410). At this time, the content of the same purpose is also displayed on the display 61.
[0516] そして、指紋センサ 75からの出力を取得し (S2415)、その出力をデータとして取り 込む (S2420)。そして、予め登録された監視対象者の指紋データ (登録指紋)との 対比を行 、 (S2425)、取り込んだデータが登録指紋 (登録指紋が複数ある場合には 、そのうちの何れか 1つ)と一致する力否かを判定する(S2430 :意思確認手段)。 [0517] 取り込んだデータが登録指紋と一致すれば (S2430 : YES)、救援依頼を中止する 意志があるものとして、直ちに送信の意思確認処理を終了する。なお、取り込んだデ ータが登録指紋と一致した場合には、救援依頼の猶予信号を出力し、予め設定され た時間 (例えば 30分間程度)、監視対象者の意志による救援依頼を除く救援依頼を 実施しないようにしてもよい。 [0516] Then, the output from the fingerprint sensor 75 is acquired (S2415), and the output is captured as data (S2420). Then, comparison is made with the fingerprint data (registered fingerprint) of the monitored person registered in advance (S2425), and the captured data is registered fingerprint (if there are multiple registered fingerprints, one of them). It is determined whether or not the force matches (S2430: intention confirmation means). [0517] If the captured data matches the registered fingerprint (S2430: YES), it is determined that there is an intention to stop the rescue request, and the transmission intention confirmation process is immediately terminated. If the captured data matches the registered fingerprint, a relief request grace signal is output, and a relief request excluding a relief request based on the will of the person being monitored for a preset time (for example, about 30 minutes). May not be implemented.
[0518] 一方、取り込んだデータが登録指紋と一致しなければ (S2430 : NO)、本処理の開 始後、 30秒が経過したか否かを判定する(S2435)。 30秒が経過していれば(S243 5 : YES)、現在地の情報を取得し、この現在地の情報、監視対象者を識別するため の識別情報 (ID、名前等)、および救援依頼メッセージ含む救援依頼メールを生成し 、このメールを予め設定された連絡先に対して送信する(S 2440)。そして、この処理 が終了すると、送信の意志確認処理 1を終了する。  [0518] On the other hand, if the captured data does not match the registered fingerprint (S2430: NO), it is determined whether 30 seconds have elapsed after the start of this process (S2435). If 30 seconds have passed (S243 5: YES), the current location information is acquired, and the current location information, identification information (ID, name, etc.) for identifying the monitoring target, and a rescue request message A request mail is generated, and this mail is transmitted to a preset contact (S 2440). When this process ends, the transmission will confirmation process 1 ends.
[0519] また、 S2435の処理にて 30秒が経過していなければ(S2435 :NO)、救援依頼の 送信実行までのカウントダウンアナウンスを、スピーカ 65を介して実行し (S2440)、 S 2415の処理に戻る。  [0519] If 30 seconds have not elapsed in the processing of S2435 (S2435: NO), a countdown announcement until the rescue request transmission is executed via speaker 65 (S2440), and the processing of S2415 Return to.
[0520] 次に、送信の意志確認処理 2について図 57を用いて説明する。図 57は送信の意 思確認処理 2を示すフローチャートである。  Next, transmission will confirmation processing 2 will be described using FIG. FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing the intention determination process 2 for transmission.
[0521] 送信の意思確認処理 2においては、概ね送信の意思確認処理 1と同様の処理を実 施する。ただし、送信の確認処理 1においては、 S2410および S2435にて、閾値とし て「30秒」を採用していたのに対して、送信の確認処理 2においては、「30秒」に対し てより長い「5分」を採用している。即ち、注意状態信号が出力されていれば、より早 急に救援依頼が送信されやす 、ように設定されて ヽる。  [0521] In the transmission intention confirmation process 2, the same process as the transmission intention confirmation process 1 is performed. However, in the transmission confirmation process 1, “30 seconds” was adopted as the threshold value in S2410 and S2435, whereas in the transmission confirmation process 2, it was longer than “30 seconds”. “5 minutes” is adopted. That is, if the attention state signal is output, it is set so that the rescue request can be transmitted more quickly.
[0522] このような救援依頼実行処理によれば、指紋を認証することにより、監視対象者本 人等、登録された者のみが救援依頼を実施するまでの時間を設定することができる。 このため、例えば、監視対象者が自己の体調に応じて、意志検出時間を変更するこ とができる。また、救援依頼を実施するまでの時間を監視対象者に応じて変更するこ とがでさる。  [0522] According to such a relief request execution process, by authenticating the fingerprint, it is possible to set a time until only a registered person such as the person to be monitored performs the relief request. For this reason, for example, the person to be monitored can change the will detection time according to his / her physical condition. In addition, it is possible to change the time until a relief request is made according to the person being monitored.
[0523] [その他の実施形態]  [0523] [Other Embodiments]
本発明の実施の形態は、上記の実施形態に何ら限定されることはなぐ本発明の 技術的範囲に属する限り種々の形態を採りうる。 The embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment. Various forms can be adopted as long as they belong to the technical scope.
例えば、本実施例において、各処理は 10ms毎に起動するようにした力 信号の検 出に不具合を発生させない程度の周期で起動されていれば、起動周期は長くても短 くてちょい。  For example, in this embodiment, if each processing is started at a cycle that does not cause a problem in detecting the force signal that is started every 10 ms, the startup cycle may be long or short.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出 装置であって、  [1] An operation detection device for detecting a specific operation performed by a monitoring target person who carries the device and acts,
当該動作検出装置に加えられる互 ヽに直交する任意の 3方向における加速度を検 出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元加速度検出手段と、  A three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in any three directions orthogonal to each other applied to the motion detection device and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元加速度検出手段力 前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に基 づいて、前記各方向における加速度のピークをそれぞれ複数検出し、前記各方向に おけるピーク間時間を検出するピーク間時間検出手段と、  The three-dimensional acceleration detecting means force repeatedly receiving the detection result, detecting a plurality of acceleration peaks in each direction based on the detection result, and detecting a peak-to-peak time in each direction Detection means;
前記ピーク間時間検出手段により検出されたピーク間時間の平均値を表すピーク 周期を前記各方向毎に算出するピーク周期算出手段と、  Peak period calculating means for calculating a peak period representing an average value of peak-to-peak times detected by the peak-to-peak time detecting means for each direction;
前記ピーク周期算出手段により算出された各方向におけるピーク周期のうち、少な くとも 2方向のピーク周期または該 2方向のピーク周期の倍周期が、予め設定された 第 1設定範囲内であれば、前記監視対象者が歩行中であると判断し、前記 2方向の ピーク周期が前記第 1設定範囲外であれば、前記監視対象者が歩行中とは限らない と判断する歩行判断手段と、  Of the peak periods in each direction calculated by the peak period calculation means, if at least the peak period in two directions or a double period of the peak period in the two directions is within a preset first setting range, Walking determination means for determining that the monitoring target is walking and determining that the monitoring target is not necessarily walking if the peak period in the two directions is outside the first setting range;
を備えたことを特徴とする動作検出装置。  A motion detection apparatus comprising:
[2] 当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出 装置であって、 [2] A motion detection device that detects a specific motion performed by a monitoring subject who acts with the device,
当該動作検出装置に加えられる互 ヽに直交する任意の 3方向における加速度を検 出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元加速度検出手段と、  A three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in any three directions orthogonal to each other applied to the motion detection device and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元加速度検出手段力 前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に基 づいて、前記各方向における加速度のピークを検出するピーク値検出手段と、 前記ピーク値検出手段により検出されたピーク値の全てが、予め設定された第 1停 止判断閾値以下であれば、前記監視対象者が停止中であると判断し、前記全てのピ ーク値が前記第 1停止判断閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者が停止中とは限ら な 、と判断する停止判断手段と、  The force of the three-dimensional acceleration detection means repeatedly receives the detection result, and based on the detection result, detects a peak of acceleration in each direction, and a peak value detected by the peak value detection means Are all equal to or lower than a preset first stop determination threshold, it is determined that the person to be monitored is stopped, and all peak values are equal to or higher than the first stop determination threshold. Stop determination means for determining that the monitoring target is not necessarily stopped;
を備えたことを特徴とする動作検出装置。  A motion detection apparatus comprising:
[3] 当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出 装置であって、 [3] Motion detection that detects a specific motion performed by a monitored person who possesses the device and acts A device,
当該動作検出装置に加えられる加速度として、鉛直方向と、該鉛直方向とは直交 する任意の 2方向における加速度を検出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元加速度 検出手段と、  As the acceleration applied to the motion detection device, a three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in the vertical direction and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元加速度検出手段力 前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に基 づいて、前記各方向における加速度のピークを検出するピーク値検出手段と、 前記ピーク値検出手段により検出された鉛直方向下向きにおけるピーク値が予め 設定された座り動作判断値以上であって、前記鉛直方向とは直行する任意の 2方向 におけるピーク値の両方が予め設定された第 2停止判断閾値未満であれば、前記監 視対象者が座り動作中であると判断し、前記鉛直方向下向きにおけるピーク値が予 め設定された座り動作判断値未満であるか、或いは前記鉛直方向とは直行する任意 の 2方向におけるピーク値の何れかが予め設定された第 2停止判断閾値以上であれ ば、前記監視対象者が座り動作中とは限らないと判断する座り動作判断手段と、 を備えたことを特徴とする動作検出装置。  The three-dimensional acceleration detection means force The detection result is repeatedly received, and based on the detection result, a peak value detection means for detecting an acceleration peak in each direction, and a vertical direction detected by the peak value detection means If the peak value in the downward direction is equal to or greater than the preset sitting motion determination value and both the peak values in any two directions perpendicular to the vertical direction are less than the preset second stop determination threshold value, It is determined that the person being monitored is sitting, and the peak value in the downward vertical direction is less than the preset sitting motion determination value, or the peak in any two directions perpendicular to the vertical direction. A sitting motion judging means for judging that the person to be monitored is not necessarily in a sitting motion if any of the values is equal to or greater than a preset second stop judgment threshold value. Operation detecting apparatus according to claim and.
当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出 装置であって、  A motion detection device that detects a specific motion performed by a monitoring subject who acts in the possession of the device,
当該動作検出装置に加えられる加速度として、鉛直方向と、該鉛直方向とは直交 する任意の 2方向における加速度を検出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元加速度 検出手段と、  As the acceleration applied to the motion detection device, a three-dimensional acceleration detection means for detecting acceleration in the vertical direction and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元加速度検出手段力 前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に基 づいて、前記各方向における加速度のピークを検出するピーク値検出手段と、 前記ピーク値検出手段により検出された鉛直方向上向きにおけるピーク値が予め 設定された立ち上がり動作判定閾値以上であって、前記鉛直方向とは直行する任意 の 2方向におけるピーク値の両方が予め設定された第 3停止判断閾値未満であれば 、前記監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中であると判断し、前記鉛直方向上向きにおけ るピーク値が予め設定された立ち上がり動作判定閾値未満であるか、或いは前記鉛 直方向とは直行する任意の 2方向におけるピーク値の何れかが予め設定された第 3 停止判断閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中とは限らないと判 断する立ち上がり動作判断手段と、 The three-dimensional acceleration detection means force The detection result is repeatedly received, and based on the detection result, a peak value detection means for detecting an acceleration peak in each direction, and a vertical direction detected by the peak value detection means If the peak value in the upward direction is greater than or equal to a preset rising motion determination threshold value, and both peak values in any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction are less than a preset third stop determination threshold value, It is determined that the person being monitored is in a rising motion, and the peak value in the vertical upward direction is less than a preset rising motion determination threshold value, or in any two directions perpendicular to the lead straight direction. If any of the peak values is equal to or greater than a preset third stop determination threshold, it is determined that the person to be monitored is not standing up. A rising motion judging means for
を備えたことを特徴とする動作検出装置。  A motion detection apparatus comprising:
[5] 当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出 装置であって、 [5] An operation detection device that detects a specific operation performed by a monitoring subject who acts with the device,
当該動作検出装置に加えられる角速度として、鉛直方向と、該鉛直方向とは直交 する任意の 2方向における角加速度を検出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元角加 速度検出手段と、  As the angular velocity applied to the motion detection device, a three-dimensional angular acceleration detecting means for detecting angular acceleration in the vertical direction and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元角加速度検出手段から前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に 基づいて、予め設定された角度判定時間内における前記鉛直方向を回転軸とする 正方向の回転角度を検出し、該回転角度が予め設定された角度設定閾値を超えて いれば、前記監視対象者が順方向ターン動作中であると判断し、前記鉛直方向にお ける正方向の回転角度が前記角度設定閾値を超えていなければ、前記監視対象者 が順方向ターン動作中とは限らないと判断する順方向ターン動作判断手段と、 を備えたことを特徴とする動作検出装置。  The detection result is repeatedly received from the three-dimensional angular acceleration detection means, and based on the detection result, a positive rotation angle with the vertical direction as the rotation axis within a preset angle determination time is detected, If the rotation angle exceeds a preset angle setting threshold, it is determined that the person to be monitored is performing a forward turn operation, and the positive rotation angle in the vertical direction exceeds the angle setting threshold. If not, a motion detection apparatus comprising: a forward turn motion determination means for determining that the person to be monitored is not necessarily in a forward turn motion.
[6] 当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出 装置であって、 [6] An operation detection device for detecting a specific operation performed by a monitoring target person who carries the device and acts,
当該動作検出装置に加えられる角速度として、鉛直方向と、該鉛直方向とは直交 する任意の 2方向における角加速度を検出し、この検出結果を出力する 3次元角加 速度検出手段と、  As the angular velocity applied to the motion detection device, a three-dimensional angular acceleration detecting means for detecting angular acceleration in the vertical direction and any two directions orthogonal to the vertical direction and outputting the detection result;
前記 3次元角加速度検出手段から前記検出結果を繰り返し受信し、該検出結果に 基づいて、予め設定された角度判定時間内における前記鉛直方向を回転軸とする 負方向の回転角度を検出し、該検出角度が予め設定された角度設定閾値を超えて いれば、前記監視対象者が逆方向ターン動作中であると判断し、前記鉛直方向にお ける負方向の回転角度が前記角度設定閾値を超えていなければ、前記監視対象者 が逆方向ターン動作中とは限らないと判断する逆方向ターン動作判断手段と、 を備えたことを特徴とする動作検出装置。  The detection result is repeatedly received from the three-dimensional angular acceleration detection means, and based on the detection result, a negative rotation angle with the vertical direction as a rotation axis within a preset angle determination time is detected, If the detected angle exceeds a preset angle setting threshold, it is determined that the monitoring subject is performing a reverse turn operation, and the negative rotation angle in the vertical direction exceeds the angle setting threshold. If not, a motion detection apparatus comprising: a reverse turn motion determination means for determining that the person to be monitored is not necessarily performing the reverse turn motion.
[7] 当該装置と当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位 置関係検出装置であって、 当該位置関係検出装置の構成要素を収容する筐体と、 [7] A positional relationship detection device for detecting a positional relationship between the device and a monitoring target person who acts with the device. A housing that houses the components of the positional relationship detection device;
前記筐体の表面における任意の位置に配置された第 1温度センサと、  A first temperature sensor disposed at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing;
前記第 1温度センサに近接して配置された第 1湿度センサと、  A first humidity sensor disposed proximate to the first temperature sensor;
前記筐体において前記第 1温度センサが配置された部位とは反対側の部位におけ る表面に配置された第 2温度センサと、  A second temperature sensor disposed on a surface of a portion of the housing opposite to the portion where the first temperature sensor is disposed;
前記第 2温度センサに近接して配置された第 2湿度センサと、  A second humidity sensor disposed proximate to the second temperature sensor;
前記各温度センサからの検出信号を入力し、前記何れかの温度センサが検出した 温度が予め設定された地肌判定範囲内である力否かを判定する地肌温度範囲判定 手段と、  A background temperature range determining means for inputting a detection signal from each of the temperature sensors and determining whether the temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors is within a preset background determination range;
前記地肌温度範囲判定手段により前記何れかの温度センサが検出した温度が前 記地肌判定範囲内であると判定されると、前記各温度センサにより検出された温度 同士の温度差が、予め設定された地肌温度判定閾値以上であるか否かを判定する 地肌温度差判定手段と、  If the temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors is determined to be within the background determination range by the background temperature range determination means, a temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors is set in advance. A background temperature difference determination means for determining whether or not the background temperature determination threshold value is greater than or equal to,
前記各湿度センサからの検出信号を入力し、前記地肌温度差判定手段により前記 各温度センサにより検出された温度同士の温度差が前記地肌温度判定閾値未満で あると判定されると、前記各湿度センサにより検出された湿度同士の湿度差が予め設 定された地肌湿度判定閾値以上であるか否かを判定する地肌湿度差判定手段と、 前記地肌温度差判定手段により前記各温度センサにより検出された温度同士の温 度差が、前記地肌温度判定閾値以上であると判定されたとき、および前記地肌湿度 差判定手段により前記各湿度センサにより検出された湿度同士の湿度差が前記地 肌湿度判定閾値以上であると判定されたときに、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者 の地肌に接触していると判断し、前記地肌温度範囲判定手段により前記何れかの温 度センサが検出した温度が前記地肌判定範囲外であると判定されたとき、および前 記地肌湿度差判定手段により前記各湿度センサにより検出された湿度同士の湿度 差が前記地肌湿度判定閾値未満であると判定されたときに、当該位置関係検出装 置が使用者の地肌に接触しているとは限らないと判断する地肌接触状態判断手段と を備えたことを特徴とする位置関係検出装置, [8] 前記地肌接触状態判断手段により当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接触 していると判断されると、前記少なくとも一方の湿度センサ力 検出信号を繰り返し入 力し、該検出信号が予め設定された第 1湿度変化判定時間内に予め設定された第 1 湿度変化判定閾値以上の湿度の変化を示せば、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者 の地肌に接触した状態で衣服の外側にあると判断し、該検出信号が予め設定された 第 1湿度変化判定時間内に前記第 1湿度変化判定閾値未満の湿度の変化しか示さ なければ、当該位置関係検出装置が衣服の外側にあるとは限らないと判断する地肌 接触服外状態判断手段 When the detection signal from each humidity sensor is input and the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by each temperature sensor is determined by the background temperature difference determination means to be less than the background temperature determination threshold, each humidity A background humidity difference determining means for determining whether or not a humidity difference between the humidity detected by the sensors is equal to or greater than a preset background humidity determination threshold; and the respective temperature sensors detected by the background temperature difference determining means. When the temperature difference between the two temperatures is determined to be equal to or greater than the background temperature determination threshold, and the humidity difference between the humidity detected by each humidity sensor by the background humidity difference determination means is the background humidity determination. When it is determined that the threshold value is greater than or equal to the threshold value, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background, and any of the temperature sets is determined by the background temperature range determination means. When it is determined that the temperature detected by the sensor is outside the background determination range, and the humidity difference between the humidity detected by each humidity sensor by the background humidity difference determination means is less than the background humidity determination threshold value. A positional relationship detection device, comprising: a background contact state determination unit that determines that the positional relationship detection device is not necessarily in contact with the user's background when it is determined that [8] When it is determined by the background contact state determination means that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background, the at least one humidity sensor force detection signal is repeatedly input, and the detection signal is If the change in humidity equal to or higher than the preset first humidity change judgment threshold is shown within the preset first humidity change judgment time, the positional relationship detection device is placed outside the clothing in contact with the user's background. If the detection signal shows only a change in humidity below the first humidity change determination threshold within a preset first humidity change determination time, the positional relationship detection device is outside the clothing. The surface to judge that there is no limit
を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 7に記載の位置関係検出装置。  The positional relationship detection device according to claim 7, further comprising:
[9] 前記地肌接触状態判断手段により当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接触 していると判断されると、前記少なくとも一方の湿度センサ力 検出信号を繰り返し入 力し、該検出信号が予め設定された第 2湿度変化判定時間内に予め設定された第 2 湿度変化判定閾値未満の湿度の変化を示せば、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者 の地肌に接触した状態で衣服の内側にあると判断し、該検出信号が予め設定された 第 2湿度変化判定時間内に前記第 2湿度変化判定閾値以上の湿度の変化を示せば 、当該位置関係検出装置が衣服の内側にあるとは限らないと判断する地肌接触服 内状態判断手段 [9] When the background contact state determination means determines that the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background, the at least one humidity sensor force detection signal is repeatedly input, and the detection signal is If the change of humidity below the preset second humidity change judgment threshold is shown within the preset second humidity change judgment time, the positional relationship detection device is in contact with the user's background and is placed inside the clothing. If it is determined that there is a change in humidity that is equal to or greater than the second humidity change determination threshold within a preset second humidity change determination time, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is inside the clothing. Situation judgment means for skin contact clothing that is not limited
を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 7に記載の位置関係検出装置。  The positional relationship detection device according to claim 7, further comprising:
[10] 当該装置と当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位 置関係検出装置であって、 [10] A positional relationship detection device for detecting a positional relationship between the device and a monitoring target person who acts with the device.
当該位置関係検出装置の構成要素を収容する筐体と、  A housing that houses the components of the positional relationship detection device;
前記筐体の表面における任意の位置に配置された第 1温度センサと、  A first temperature sensor disposed at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing;
前記筐体において前記第 1温度センサが配置された部位とは反対側の部位におけ る表面に配置された第 2温度センサと、  A second temperature sensor disposed on a surface of a portion of the housing opposite to the portion where the first temperature sensor is disposed;
前記各温度センサからの検出信号を入力し、前記何れかの温度センサが検出した 温度が予め設定された第 1非地肌判定範囲内である力否かを判定する第 1非地肌温 度範囲判定手段と、  A detection signal from each of the temperature sensors is input, and a first non-background temperature range determination for determining whether the temperature detected by any of the temperature sensors is within a preset first non-background determination range Means,
前記第 1非地肌温度範囲判定手段により前記何れかの温度センサが検出した温度 が前記非地肌判定範囲内であると判定されると、前記各温度センサにより検出された 温度同士の温度差が、予め設定された第 1非地肌温度判定閾値以上であるか否か を判定する非地肌温度差判定手段と、 The temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors by the first non-background temperature range determination means Is determined to be within the non-background determination range, it is determined whether the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors is equal to or greater than a preset first non-background temperature determination threshold. Non-skin temperature difference determining means;
前記非地肌温度差判定手段により前記各温度センサにより検出された温度同士の 温度差が、前記第 1地肌温度判定閾値未満であると判定されると、前記何れかの温 度センサとは異なる温度センサが検出した温度が予め設定された第 2非地肌判定範 囲内であるか否かを判定する第 2非地肌温度範囲判定手段と、  If it is determined that the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by the temperature sensors by the non-background temperature difference determination means is less than the first background temperature determination threshold, the temperature is different from any of the temperature sensors. Second non-background temperature range determination means for determining whether or not the temperature detected by the sensor is within a preset second non-background determination range;
前記第 1非地肌温度範囲判定手段により前記何れかの温度センサが検出した温度 が前記非地肌判定範囲外であると判定されたとき、および前記第 2非地肌温度範囲 判定手段により前記何れかの温度センサとは異なる温度センサが検出した温度が前 記非地肌判定範囲外であると判定されたときに、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者 の地肌に接触していないと判断し、前記非地肌温度差判定手段により前記各温度セ ンサにより検出された温度同士の温度差が前記第 1地肌温度判定閾値以上であると 判定されたとき、および前記第 2非地肌温度範囲判定手段により前記何れかの温度 センサとは異なる温度センサが検出した温度が前記非地肌判定範囲内であると判定 されたときに、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接触していないとは限らな Vヽと判断する地肌非接触状態判断手段と、  When it is determined by the first non-background temperature range determination means that the temperature detected by any one of the temperature sensors is outside the non-background determination range, and by the second non-background temperature range determination means, When it is determined that the temperature detected by a temperature sensor different from the temperature sensor is outside the non-background determination range, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the user's background, and the non-background When it is determined by the temperature difference determination means that the temperature difference between the temperatures detected by each of the temperature sensors is greater than or equal to the first background temperature determination threshold, and any one of the above by the second non-background temperature range determination means When it is determined that the temperature detected by a temperature sensor different from the temperature sensor is within the non-background determination range, the positional relationship detection device is not necessarily in contact with the user's background. And scalp non-contact state determining means for determining that,
を備えたことを特徴とする位置関係検出装置。  A positional relationship detection apparatus comprising:
前記筐体の表面における任意の位置に配置され、前記筐体の表面における照度 を測定する照度センサと、  An illuminance sensor that is arranged at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing and measures the illuminance on the surface of the housing;
前記地肌非接触状態判断手段により当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接 触していないと判断されると、前記照度センサから検出信号を繰り返し入力し、該検 出信号が予め設定された第 1照度変化判定時間内に予め設定された第 1照度変化 判定閾値以上の照度の変化を示せば、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に 接触していない状態で衣服の外側にあると判断し、該検出信号が前記第 1照度変化 判定時間内に前記照度判定閾値未満の照度の変化しか示さなければ、当該位置関 係検出装置が衣服の外側にあるとは限らないと判断する地肌非接触服外状態判断 手段と、 を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 10に記載の位置関係検出装置。 When it is determined by the background non-contact state determination means that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the user's background, a detection signal is repeatedly input from the illuminance sensor, and the detection signal is preset. If the change in illuminance is greater than or equal to the first illuminance change determination threshold set in advance within the first illuminance change determination time, the positional relationship detection device is outside the clothing without being in contact with the user's background. If the detection signal indicates only a change in illuminance that is less than the illuminance determination threshold within the first illuminance change determination time, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is not necessarily outside the clothing. Means for determining the state of non-contact clothes, 11. The positional relationship detection device according to claim 10, further comprising:
[12] 前記筐体の表面における任意の位置に配置され、前記筐体の表面における照度 を測定する照度センサと、 [12] An illuminance sensor that is arranged at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing and measures the illuminance on the surface of the housing;
前記地肌接触状態判断手段により当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地肌に接触 していないと判断されると、前記照度センサから検出信号を繰り返し入力し、該検出 信号が予め設定された第 2照度変化判定時間内に予め設定された第 2照度変化判 定閾値未満の照度の変化しか示さなければ、当該位置関係検出装置が使用者の地 肌に接触した状態で衣服の内側にあると判断し、該検出信号が前記第 2照度変化判 定時間内に前記第 2照度変化判定閾値以上の照度の変化を示せば、当該位置関 係検出装置が衣服の内側にあるとは限らないと判断する地肌非接触服内状態判断 手段と、  When the background contact state determination means determines that the positional relationship detection device is not in contact with the user's background, the detection signal is repeatedly input from the illuminance sensor, and the detection signal is set to a second illuminance that is set in advance. If only a change in illuminance less than the preset second illuminance change determination threshold is shown within the change determination time, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is inside the clothing in contact with the user's background. If the detection signal indicates a change in illuminance that is equal to or greater than the second illuminance change determination threshold within the second illuminance change determination time, it is determined that the positional relationship detection device is not necessarily inside the clothing. Means for judging the condition of non-contact clothing,
を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 10に記載の位置関係検出装置。  11. The positional relationship detection device according to claim 10, further comprising:
[13] 当該装置と当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位 置関係検出装置であって、 [13] A positional relationship detection device for detecting a positional relationship between the device and a monitoring target person who acts with the device,
当該位置関係検出装置の周囲の温度または湿度を検出するセンサと、 前記センサによる検出結果に基づいて当該位置関係検出装置と前記監視対象者 とが特定の位置関係にある力否かを判断する特定位置判断手段と、  A sensor that detects the temperature or humidity around the positional relationship detection device, and a determination that determines whether the positional relationship detection device and the person to be monitored have a specific positional relationship based on a detection result by the sensor Position determination means;
前記特定位置判断手段による判断結果に基づいて、当該位置関係検出装置と前 記監視対象者との位置関係を特定する位置関係特定手段と、  Based on the determination result by the specific position determining means, the positional relationship specifying means for specifying the positional relation between the positional relationship detection device and the monitoring subject;
を備え、  With
前記センサとして、請求項 7に記載の第 1温度センサ、第 1湿度センサ、第 2温度セ ンサ、および第 2湿度センサ、を備え、  The sensor includes the first temperature sensor, the first humidity sensor, the second temperature sensor, and the second humidity sensor according to claim 7,
前記特定位置判断手段として、  As the specific position determining means,
請求項 7に記載の地肌温度範囲判定手段、地肌温度差判定手段、地肌湿度差 判定手段、地肌接触状態判断手段、および地肌接触服外状態判断手段と、  The background temperature range determination means according to claim 7, background temperature difference determination means, background humidity difference determination means, background contact state determination means, and background contact clothes outside state determination means,
請求項 8に記載の地肌接触服外状態判断手段と、  The skin contact out-of-clothes state determination means according to claim 8,
請求項 9に記載の地肌接触服内状態判断手段と、  The ground contact clothes state determination means according to claim 9,
請求項 10に記載の第 1非地肌温度範囲判定手段、非地肌温度差判定手段、第 2非地肌温度範囲判定手段、および地肌非接触状態判断手段と、 The first non-background temperature range determining means, the non-background temperature difference determining means according to claim 10, 2 non-background temperature range determination means, and non-skin contact state determination means;
請求項 11に記載の地肌非接触服外状態判断手段と、  The non-skin contact out-of-clothes state determination means according to claim 11,
請求項 12に記載の地肌非接触服内状態判断手段と、  The surface non-contact in-clothing state determination means according to claim 12,
を備えたことを特徴とする位置関係検出装置。  A positional relationship detection apparatus comprising:
当該装置を所持した監視対象者により行われる運動の負荷を検出する運動負荷検 出装置であって、  An exercise load detection device for detecting an exercise load performed by a monitoring subject who owns the device,
前記監視対象者が歩行中であるか否かを判定する歩行中判定手段と、 前記監視対象者が停止中であるか否かを判定する停止中判定手段と、 前記監視対象者が立ち上がり動作中である力否かを判定する立ち上がり動作判定 手段と、  In-walking determination means for determining whether or not the monitoring target person is walking, In-stop determination means for determining whether or not the monitoring target person is stopped, and the monitoring target person is standing up Rising motion determination means for determining whether or not the force is,
予め設定された負荷判定時間内に、前記歩行中判定手段、前記停止中判定手段 、および前記立ち上がり動作判定手段により前記監視対象者が歩行中、停止中、立 ち上がり動作中と判定された判定回数をそれぞれ記憶する判定回数記憶手段と、 前記判定回数記憶手段に記憶された立ち上がり動作判定回数が、予め設定された 強負荷判定閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者が強負荷運動を行ったと判断する 強負荷判断手段と、  Determination in which the monitoring target person is determined to be walking, stopping, or rising motion by the during-walking determination unit, the during-stop determination unit, and the rising motion determination unit within a preset load determination time If the number-of-determination storage means for storing the number of times and the number of standing-up motion determinations stored in the determination number storage means are equal to or greater than a preset heavy load determination threshold, A heavy load judgment means to judge,
前記判定回数記憶手段に記憶された立ち上がり動作判定回数が、前記強負荷判 定閾値よりも小さい中負荷判定閾値以上かつ前記強負荷判定閾値未満であれば、 前記監視対象者が中負荷運動を行ったと判断する中負荷判断手段と、  If the number of rising motion determinations stored in the determination number storage means is not less than the medium load determination threshold smaller than the heavy load determination threshold and less than the heavy load determination threshold, the monitoring subject performs medium load exercise. Medium load judging means for judging that
前記判定回数記憶手段に記憶された歩行中判定回数が、予め設定された歩行判 定閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者が軽負荷運動を行ったと判断する軽負荷判 断手段と、  A light load determination means for determining that the monitoring subject has performed a light load exercise if the number of determinations during walking stored in the determination number storage means is equal to or greater than a predetermined walking determination threshold;
前記判定回数記憶手段に記憶された停止中判定回数が、予め設定された停止判 定閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者が負荷運動を行って!/、な!、と判断する無負 荷判断手段と、  If the number of determinations during stop stored in the determination number storage means is greater than or equal to a preset stop determination threshold, the monitoring subject performs a load exercise and determines that there is no load! Judgment means,
前記各負荷判断手段による判断結果に基づ!ヽて、前記監視対象者が行った運動 の運動負荷の大きさを特定する運動負荷特定手段と、  Based on the determination result by each load determination means, the exercise load specifying means for specifying the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject,
を備えたことを特徴とする運動負荷検出装置。 [15] 前記歩行中判定手段は、請求項 1に記載の動作検出装置として構成され、 前記停止中判定手段は、請求項 2に記載の動作検出装置として構成され、 前記立ち上がり動作判定手段は、請求項 4に記載の動作検出装置として構成され ていること An exercise load detection device comprising: [15] The determination unit during walking is configured as a motion detection device according to claim 1, the determination unit during stop is configured as a motion detection device according to claim 2, and the rising motion determination unit is It is configured as the motion detection device according to claim 4.
を特徴とする請求項 14に記載の運動負荷検出装置。  The exercise load detection device according to claim 14, wherein:
[16] 当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者の健康状態を監視する携帯監視装置で あって、 [16] A portable monitoring device for monitoring the health condition of a monitoring subject who acts with the device.
当該携帯監視装置の構成要素を収容する筐体と、  A housing that houses the components of the portable monitoring device;
前記筐体の表面における任意の位置に配置された第 3温度センサと、 前記第 3温度センサに近接して配置された第 3湿度センサと、  A third temperature sensor arranged at an arbitrary position on the surface of the housing; a third humidity sensor arranged close to the third temperature sensor;
当該携帯監視装置と前記監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位置関係検出手段 と、  Positional relationship detection means for detecting a positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject;
監視対象者が行う運動の運動負荷を検出する運動負荷検出手段と、  Exercise load detection means for detecting exercise load of exercise performed by the monitoring target person;
前記第 3温度センサおよび前記第 3湿度センサによる検出結果に基づいて不快指 数を算出し、該不快指数が前記位置関係検出手段による検出結果および前記運動 負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じてそれぞれ設定された不快閾値以上であるか 否かを判定する不快閾値判定手段と、  An uncomfortable index is calculated based on detection results from the third temperature sensor and the third humidity sensor, and the discomfort index is set according to the detection result from the positional relationship detection means and the detection result from the exercise load detection means, respectively. Discomfort threshold determination means for determining whether or not the discomfort threshold is greater than or equal to,
前記不快閾値判定手段により前記不快指数が前記不快閾値以上であると判定さ れると、前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると判断す る暑過ぎ判断手段と、  When the discomfort threshold determination means determines that the discomfort index is equal to or greater than the discomfort threshold, the overheat determination means determines that the environment around the monitoring subject is too hot for the monitoring subject;
を備えたことを特徴とする携帯監視装置。  A portable monitoring device comprising:
[17] 前記暑過ぎ判断手段により前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にと つて暑過ぎると判断されると、暑過ぎである旨を前記監視対象者に対して報知する暑 過ぎ報知手段を備えたこと [17] If the environment surrounding the monitored person is determined to be too hot for the monitored person by the too hot determining means, the over-hot condition is notified to the monitored person that the monitored person is too hot. Having a notification means
を特徴とする請求項 16に記載の携帯監視装置。  The portable monitoring device according to claim 16, wherein:
[18] 前記位置関係検出手段は、当該携帯監視装置と前記監視対象者との位置関係と して、当該携帯監視装置が前記監視対象者の地肌に接触した状態で衣服の内側に ある状態を検出することができるよう構成されており、 前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が前記監視対象者の地肌に接触 した状態で衣服の内側にあると判断された場合に、前記第 3温度センサによる検出 結果を減少補正する減少補正手段を備えたこと [18] The positional relationship detecting means may be configured such that the positional relationship between the mobile monitoring device and the monitoring target person is inside the clothes while the mobile monitoring device is in contact with the background of the monitoring target person. Configured to detect, When the positional relationship detection means determines that the portable monitoring device is inside the clothes in contact with the background of the person to be monitored, reduction correction means for reducing and correcting the detection result by the third temperature sensor is provided. Prepared
を特徴とする請求項 16または請求項 17に記載の携帯監視装置。  18. The mobile monitoring device according to claim 16 or claim 17, characterized by the above.
[19] 前記位置関係検出手段は、当該携帯監視装置と前記監視対象者との位置関係と して、当該携帯監視装置が前記監視対象者の衣服の内側または外側にある状態を 検出することができるよう構成されており、 [19] The positional relationship detection means may detect a state in which the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothing of the monitoring subject as a positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject. It is configured to be able to
前記運動負荷検出手段は、当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者が行う特定 の動作を検出する動作検出手段による検出結果に基づいて、前記監視対象者が行 う運動の運動負荷の大きさを検出するよう構成されており、  The exercise load detection means is based on a detection result by the operation detection means for detecting a specific action performed by the monitoring subject who acts while holding the apparatus, and the magnitude of the exercise load of the exercise performed by the monitoring subject. Is configured to detect
前記不快閾値判定手段は、前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が衣 服の内側または外側にあると判断され、かつ前記運動負荷検出手段により前記監視 対象者が負荷運動を行っていないと判断されると、前記算出した不快指数の比較対 照として前記複数の不快閾値の中から第 1不快閾値を選択すること  The discomfort threshold determination means determines that the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothes by the positional relationship detection means, and determines that the monitoring subject is not performing a load exercise by the exercise load detection means. A first discomfort threshold is selected from the plurality of discomfort thresholds as a comparison of the calculated discomfort index.
を特徴とする請求項 16〜請求項 18の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置。  19. The mobile monitoring device according to any one of claims 16 to 18, wherein:
[20] 前記不快閾値判定手段は、前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が衣 服の内側または外側にあると判断され、かつ前記運動負荷検出手段により前記監視 対象者が軽負荷運動を行ったと判断されると、前記算出した不快指数の比較対照と して前記第 1不快閾値よりも小さな第 2不快閾値を選択すること [20] The discomfort threshold determination means determines that the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothing by the positional relationship detection means, and the monitoring subject performs light load exercise by the exercise load detection means. A second discomfort threshold smaller than the first discomfort threshold is selected as a comparison control of the calculated discomfort index.
を特徴とする請求項 19に記載の携帯監視装置。  20. The mobile monitoring device according to claim 19, wherein
[21] 前記不快閾値判定手段は、前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が衣 服の内側または外側にあると判断され、かつ前記運動負荷検出手段により前記監視 対象者が前記軽負荷運動よりも負荷が大きい中負荷運動を行ったと判断されると、 前記算出した不快指数の比較対照として前記第 2閾値よりも小さな第 3不快閾値を選 択すること [21] The discomfort threshold determination means determines that the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothes by the positional relationship detection means, and the exercise load detection means causes the person to be monitored to move from the light load exercise. If it is determined that the middle load exercise with a large load is performed, a third discomfort threshold smaller than the second threshold is selected as a comparison control of the calculated discomfort index.
を特徴とする請求項 20に記載の携帯監視装置。  21. The mobile monitoring device according to claim 20, wherein:
[22] 前記不快閾値判定手段は、前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が衣 服の内側または外側にあると判断され、かつ前記運動負荷検出手段により前記監視 対象者が前記中負荷運動よりも負荷が大きい重負荷運動を行ったと判断されると、 前記算出した不快指数の比較対照として前記第 3閾値よりも小さな第 4不快閾値を選 択すること [22] The discomfort threshold determination means determines that the portable monitoring device is inside or outside the clothing by the positional relationship detection means, and the monitoring by the exercise load detection means. When it is determined that the subject has performed a heavy load exercise with a greater load than the medium load exercise, a fourth discomfort threshold smaller than the third threshold is selected as a comparison control of the calculated discomfort index.
を特徴とする請求項 21に記載の携帯監視装置。  The mobile monitoring device according to claim 21, wherein:
[23] 前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が前記監視対象者の地肌に接触 した状態で衣服の内側または外側にあると判断され、かつ前記不快閾値判定手段に より前記不快指数が前記不快閾値未満であると判定された場合に、前記第 3温度セ ンサによる検出結果が予め設定された高体温閾値以上である力否かを判定する高 体温判定手段を備え、 [23] The positional relationship detection means determines that the mobile monitoring device is inside or outside the clothes in contact with the monitoring subject's background, and the discomfort threshold determination means determines the discomfort index as the discomfort index. A hyperthermia judging means for judging whether or not the detection result of the third temperature sensor is equal to or higher than a preset hyperthermia threshold when it is determined that the temperature is less than the threshold;
前記暑過ぎ判断手段は、前記不快閾値判定手段により前記不快指数が前記不快 閾値以上であると判定されたとき、および前記高体温判定手段により前記第 3温度セ ンサによる検出結果が前記高体温閾値以上であると判定されたときに、前記監視対 象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると判断すること  The overheat determination means determines that the detection result by the third temperature sensor is the hyperthermia threshold when the discomfort index is determined to be greater than or equal to the discomfort threshold by the discomfort threshold determination means and when the hyperthermia determination means When it is determined that the above is true, it is determined that the environment around the monitored person is too hot for the monitored person
を特徴とする請求項 19〜請求項 22の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置。  The mobile monitoring device according to any one of claims 19 to 22, wherein
[24] 前記筐体表面に複数備えられた電極間の抵抗値を検出することにより前記筐体の 表面の濡れを検出する濡れ検出手段と、 [24] Wetting detection means for detecting wetting of the surface of the casing by detecting a resistance value between a plurality of electrodes provided on the casing surface;
前記高体温判定手段により前記第 3温度センサによる検出結果が予め設定された 高体温閾値未満であると判定されると、前記濡れ検出手段により前記筐体の表面の 濡れを検出したカゝ否かを判定する濡れ判定手段と、  If it is determined by the hyperthermia determination means that the detection result by the third temperature sensor is less than a preset hyperthermia threshold, whether or not the wetness of the surface of the housing is detected by the wetness detection means. Wetting determination means for determining
を備え、  With
前記暑過ぎ判断手段は、前記不快閾値判定手段により前記不快指数が前記不快 閾値以上であると判定されたとき、前記高体温判定手段により前記第 3温度センサに よる検出結果が前記高体温閾値以上であると判定されたとき、および前記濡れ判定 手段により前記筐体の表面の濡れを検出したときに、前記監視対象者の周囲の環境 が前記監視対象者にとって暑過ぎると判断すること  The overheat determination means has a detection result by the third temperature sensor equal to or higher than the hyperthermia threshold when the hyperthermia determination means determines that the discomfort index is greater than or equal to the discomfort threshold by the discomfort threshold determination means. Determining that the surrounding environment of the monitoring target person is too hot for the monitoring target person when the wetness determination unit detects that the surface of the housing is wet.
を特徴とする請求項 23に記載の携帯監視装置。  24. The mobile monitoring device according to claim 23.
[25] 当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者の健康状態を監視する携帯監視装置で あって、 当該携帯監視装置の構成要素を収容する筐体と、 [25] A portable monitoring device for monitoring the health condition of a monitoring subject who acts with the device, A housing that houses the components of the portable monitoring device;
前記筐体の表面における前記監視対象者とは接触しない位置に配置された第 4温 度センサと、  A fourth temperature sensor disposed on the surface of the housing at a position not in contact with the person to be monitored;
前記筐体に衝突する空気の流速を検出する風速検出手段と、  Wind speed detecting means for detecting a flow velocity of air colliding with the housing;
当該携帯監視装置と前記監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位置関係検出手段 と、  Positional relationship detection means for detecting a positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject;
前記監視対象者が行う運動の運動負荷を検出する運動負荷検出手段と、 前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が衣服の外側にあると判断される と、前記第 4温度センサによる検出結果が前記運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に 応じてそれぞれ設定された第 1低温閾値未満であるか否かを判定する第 1低温閾値 判定手段と、  If it is determined by the positional relationship detection means that the portable monitoring device is outside the clothes, the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is the result of detection by the fourth temperature sensor. First low temperature threshold determination means for determining whether or not each of the exercise load detection means is less than a first low temperature threshold set in accordance with a detection result by the exercise load detection means;
前記第 1低温閾値判定手段により前記第 4温度センサによる検出結果が前記第 1 低温閾値以上であると判定されると、前記第 4温度センサによる検出結果が、前記第 1低温閾値よりも大きく前記運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じてそれぞれ設 定された第 2低温閾値未満である力否かを判定する第 2低温閾値判定手段と、 前記第 2低温閾値判定手段により前記第 4温度センサによる検出結果が前記第 2 低温閾値以上であると判定されると、前記風速検出手段による検出結果が予め設定 された風速閾値以上であるか否かを判定する風速判定手段と、  When it is determined by the first low temperature threshold determination means that the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is greater than or equal to the first low temperature threshold, the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is greater than the first low temperature threshold. A second low temperature threshold judging means for judging whether or not the force is less than a second low temperature threshold set according to the detection result by the exercise load detecting means; and the fourth temperature sensor by the second low temperature threshold judging means. A wind speed determining means for determining whether the detection result by the wind speed detecting means is equal to or higher than a preset wind speed threshold when it is determined that the detection result is equal to or higher than the second low temperature threshold;
前記第 1低温閾値判定手段により前記第 4温度センサによる検出結果が前記第 1 低温閾値未満であると判定されたとき、および前記風速検出手段による検出結果が 前記風速閾値以上であると判定されたときに、前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記 監視対象者にとって寒過ぎると判断する寒過ぎ判断手段と、  When the first low temperature threshold determination means determines that the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is less than the first low temperature threshold, and the detection result by the wind speed detection means is determined to be greater than or equal to the wind speed threshold Sometimes it is too cold determining means for determining that the environment around the monitoring subject is too cold for the monitoring subject,
を備えたことを特徴とする携帯監視装置。  A portable monitoring device comprising:
当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者の健康状態を監視する携帯監視装置で あって、  A portable monitoring device that monitors the health status of a monitoring subject who possesses the device and acts,
当該携帯監視装置の構成要素を収容する筐体と、  A housing that houses the components of the portable monitoring device;
前記筐体の表面における前記監視対象者とは接触しない位置に配置された第 4温 度センサと、 前記筐体の表面における前記監視対象者と接触する位置に配置された第 5温度セ ンサと、 A fourth temperature sensor disposed on the surface of the housing at a position not in contact with the person to be monitored; A fifth temperature sensor disposed at a position in contact with the person to be monitored on the surface of the housing;
前記筐体に衝突する空気の流速を検出する風速検出手段と、  Wind speed detecting means for detecting a flow velocity of air colliding with the housing;
当該携帯監視装置と前記監視対象者との位置関係を検出する位置関係検出手段 と、  Positional relationship detection means for detecting a positional relationship between the portable monitoring device and the monitoring subject;
前記監視対象者が行う運動の運動負荷を検出する運動負荷検出手段と、 前記位置関係検出手段により当該携帯監視装置が衣服の内側にあると判断される と、前記第 4温度センサおよび前記第 5温度センサによる検出結果の差分が前記運 動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じてそれぞれ設定された第 3低温閾値以上で ある力否かを判定する第 3低温閾値判定手段と、  An exercise load detecting means for detecting an exercise load of an exercise performed by the person to be monitored; and the positional relationship detection means determines that the portable monitoring device is inside clothing, the fourth temperature sensor and the fifth temperature sensor A third low temperature threshold determining means for determining whether or not a difference between detection results by the temperature sensor is equal to or greater than a third low temperature threshold set in accordance with the detection result by the operating load detecting means;
前記第 3低温閾値判定手段により前記第 4温度センサおよび前記第 5温度センサ による検出結果の差分が前記第 3低温閾値以上であると判定されると、前記第 5温度 センサによる検出結果が前記運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じてそれぞれ 設定された第 4低温閾値以上である力否かを判定する第 4低温閾値判定手段と、 前記第 3低温閾値判定手段により前記第 4温度センサおよび前記第 5温度センサ による検出結果の差分が前記第 3低温閾値未満であると判定されると、前記第 4温度 センサによる検出結果が前記運動負荷検出手段による検出結果に応じてそれぞれ 設定された第 5低温閾値以上である力否かを判定する第 5低温閾値判定手段と、 前記第 4低温閾値判定手段により前記第 5温度センサによる検出結果が前記第 4 低温閾値未満であると判定されたとき、および前記第 5低温閾値判定手段により前記 第 4温度センサによる検出結果が前記第 5低温閾値未満であると判定されたときに、 前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって寒過ぎると判断する寒過 ぎ判断手段と、  When the third low temperature threshold determination means determines that the difference between the detection results by the fourth temperature sensor and the fifth temperature sensor is equal to or greater than the third low temperature threshold, the detection result by the fifth temperature sensor is the motion. A fourth low temperature threshold determining means for determining whether or not the force is equal to or greater than a fourth low temperature threshold set in accordance with a detection result by the load detecting means; and the fourth temperature sensor and the second temperature by the third low temperature threshold determining means. When it is determined that the difference between the detection results by the five temperature sensors is less than the third low temperature threshold, the detection results by the fourth temperature sensor are set according to the detection results by the exercise load detection means, respectively. A fifth low temperature threshold determination means for determining whether or not the force is equal to or greater than a threshold; and a detection result by the fifth temperature sensor by the fourth low temperature threshold determination means is less than the fourth low temperature threshold. And when the detection result by the fourth temperature sensor is determined to be less than the fifth low temperature threshold by the fifth low temperature threshold determination means, the environment around the monitoring subject is the A cold determination means for determining that the person being monitored is too cold,
を備えたことを特徴とする携帯監視装置。  A portable monitoring device comprising:
前記寒過ぎ判断手段により前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にと つて寒過ぎると判断されると、寒過ぎである旨を前記監視対象者に対して報知する寒 過ぎ報知手段を備えたこと  When it is determined that the surrounding environment of the monitoring subject is too cold for the monitoring subject by the too cold judging means, too cold notification means for notifying the monitoring subject that the monitoring subject is too cold. Prepared
を特徴とする請求項 25または請求項 26に記載の携帯監視装置。 [28] 前記位置関係検出手段は、請求項 13に記載の位置関係検出装置として構成され 前記運動負荷検出手段は、請求項 14に記載の運動負荷検出装置として構成され ていること 27. The portable monitoring device according to claim 25 or claim 26. [28] The positional relationship detection means is configured as the positional relationship detection device according to claim 13, and the exercise load detection means is configured as the exercise load detection device according to claim 14.
を特徴とする請求項 16〜請求項 27の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置。  The mobile monitoring device according to any one of claims 16 to 27, wherein:
[29] 当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者の健康状態を監視する携帯監視装置で あって、 [29] A portable monitoring device for monitoring the health status of a monitoring subject who operates with the device,
前記監視対象者による操作を受け付ける操作部と、  An operation unit for receiving an operation by the monitoring target person;
前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって暑過ぎるカゝ否かを判定 する暑過ぎ環境判定手段と、  An over-hot environment determining means for determining whether the environment around the monitoring target is too hot for the monitoring target;
前記監視対象者の周囲の環境が前記監視対象者にとって寒過ぎるカゝ否かを判定 する寒過ぎ環境判定手段と、  Too cold environment determining means for determining whether the environment around the monitoring target is too cold for the monitoring target;
前記各環境判定手段により暑過ぎまたは寒過ぎであると判定されると、予め設定さ れた待機時間内に前記監視対象者により前記操作部が操作されたカゝ否かを判定す る操作判定手段と、  Operation determination for determining whether or not the operation unit has been operated by the monitoring target person within a preset standby time when it is determined that the environment determination unit determines that the temperature is too hot or too cold. Means,
前記操作判定手段により前記待機時間内に前記操作部が操作されて!ヽな ヽと判 定されると、前記監視対象者を救援する必要があると判断する第 1救援判断手段と、 を備えたことを特徴とする携帯監視装置。  First operation determining means for determining that the person to be monitored needs to be relieved when the operation determining means is operated within the waiting time by the operation determining means and it is determined that the operation subject is rescued. A portable monitoring device characterized by that.
[30] 前記各環境判定手段により暑過ぎまたは寒過ぎであると判定されると、前記監視対 象者にとって暑過ぎまたは寒過ぎである旨を前記監視対象者に対して報知する暑過 ぎ寒過ぎ報知手段を備えたこと [30] When each environment determination means determines that the object is too hot or too cold, the object person is informed that the object to be monitored is too hot or too cold. Equipped with means to notify
を特徴とする請求項 29に記載の携帯監視装置。  30. The portable monitoring device according to claim 29.
[31] 前記操作判定手段により前記操作部が操作されたと判定されると、予め設定された 猶予時間が経過するまで、前記暑過ぎ環境判定手段、前記寒過ぎ環境判定手段、 前記操作判定手段、および前記第 1救援判断手段のうち、少なくとも前記第 1救援判 断手段の作動を禁止する作動禁止手段を備えたこと [31] When it is determined that the operation unit has been operated by the operation determination unit, the over-hot environment determination unit, the over-cold environment determination unit, the operation determination unit, until a preset grace time elapses. And an operation prohibiting means for prohibiting at least the operation of the first rescue determining means among the first rescue determining means.
を特徴とする請求項 29または請求項 30に記載の携帯監視装置。  31. The portable monitoring device according to claim 29 or claim 30, wherein:
[32] 前記暑過ぎ環境判定手段は、請求項 16〜請求項 24の何れかに記載の携帯監視 装置として構成され、 [32] The portable monitoring according to any one of claims 16 to 24, wherein the over-hot environment judging means is Configured as a device,
前記寒過ぎ環境判定手段は、請求項 25〜請求項 28の何れかに記載の携帯監視 装置として構成されて ヽること  The over-cold environment determination means is configured as a portable monitoring device according to any one of claims 25 to 28.
を特徴とする請求項 29〜請求項 31の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置。  32. The mobile monitoring device according to any one of claims 29 to 31, wherein:
[33] 当該装置を所持して行動する監視対象者の健康状態を監視する携帯監視装置で あって、 [33] A portable monitoring device for monitoring the health status of a monitoring subject who operates with the device,
予め前記監視対象者の訪問先を位置情報として記憶した訪問先記憶手段と、 当該携帯監視装置の現在地を検出する現在地検出手段と、  A visit destination storage means for storing the visit destination of the monitoring subject in advance as position information; a current location detection means for detecting the current location of the mobile monitoring device;
前記監視対象者が行う特定の動作を検出する動作検出手段と、  Action detecting means for detecting a specific action performed by the person to be monitored;
前記現在地検出手段により検出された現在地を表す情報が、前記訪問先記憶手 段に記憶された位置情報と一致しない場合に、前記動作検出手段により検出された 監視対象者の動作が、特定のパターンである力否かを判定することにより、前記監視 対象者が心神喪失状態であるカゝ否かを判定する心神喪失判定手段と、  When the information indicating the current location detected by the current location detection means does not match the position information stored in the visited storage means, the action of the monitoring target detected by the motion detection means is a specific pattern. A determination of whether or not the person to be monitored is in a state of loss of gods,
前記心神喪失判定手段により前記監視対象者が心神喪失状態であると判定される と、前記監視対象者を救援する必要があると判断する第 1救援判断手段と、 を備えたことを特徴とする携帯監視装置。  And a first relief judgment means for judging that the monitoring subject needs to be rescued when the monitoring subject is judged to be in a spiritual loss state by the loss of spirituality judgment means. Mobile monitoring device.
[34] 前記動作検出手段は、 [34] The motion detection means includes
前記監視対象者が歩行中であることを検出する歩行中判定手段と、  During-walking determining means for detecting that the monitoring subject is walking,
前記監視対象者が停止中であることを検出する停止中判定手段と、  Stoppage determining means for detecting that the monitoring subject is stopped;
を備え、  With
前記心神喪失判定手段は、予め設定された第 1心神喪失判定時間の間に、前記 歩行動作判定手段により前記監視対象者が歩行中であることが検出され、その後前 記停止動作判断手段により前記監視対象者が停止中であること検出される検出バタ ーンの回数が、予め設定された第 1心神喪失閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者 が心神喪失状態であると判定すること  The mind loss determination means detects that the monitoring subject is walking by the walking motion determination means during a preset first mind loss determination time, and then the stop motion determination means determines the stop motion determination means. If the number of detection patterns detected that the monitoring subject is stopped is equal to or greater than a preset first heart loss threshold, it is determined that the monitoring subject is in the state of heart loss.
を特徴とする請求項 33に記載の携帯監視装置。  34. The mobile monitoring device according to claim 33.
[35] 前記動作検出手段は、 [35] The motion detection means includes
前記監視対象者が歩行中であることを検出する歩行中判定手段と、 前記監視対象者が順方向にターンしていることを検出する順方向ターン検出手段 と、 During-walking determining means for detecting that the monitoring subject is walking; Forward turn detecting means for detecting that the monitoring subject is turning in the forward direction;
前記監視対象者が前記順方向とは反対方向の逆方向にターンしていることを検出 する逆方向ターン検出手段と、  Reverse turn detection means for detecting that the monitoring subject is turning in a reverse direction opposite to the forward direction;
を備え、  With
前記心神喪失判定手段は、予め設定された第 2心神喪失判定時間の間に、前記 歩行動作判定手段により前記監視対象者が歩行中であることが検出され、その後前 記何れかのターン検出手段により前記監視対象者力ターンしていること検出される検 出パターンの回数が、予め設定された第 2心神喪失閾値以上であれば、前記監視対 象者が心神喪失状態であると判定すること  The mind loss determination means detects that the monitoring subject is walking during the preset second mind loss loss determination time by the walking motion determination means, and then any one of the turn detection means after that If the number of detection patterns detected as a result of the power being turned by the monitor is equal to or greater than a preset second demise threshold value, it is determined that the monitor is in a demise state.
を特徴とする請求項 33に記載の携帯監視装置。  34. The mobile monitoring device according to claim 33.
[36] 前記監視対象者が歩行中であることを検出する歩行中判定手段と、 [36] In-walking determination means for detecting that the monitoring subject is walking;
前記監視対象者が座り動作中であることを検出する座り動作判定手段と、 を備え、  A sitting motion determining means for detecting that the monitoring subject is sitting, and
前記心神喪失判定手段は、予め設定された第 3心神喪失判定時間の間に、前記 歩行中判定手段により前記監視対象者が歩行中であることが検出され、その後前記 座り動作判定手段により前記監視対象者が座り動作中であること検出される検出パ ターンの回数が、予め設定された第 3心神喪失閾値以上であれば、前記監視対象者 が心神喪失状態であると判定すること  The mind loss determination means detects that the person to be monitored is walking by the walking determination means during a preset third mind loss determination time, and then the sitting movement determination means performs the monitoring. If the number of detection patterns detected that the subject is sitting is greater than or equal to a preset third heart loss threshold, it is determined that the subject is in a state of heart loss.
を特徴とする請求項 33に記載の携帯監視装置。  34. The mobile monitoring device according to claim 33.
[37] 前記監視対象者により操作可能な操作部が特定の操作をされると、前記各種手段 を作動する通常モード、および前記訪問先記憶手段に訪問先を位置情報を記憶す るための学習モードを外部指令に応じて切り替えるモード切替手段と、 [37] When the operation unit operable by the monitoring target person performs a specific operation, the normal mode in which the various means are operated, and learning for storing the location information of the visit destination in the visit storage means Mode switching means for switching the mode according to an external command;
前記モード切替手段により学習モードに切り替えられると、前記現在地検出手段に より検出された現在地の情報を訪問先の位置情報として前記訪問先記憶手段に記 憶させる第 1記憶制御手段と、  A first storage control unit that stores information on the current location detected by the current location detection unit in the visited storage unit as location information of the visited site when the mode switching unit switches to the learning mode;
を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 33〜請求項 36の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置 [38] 前記モード切替手段により通常モードに切り替えられている際に、前記現在地検出 手段により検出された現在地が、前記訪問先記憶手段に記憶された位置から予め設 定された所定距離以上離間していることが検出されると、前記現在地検出手段により 検出された現在地の情報を訪問先の位置情報として仮記憶手段に仮登録し、同じ訪 問先での仮登録回数が予め設定された登録閾値以上であれば、該仮登録された訪 問先の位置情報を前記訪問先記憶手段に記憶させる第 2記憶制御手段、 37. The mobile monitoring device according to any one of claims 33 to 36, comprising: [38] The current location detected by the current location detection device is separated from the position stored in the visited storage device by a predetermined distance or more when the mode switching device is switched to the normal mode. If it is detected that the current location is detected, the current location information detected by the current location detection unit is temporarily registered in the temporary storage unit as the location information of the visited location, and the number of temporary registrations at the same visited location is preset. A second storage control means for storing location information of the temporarily registered visit destination in the visit destination storage means if the threshold value is greater than or equal to the threshold;
を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 37に記載の携帯監視装置。  38. The mobile monitoring device according to claim 37, comprising:
[39] 前記監視対象者の心臓の動作状態を検出する心電センサからの検出信号に基づ いて前記監視対象者の心拍数を検出する第 1心拍数検出手段と、 [39] First heart rate detection means for detecting a heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal from an electrocardiographic sensor that detects an operating state of the heart of the monitoring subject,
前記第 1心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数が予め設定された上限心拍数よ りも多ければ心拍数が過大であると判断し、前記第 1心拍数算出手段により検出され た心拍数が予め設定された下限心拍数よりも少なければ心拍数が過小であると判断 し、前記第 1心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数が前記上限心拍数および前記 下限心拍数の範囲内であれば心拍数が正常であると判断する心拍数判断手段と、 を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 16〜請求項 38の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置  If the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means is greater than a preset upper limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is excessive, and the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means is If it is less than the preset lower limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is too low, and if the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means is within the range of the upper limit heart rate and the lower limit heart rate. The mobile monitoring device according to any one of claims 16 to 38, comprising: a heart rate determination means that determines that the heart rate is normal.
[40] 前記監視対象者の心音を検出する心音センサからの検出信号に基づいて前記監 視対象者の心拍数を検出する第 2心拍数検出手段と、 [40] Second heart rate detection means for detecting a heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal from a heart sound sensor that detects a heart sound of the monitoring subject;
前記第 2心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数が予め設定された上限心拍数よ りも多ければ心拍数が過大であると判断し、前記第 2心拍数算出手段により検出され た心拍数が予め設定された下限心拍数よりも少なければ心拍数が過小であると判断 し、前記第 2心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数が前記上限心拍数および前記 下限心拍数の範囲内であれば心拍数が正常であると判断する心拍数判断手段と、 を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 16〜請求項 38の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置  If the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means is greater than a preset upper limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is excessive, and the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means is If it is less than the preset lower limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is too low, and if the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means is within the range of the upper limit heart rate and the lower limit heart rate. The mobile monitoring device according to any one of claims 16 to 38, comprising: a heart rate determination means that determines that the heart rate is normal.
[41] 前記監視対象者の心臓の動作状態を検出する心電センサ力 の検出信号に基づ いて前記監視対象者の心拍数を検出する第 1心拍数検出手段と、 [41] First heart rate detection means for detecting a heart rate of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal of an electrocardiographic sensor force for detecting an operating state of the heart of the monitoring subject,
前記監視対象者の心音を検出する心音センサからの検出信号に基づいて前記監 視対象者の心拍数を検出する第 2心拍数検出手段と、 The monitoring is based on a detection signal from a heart sound sensor that detects a heart sound of the monitoring subject. A second heart rate detecting means for detecting the heart rate of the subject,
前記第 1心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数と前記第 2心拍数算出手段によ り検出された心拍数とに整合性があるカゝ否かを判定する整合性判定手段と、 前記整合性判定手段により前記各心拍数に整合性がないと判定されると前記監視 対象者の心拍数が不明であると判定する心拍数不明判定手段と、  Consistency determining means for determining whether or not the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means and the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means are consistent; and When it is determined by the sex determination means that the heart rates are not consistent, the heart rate unknown determination means for determining that the heart rate of the monitoring subject is unknown;
前記整合性判定手段により前記各心拍数に整合性があると判定されると、前記第 1 心拍数算出手段により検出された心拍数と前記第 2心拍数算出手段により検出され た心拍数との平均値を前記監視対象者の心拍数として設定する心拍数設定手段と、 前記心拍数設定手段により設定された心拍数が予め設定された上限心拍数よりも 多ければ心拍数が過大であると判断し、前記心拍数設定手段により設定された心拍 数が予め設定された下限心拍数よりも少なければ心拍数が過小であると判断し、前 記心拍数設定手段により設定された心拍数が前記上限心拍数および前記下限心拍 数の範囲内であれば、心拍数が正常であると判断する心拍数判断手段と、  If it is determined by the consistency determining means that the heart rates are consistent, the heart rate detected by the first heart rate calculating means and the heart rate detected by the second heart rate calculating means A heart rate setting means for setting an average value as the heart rate of the person to be monitored; and if the heart rate set by the heart rate setting means is greater than a preset upper limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is excessive. If the heart rate set by the heart rate setting means is less than the preset lower limit heart rate, it is determined that the heart rate is too low, and the heart rate set by the heart rate setting means is the upper limit. A heart rate determination means for determining that the heart rate is normal if within the range of the heart rate and the lower limit heart rate;
を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 16〜請求項 38の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置  The mobile monitoring device according to any one of claims 16 to 38, further comprising:
[42] 前記監視対象者の体温を検出する体温センサ力 の検出信号に基づいて前記監 視対象者の体温を検出する体温検出手段と、 [42] body temperature detection means for detecting the body temperature of the monitoring subject based on a detection signal of body temperature sensor force for detecting the body temperature of the monitoring subject;
前記体温検出手段により検出された体温が予め設定された上限体温よりも高けれ ば前記監視対象者の体温が高すぎると判定し、前記体温検出手段により検出された 体温が予め設定された下限体温よりも低ければ前記監視対象者の体温が低すぎると 判定し、前記体温検出手段により検出された体温が前記上限体温と前記下限体温と の範囲内であれば前記監視対象者の体温が正常であると判定する体温判定手段と を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 16〜請求項 41の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置  If the body temperature detected by the body temperature detection means is higher than a preset upper limit body temperature, it is determined that the body temperature of the monitoring subject is too high, and the body temperature detected by the body temperature detection means is greater than a preset lower limit body temperature. If the temperature is too low, it is determined that the body temperature of the monitoring subject is too low. If the body temperature detected by the body temperature detecting means is within the range between the upper limit body temperature and the lower limit body temperature, the body temperature of the monitoring subject is normal. The portable monitoring device according to any one of claims 16 to 41, further comprising:
[43] 周囲の音を検出する集音手段と、 [43] sound collecting means for detecting ambient sounds;
前記集音手段が検出した音が、予め当該携帯監視装置に登録された監視対象者 の特定パターンの音声と一致するか否かを判定する音声一致判定手段と、 前記音声一致判定手段により前記集音手段が検出した音が前記特定パターンの 音声と一致すると判定された場合に、前記監視対象者を救援する必要があると判断 する第 2救援判断手段と、 Voice coincidence determining means for determining whether or not the sound detected by the sound collecting means matches the sound of the specific pattern of the monitoring target person registered in advance in the mobile monitoring device; A second rescue determining unit that determines that the person to be monitored needs to be rescued when it is determined that the sound detected by the sound collecting unit matches the sound of the specific pattern by the voice match determining unit;
を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 16〜請求項 42の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置  43. The mobile monitoring device according to any one of claims 16 to 42, further comprising:
[44] 当該装置に収納された収納状態と当該装置の外部に引き出された引出状態との間 で変位可能なレバーと、 [44] a lever that is displaceable between a stored state stored in the device and a pulled-out state pulled out of the device;
前記レバーが引出状態にされると、前記監視対象者を救援する必要があると判断 する第 3救援判断手段と、  A third relief judgment means for judging that the monitoring subject needs to be rescued when the lever is pulled out;
を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 16〜請求項 43の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置  45. The portable monitoring device according to claim 16, further comprising:
[45] 当該携帯監視装置の現在地を検出する現在地検出手段と、 [45] current location detection means for detecting the current location of the mobile monitoring device;
当該携帯監視装置の外部と無線通信するための通信手段と、  A communication means for wirelessly communicating with the outside of the portable monitoring device;
前記監視対象者の異常を検出する異常検出手段と、  An anomaly detecting means for detecting an anomaly of the monitored person;
前記異常検出手段が異常を検出すると、少なくとも前記現在地検出手段により検 出された当該携帯監視装置の現在地を表す情報を、前記通信手段を介して予め設 定された通信相手に対して送信する通信制御手段と、  When the abnormality detection unit detects an abnormality, communication that transmits at least information indicating the current location of the mobile monitoring device detected by the current location detection unit to a preset communication partner via the communication unit Control means;
を備えたことを特徴とする請求項 16〜請求項 44の何れかに記載の携帯監視装置  45. The portable monitoring device according to any one of claims 16 to 44, comprising:
[46] 前記異常検出手段が異常を検出すると、前記監視対象者による救援が不要である 旨の意志を検出する意思確認手段を備え、 [46] When the abnormality detection means detects an abnormality, the apparatus includes an intention confirmation means for detecting the intention that the rescue by the monitoring subject is unnecessary,
前記通信制御手段は、前記意思確認手段により救援が不要である旨の意志が予 め設定された意志検出時間以内に検出されなかった場合に、前記通信手段を介し た通信を実施すること  The communication control means performs communication via the communication means when the intention confirming that the intention is not required is not detected within a predetermined will detection time.
を特徴とする請求項 45に記載の携帯監視装置。  46. The mobile monitoring device according to claim 45.
[47] 外部指令に応じて前記意志検出時間の長さを変更する意志検出変更手段を備え たこと [47] Provided with will detection change means for changing the length of the will detection time according to an external command
を特徴とする請求項 46に記載の携帯監視装置。 [48] 被験者の身体的特徴が予め登録された特定の監視対象者の身体的特徴と一致す る力否かの認証を実施するノ ィオメトリタス認証手段を備え、 47. The portable monitoring device according to claim 46. [48] It is equipped with a nanometric authentication means for authenticating whether or not the physical characteristics of the subject coincide with the physical characteristics of a specific subject registered in advance.
前記意志確認手段は、前記バイオメトリタス認証手段により監視対象者であるとの 認証がされた場合に、前記監視対象者による救援が不要である旨の意志を検出した ものとみなすこと  The will confirming means is regarded as having detected the will to the effect that the monitoring target person does not need relief when the biometrics authentication means has been authenticated as the monitoring target person.
を特徴とする請求項 47に記載の携帯監視装置。  48. The portable monitoring device according to claim 47, wherein:
[49] 前記意志検出変更手段は、前記バイオメトリタス認証手段により監視対象者である との認証がされた場合に、前記意志検出時間の長さを変更すること [49] The will detection change means changes the length of the will detection time when the biometrics authentication means authenticates the person to be monitored.
を特徴とする請求項 48に記載の携帯監視装置。  49. The mobile monitoring device according to claim 48, wherein:
PCT/JP2007/062347 2006-06-19 2007-06-19 Movement detector, position relation detector, physical activity load detector, and portable monitor WO2007148702A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006168965 2006-06-19
JP2006-168965 2006-06-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007148702A1 true WO2007148702A1 (en) 2007-12-27

Family

ID=38833444

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/062347 WO2007148702A1 (en) 2006-06-19 2007-06-19 Movement detector, position relation detector, physical activity load detector, and portable monitor

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5469187B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2007148702A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9820513B2 (en) * 2014-12-23 2017-11-21 Intel Corporation Depth proximity layering for wearable devices
JP6557995B2 (en) 2015-03-02 2019-08-14 富士通株式会社 Measuring program, measuring apparatus and measuring method
WO2016182156A1 (en) * 2015-05-14 2016-11-17 디투이모션 주식회사 Mobile terminal for detecting abnormal activity and system including same

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004070842A (en) * 2002-08-09 2004-03-04 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Anomaly notifying system
JP2004227053A (en) * 2003-01-20 2004-08-12 Yamatake Corp Life monitor device
JP2004348261A (en) * 2003-05-20 2004-12-09 Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd Reporting machine, management center device, and risk forecast reporting system

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2904429B2 (en) * 1992-05-12 1999-06-14 信子 杉本 Athlete's foot drench
JPH05340588A (en) * 1992-06-12 1993-12-21 Sharp Corp Air conditioner
JPH07229643A (en) * 1993-12-24 1995-08-29 Daikin Ind Ltd Air conditioner controller
JP3446088B2 (en) * 1994-04-22 2003-09-16 松下電器産業株式会社 Exercise amount measurement management device
JP2000074745A (en) * 1998-08-27 2000-03-14 Panetto:Kk Abnormal bodily temperature detecting sensor and its report system
JP2001099463A (en) * 1999-09-28 2001-04-13 Daikin Ind Ltd Health care system
JP2003047599A (en) * 2001-05-22 2003-02-18 Junichi Ninomiya Method for receiving notice of biological information and method for providing and obtaining response communication information by communication network, its communication terminal, communication system and program
JP2004318565A (en) * 2003-04-17 2004-11-11 Nec Corp Health management system
JP3915754B2 (en) * 2003-08-04 2007-05-16 ソニー株式会社 Mobile terminal and ringtone generation method
JP2005172625A (en) * 2003-12-11 2005-06-30 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Action sensing device
JP4119863B2 (en) * 2004-03-31 2008-07-16 ソフトバンクモバイル株式会社 Information communication terminal

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004070842A (en) * 2002-08-09 2004-03-04 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Anomaly notifying system
JP2004227053A (en) * 2003-01-20 2004-08-12 Yamatake Corp Life monitor device
JP2004348261A (en) * 2003-05-20 2004-12-09 Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd Reporting machine, management center device, and risk forecast reporting system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2012113753A (en) 2012-06-14
JP5469187B2 (en) 2014-04-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6514222B2 (en) Method and system for transmitting haptic instructions to the human body
US10925327B2 (en) Athletic band with removable module
US20130211281A1 (en) Sensor system for monitoring a foot during treatment and rehabilitation
WO2017148319A1 (en) Human body condition and behaviour monitoring and alarm system
JP2008027429A (en) Motion detector, position relation detector, physical activity load detector, and portable monitor
JP5469187B2 (en) Mobile monitoring device
CN107870589A (en) The control method and recording medium of robot, robot
JP2008142258A (en) Body movement detector
CN113329653A (en) A textile element such as a garment
TWM466639U (en) Heat stroke detector
KR101123720B1 (en) Heating clothes and control method for controling heating material
JP6398743B2 (en) Exercise information measuring device, exercise information measuring device control method, exercise information measuring device control program
KR20220145960A (en) Smart clothes having multi function
JP2017028504A (en) Input controller and program
KR20140126063A (en) Earrings type drowsiness prevention device that uses thermo element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07767205

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07767205

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1